eCFR Atlas
API

26 CFR Part 301 · Subpart ECFR5ffaf3310af6b61--ECFR4cc2dbd383b9493

Part 301—Procedure and Administration

Internal Revenue · Chapter I, Chapter I—Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury · Subchapter F

26 CFR Part 301, Subpart ECFR5ffaf3310af6b61--ECFR4cc2dbd383b9493
Official text on eCFR ↗
Words
677,483
Sections
75
Last amended
September 8, 2026

26 CFR Part 301

Text as published by eCFR on .

Definitions

§ 301.7701-1 Classification of organizations for federal tax purposes.

(a) Organizations for federal tax purposes—(1) In general. The Internal Revenue Code prescribes the classification of various organizations for federal tax purposes. Whether an organization is an entity separate from its owners for federal tax purposes is a matter of federal tax law and does not depend on whether the organization is recognized as an entity under local law.

(2) Certain joint undertakings give rise to entities for federal tax purposes. A joint venture or other contractual arrangement may create a separate entity for federal tax purposes if the participants carry on a trade, business, financial operation, or venture and divide the profits therefrom. For example, a separate entity exists for federal tax purposes if co- owners of an apartment building lease space and in addition provide services to the occupants either directly or through an agent. Nevertheless, a joint undertaking merely to share expenses does not create a separate entity for federal tax purposes. For example, if two or more persons jointly construct a ditch merely to drain surface water from their properties, they have not created a separate entity for federal tax purposes. Similarly, mere co-ownership of property that is maintained, kept in repair, and rented or leased does not constitute a separate entity for federal tax purposes. For example, if an individual owner, or tenants in common, of farm property lease it to a farmer for a cash rental or a share of the crops, they do not necessarily create a separate entity for federal tax purposes.

(3) Certain State and local law entities not recognized. An entity formed under State or local law is not always recognized as a separate entity for Federal tax purposes. For example, an organization wholly owned by a State is not recognized as a separate entity for Federal tax purposes if it is an integral part of the State.

(4) Certain Tribal entities—(i) In general—(A) Rule. Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(4)(ii) and (iii) of this section, section 17 corporations, section 3 corporations, and wholly owned Tribal entities (as defined, respectively, in paragraphs (a)(4)(i)(B) through (D) of this section) are not recognized as separate entities for Federal tax purposes and, therefore, are not subject to Federal income tax.

(B) Definition of section 17 corporation. The term section 17 corporation means a federally chartered corporation incorporated under section 17 of the Indian Reorganization Act of 1934, as amended (25 U.S.C. 5124), by the Bureau of Indian Affairs, as the authorized delegate of the Secretary of the Interior.

(C) Definition of section 3 corporation. The term section 3 corporation means a federally chartered corporation incorporated under section 3 of the Oklahoma Indian Welfare Act, as amended (25 U.S.C. 5203), by the Bureau of Indian Affairs, as the authorized delegate of the Secretary of the Interior.

(D) Definition of wholly owned Tribal entity. The term wholly owned Tribal entity means an entity wholly owned by one or more Indian Tribal governments (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(40) of the Code), directly or through other entities that are not recognized as separate entities for Federal income tax purposes, that is organized or incorporated exclusively under the laws of one or more of the owning Indian Tribal governments. Whether an entity is organized or incorporated under the laws of one or more Indian Tribal government(s) is determined without regard to any specified choice of law or forum.

(ii) Elections under section 6417. See § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter for the treatment of section 17 corporations, section 3 corporations, and wholly owned Tribal entities described in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section for the purposes of making an elective payment election under section 6417 of the Code (section 6417 election), including determining eligibility for and the consequences of such election.

(iii) Federal employment taxes and excise taxes. Section 17 corporations, section 3 corporations, and wholly owned Tribal entities are treated as separate entities for Federal employment and certain Federal excise tax purposes in a manner identical to the treatment described in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(iv) and (v).

(iv) Examples. The following examples illustrate the application of paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through (iii) of this section. For purposes of these examples, all references to a Tribe are references to an Indian Tribal government within the meaning of section 7701(a)(40).

(A) Example 1. Tribe B incorporates Corporation X pursuant to Tribe B's Corporations Ordinance, which governs the purpose, formation, and operation of commercial entities. Tribe B owns all the shares of Corporation X. Corporation X is therefore wholly owned by Tribe B and organized or incorporated under the laws of Tribe B. As a result, Corporation X is not recognized as a separate entity from Tribe B for Federal tax purposes, except for the purposes described in § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter and paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section. Accordingly, Corporation X is not subject to Federal income tax. Under § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter, Corporation X is treated as an instrumentality of Tribe B for purposes of making a section 6417 election (including determining eligibility for and the consequences of such election). Thus, Corporation X, rather than Tribe B, would be the applicable entity for purposes of making a section 6417 election for any applicable credit (as defined in section 6417(b)) relating to property held or activities conducted by Corporation X. Corporation X is treated as a corporation separate from its owner for Federal employment tax purposes governed under subtitle C of the Internal Revenue Code, and as separate from its owner for the Federal excise tax purposes identified in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(v)(A). The analysis would be the same if Tribe B had organized its business as a single member limited liability company (LLC) pursuant to the Tribe's business code instead of incorporating Corporation X.

(B) Example 2. The facts are the same as in paragraph (a)(4)(iv)(A) of this section (Example 1), except that the board of Corporation X, pursuant to Tribe B's Corporations Ordinance, organizes a subsidiary, Corporation Z, to pursue a limited line of new business. Corporation X owns all the shares of Corporation Z. Corporation Z is therefore wholly owned by Tribe B and organized or incorporated under the laws of Tribe B. As a result, neither Corporation X nor Corporation Z is recognized as an entity separate from Tribe B for Federal tax purposes, except for the purposes described in § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter and paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section. Accordingly, Corporation Z is not subject to Federal income tax. Under § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter, Corporation X and Corporation Z are each treated as an instrumentality of Tribe B for the purposes of making a section 6417 election (including determining eligibility for and the consequences of such election). Thus, Corporation Z, rather than Corporation X or Tribe B, is the applicable entity for purposes of making a section 6417 election for any applicable credit relating to property held or activities conducted by Corporation Z. As in paragraph (a)(4)(iv)(A) of this section (Example 1), Corporation X would continue to be the applicable entity for purposes of making a section 6417 election for any applicable credit relating to property held or activities conducted by Corporation X. Both Corporation X and Corporation Z are treated as corporations separate from their owner for Federal employment tax purposes governed under subtitle C of the Internal Revenue Code, and as separate from their owner for the Federal excise tax purposes identified in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(v)(A). The analysis would be the same if Tribe B had organized its businesses as single member LLCs pursuant to the Tribe's business code instead of incorporating Corporations X and Z.

(C) Example 3. Tribe B incorporates a section 17 corporation. The section 17 corporation subsequently incorporates Corporation J pursuant to Tribe B's Corporations Ordinance, which governs the purpose, formation, and operation of commercial entities. The section 17 corporation owns all the shares of Corporation J. Corporation J is therefore treated as wholly owned by Tribe B and organized or incorporated under the laws of Tribe B. As a result, Corporation J is not recognized as a separate entity from Tribe B for Federal tax purposes, except for the purposes described in § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter and paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section. Accordingly, neither the section 17 corporation nor Corporation J is subject to Federal income tax. Under § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter, the section 17 corporation and Corporation J are each treated as an instrumentality of Tribe B for the purposes of making a section 6417 election (including determining eligibility for and the consequences of such election). Thus, the section 17 corporation, rather than Tribe B, would be the applicable entity for purposes of making a section 6417 election for any applicable credit relating to property held or activities conducted by the section 17 corporation. In addition, Corporation J, rather than Tribe B or the section 17 corporation, would be the applicable entity for purposes of making a section 6417 election for any applicable credit relating to property held or activities conducted by Corporation J. Both the section 17 corporation and Corporation J are treated as corporations separate from their owner for Federal employment tax purposes governed under subtitle C of the Internal Revenue Code, and as separate from their owner for the Federal excise tax purposes identified in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(v)(A). The analysis would be the same if the section 17 corporation had organized its business as a single member LLC pursuant to the Tribe's business code instead of incorporating Corporation J.

(D) Example 4. Tribe A, Tribe B, Tribe C, and Tribe D through resolutions approved by their respective Indian Tribal governments incorporate Corporation K which is chartered under the Corporations Ordinance of Tribe A. Each Tribe owns 25% of the shares of Corporation K. Corporation K is incorporated under the laws of one of its owners, Tribe A. As a result, Corporation K is a wholly owned Tribal entity and is not recognized as a separate entity from the Tribes for Federal tax purposes, except for the purposes described in § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter and paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section. Accordingly, Corporation K is not subject to Federal income tax. Under § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter, Corporation K is treated as an instrumentality of Tribe A, Tribe B, Tribe C, and Tribe D for the purposes of making a section 6417 election (including determining eligibility for and the consequences of such election). Thus, Corporation K, rather than Tribe A, Tribe B, Tribe C, or Tribe D, would be the applicable entity for purposes of making a section 6417 election for any applicable credit relating to property held or activities conducted by Corporation K. Corporation K is treated as a corporation separate from its owners for Federal employment tax purposes governed under subtitle C of the Internal Revenue Code, and as separate from its owners for the Federal excise tax purposes identified in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(v)(A). The analysis would be the same if Tribe A, Tribe B, Tribe C, and Tribe D had organized their business as an LLC pursuant to Tribe A's business code instead of incorporating Corporation K.

(E) Example 5. Tribe A incorporates Corporation L pursuant to Tribe A's Corporations Ordinance, which governs the purpose, formation, and operation of commercial entities. Corporation L subsequently incorporates Corporation M pursuant to Tribe A's Corporations Ordinance. Tribe A owns all the shares of Corporation L, and Corporation L owns all the shares of Corporation M. Corporations L and M are therefore wholly owned by Tribe A and organized or incorporated under the laws of Tribe A. In a later year, Tribe B, in agreement with Tribe A, acquires some, but not all, shares of Corporation M. Corporations L and M continue to be considered as wholly owned by Indian Tribal governments and were incorporated under the laws of an Indian Tribal government that owns them. As a result, neither Corporation L nor Corporation M is recognized as a separate entity from the Tribes that own them for Federal tax purposes, except for the purposes described in § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter and paragraph (a)(4)(iii) of this section. Accordingly, Corporations L and M are not subject to Federal income tax. Under § 1.6417-1(c)(7) of this chapter, Corporation L is treated as an instrumentality of Tribe A, and Corporation M is treated as an instrumentality of Tribe A and Tribe B, for the purposes of making a section 6417 election (including determining eligibility for and the consequences of such election). Thus, Corporations L and M, rather than Tribe A or Tribe B, would be the applicable entities for purposes of making a section 6417 election for any applicable credit relating to property held or activities conducted by Corporations L and M, respectively. Both Corporation L and Corporation M are treated as corporations separate from their owners for Federal employment tax purposes governed under subtitle C of the Internal Revenue Code, and as separate from their owners for the Federal excise tax purposes identified in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(v)(A). The analysis would be the same if Tribe A had organized its businesses as LLCs pursuant to Tribe A's business code instead of incorporating Corporations L and M, and had Tribe B acquired a membership interest instead of stock.

(5) Single owner organizations. Under §§ 301.7701-2 and 301.7701-3, certain organizations that have a single owner can choose to be recognized or disregarded as entities separate from their owners.

(b) Classification of organizations. The classification of organizations that are recognized as separate entities is determined under §§ 301.7701-2, 301.7701-3, and 301.7701-4 unless a provision of the Internal Revenue Code (such as section 860A addressing Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (REMICs)) provides for special treatment of that organization. For the classification of organizations as trusts, see § 301.7701-4. That section provides that trusts generally do not have associates or an objective to carry on business for profit. Sections 301.7701-2 and 301.7701-3 provide rules for classifying organizations that are not classified as trusts.

(c) Cost sharing arrangements. A cost sharing arrangement that is described in § 1.482-7 of this chapter, including any arrangement that the Commissioner treats as a CSA under § 1.482-7(b)(5) of this chapter, is not recognized as a separate entity for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code. See § 1.482-7 of this chapter for the rules regarding CSAs.

(d) Domestic and foreign business entities. See § 301.7701-5 for the rules that determine whether a business entity is domestic or foreign.

(e) State. For purposes of this section and § 301.7701-2, the term State includes the District of Columbia.

(f) Applicability dates—(1) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the rules of this section are applicable as of January 1, 1997.

(2) Exceptions—(i) Paragraph (a)(4) of this section. The rules of paragraph (a)(4) of this section apply to taxable periods beginning on or after January 1, 2026. An entity may choose to apply paragraph (a)(4) of this section to taxable periods beginning before January 1, 2026, for which the applicable period of limitations is open.

(ii) Paragraph (c) of this section. The rules of paragraph (c) of this section are applicable on January 5, 2009.

[T.D. 8697, 61 FR 66588, Dec. 18, 1996, as amended by T.D. 9153, 69 FR 49810, Aug. 12, 2004; T.D. 9246, 71 FR 4816, Jan. 30, 2006; T.D. 9441, 74 FR 390, Jan. 5, 2009; T.D. 9568, 76 FR 80136, Dec. 22, 2011; T.D. 10039, 90 FR 58161, Dec. 16, 2025]

§ 301.7701-2 Business entities; definitions.

(a) Business entities. For purposes of this section and § 301.7701-3, a business entity is any entity recognized for federal tax purposes (including an entity with a single owner that may be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner under § 301.7701-3) that is not properly classified as a trust under § 301.7701-4 or otherwise subject to special treatment under the Internal Revenue Code. A business entity with two or more members is classified for federal tax purposes as either a corporation or a partnership. A business entity with only one owner is classified as a corporation or is disregarded; if the entity is disregarded, its activities are treated in the same manner as a sole proprietorship, branch, or division of the owner. But see paragraphs (c)(2)(iii) through (vii) of this section for special rules that apply to an eligible entity that is otherwise disregarded as an entity separate from its owner.

(b) Corporations. For federal tax purposes, the term corporation means—

(1) A business entity organized under a Federal or State statute, or under a statute of a federally recognized Indian tribe, if the statute describes or refers to the entity as incorporated or as a corporation, body corporate, or body politic;

(2) An association (as determined under § 301.7701-3);

(3) A business entity organized under a State statute, if the statute describes or refers to the entity as a joint-stock company or joint-stock association;

(4) An insurance company;

(5) A State-chartered business entity conducting banking activities, if any of its deposits are insured under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq., or a similar federal statute;

(6) A business entity wholly owned by a State or any political subdivision thereof, or a business entity wholly owned by a foreign government or any other entity described in § 1.892-2T;

(7) A business entity that is taxable as a corporation under a provision of the Internal Revenue Code other than section 7701(a)(3); and

(8) Certain foreign entities—(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(8)(ii) and (d) of this section, the following business entities formed in the following jurisdictions:

American Samoa, Corporation

Argentina, Sociedad Anonima

Australia, Public Limited Company

Austria, Aktiengesellschaft

Barbados, Limited Company

Belgium, Societe Anonyme

Belize, Public Limited Company

Bolivia, Sociedad Anonima

Brazil, Sociedade Anonima

Bulgaria, Aktsionerno Druzhestvo.

Canada, Corporation and Company

Chile, Sociedad Anonima

People's Republic of China, Gufen Youxian Gongsi

Republic of China (Taiwan), Ku-fen Yu-hsien Kung-szu

Colombia, Sociedad Anonima

Costa Rica, Sociedad Anonima

Cyprus, Public Limited Company

Czech Republic, Akciova Spolecnost

Denmark, Aktieselskab

Ecuador, Sociedad Anonima or Compania Anonima

Egypt, Sharikat Al-Mossahamah

El Salvador, Sociedad Anonima

Estonia, Aktsiaselts

European Economic Area/European Union, Societas Europaea

Finland, Julkinen Osakeyhtio/Publikt Aktiebolag

France, Societe Anonyme

Germany, Aktiengesellschaft

Greece, Anonymos Etairia

Guam, Corporation

Guatemala, Sociedad Anonima

Guyana, Public Limited Company

Honduras, Sociedad Anonima

Hong Kong, Public Limited Company

Hungary, Reszvenytarsasag

Iceland, Hlutafelag

India, Public Limited Company

Indonesia, Perseroan Terbuka

Ireland, Public Limited Company

Israel, Public Limited Company

Italy, Societa per Azioni

Jamaica, Public Limited Company

Japan, Kabushiki Kaisha

Kazakstan, Ashyk Aktsionerlik Kogham

Republic of Korea, Chusik Hoesa

Latvia, Akciju Sabiedriba

Liberia, Corporation

Liechtenstein, Aktiengesellschaft

Lithuania, Akcine Bendroves

Luxembourg, Societe Anonyme

Malaysia, Berhad

Malta, Public Limited Company

Mexico, Sociedad Anonima

Morocco, Societe Anonyme

Netherlands, Naamloze Vennootschap

New Zealand, Limited Company

Nicaragua, Compania Anonima

Nigeria, Public Limited Company

Northern Mariana Islands, Corporation

Norway, Allment Aksjeselskap

Pakistan, Public Limited Company

Panama, Sociedad Anonima

Paraguay, Sociedad Anonima

Peru, Sociedad Anonima

Philippines, Stock Corporation

Poland, Spolka Akcyjna

Portugal, Sociedade Anonima

Puerto Rico, Corporation

Romania, Societate pe Actiuni

Russia, Otkrytoye Aktsionernoy Obshchestvo

Saudi Arabia, Sharikat Al-Mossahamah

Singapore, Public Limited Company

Slovak Republic, Akciova Spolocnost

Slovenia, Delniska Druzba

South Africa, Public Limited Company

Spain, Sociedad Anonima

Surinam, Naamloze Vennootschap

Sweden, Publika Aktiebolag

Switzerland, Aktiengesellschaft

Thailand, Borisat Chamkad (Mahachon)

Trinidad and Tobago, Limited Company

Tunisia, Societe Anonyme

Turkey, Anonim Sirket

Ukraine, Aktsionerne Tovaristvo Vidkritogo Tipu

United Kingdom, Public Limited Company

United States Virgin Islands, Corporation

Uruguay, Sociedad Anonima

Venezuela, Sociedad Anonima or Compania Anonima

(ii) Clarification of list of corporations in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section—(A) Exceptions in certain cases. The following entities will not be treated as corporations under paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section:

(1) With regard to Canada, a Nova Scotia Unlimited Liability Company (or any other company or corporation all of whose owners have unlimited liability pursuant to federal or provincial law).

(2) With regard to India, a company deemed to be a public limited company solely by operation of section 43A(1) (relating to corporate ownership of the company), section 43A(1A) (relating to annual average turnover), or section 43A(1B) (relating to ownership interests in other companies) of the Companies Act, 1956 (or any combination of these), provided that the organizational documents of such deemed public limited company continue to meet the requirements of section 3(1)(iii) of the Companies Act, 1956.

(3) With regard to Malaysia, a Sendirian Berhad.

(B) Inclusions in certain cases. With regard to Mexico, the term Sociedad Anonima includes a Sociedad Anonima that chooses to apply the variable capital provision of Mexican corporate law (Sociedad Anonima de Capital Variable).

(iii) Public companies. For purposes of paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section, with regard to Cyprus, Hong Kong, and Jamaica, the term Public Limited Company includes any Limited Company that is not defined as a private company under the corporate laws of those jurisdictions. In all other cases, where the term Public Limited Company is not defined, that term shall include any Limited Company defined as a public company under the corporate laws of the relevant jurisdiction.

(iv) Limited companies. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(8), any reference to a Limited Company includes, as the case may be, companies limited by shares and companies limited by guarantee.

(v) Multilingual countries. Different linguistic renderings of the name of an entity listed in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section shall be disregarded. For example, an entity formed under the laws of Switzerland as a Societe Anonyme will be a corporation and treated in the same manner as an Aktiengesellschaft.

(b)(9) Business entities with multiple charters. (i) An entity created or organized under the laws of more than one jurisdiction if the rules of this section would treat it as a corporation with reference to any one of the jurisdictions in which it is created or organized. Such an entity may elect its classification under § 301.7701-3, subject to the limitations of those provisions, only if it is created or organized in each jurisdiction in a manner that meets the definition of an eligible entity in § 301.7701-3(a). The determination of a business entity's corporate or non-corporate classification is made independently from the determination of whether the entity is domestic or foreign. See § 301.7701-5 for the rules that determine whether a business entity is domestic or foreign.

(ii) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rule of this paragraph (b)(9):

Example 1.

(i) Facts. X is an entity with a single owner organized under the laws of Country A as an entity that is listed in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section. Under the rules of this section, such an entity is a corporation for Federal tax purposes and under § 301.7701-3(a) is unable to elect its classification. Several years after its formation, X files a certificate of domestication in State B as a limited liability company (LLC). Under the laws of State B, X is considered to be created or organized in State B as an LLC upon the filing of the certificate of domestication and is therefore subject to the laws of State B. Under the rules of this section and § 301.7701-3, an LLC with a single owner organized only in State B is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for Federal tax purposes (absent an election to be treated as an association). Neither Country A nor State B law requires X to terminate its charter in Country A as a result of the domestication, and in fact X does not terminate its Country A charter. Consequently, X is now organized in more than one jurisdiction.

(ii) Result. X remains organized under the laws of Country A as an entity that is listed in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section, and as such, it is an entity that is treated as a corporation under the rules of this section. Therefore, X is a corporation for Federal tax purposes because the rules of this section would treat X as a corporation with reference to one of the jurisdictions in which it is created or organized. Because X is organized in Country A in a manner that does not meet the definition of an eligible entity in § 301.7701-3(a), it is unable to elect its classification.

Example 2.

(i) Facts. Y is an entity that is incorporated under the laws of State A and has two shareholders. Under the rules of this section, an entity incorporated under the laws of State A is a corporation for Federal tax purposes and under § 301.7701-3(a) is unable to elect its classification. Several years after its formation, Y files a certificate of continuance in Country B as an unlimited company. Under the laws of Country B, upon filing a certificate of continuance, Y is treated as organized in Country B. Under the rules of this section and § 301.7701-3, an unlimited company organized only in Country B that has more than one owner is treated as a partnership for Federal tax purposes (absent an election to be treated as an association). Neither State A nor Country B law requires Y to terminate its charter in State A as a result of the continuance, and in fact Y does not terminate its State A charter. Consequently, Y is now organized in more than one jurisdiction.

(ii) Result. Y remains organized in State A as a corporation, an entity that is treated as a corporation under the rules of this section. Therefore, Y is a corporation for Federal tax purposes because the rules of this section would treat Y as a corporation with reference to one of the jurisdictions in which it is created or organized. Because Y is organized in State A in a manner that does not meet the definition of an eligible entity in § 301.7701-3(a), it is unable to elect its classification.

Example 3.

(i) Facts. Z is an entity that has more than one owner and that is recognized under the laws of Country A as an unlimited company organized in Country A. Z is organized in Country A in a manner that meets the definition of an eligible entity in § 301.7701-3(a). Under the rules of this section and § 301.7701-3, an unlimited company organized only in Country A with more than one owner is treated as a partnership for Federal tax purposes (absent an election to be treated as an association). At the time Z was formed, it was also organized as a private limited company under the laws of Country B. Z is organized in Country B in a manner that meets the definition of an eligible entity in § 301.7701-3(a). Under the rules of this section and § 301.7701-3, a private limited company organized only in Country B is treated as a corporation for Federal tax purposes (absent an election to be treated as a partnership). Thus, Z is organized in more than one jurisdiction. Z has not made any entity classification elections under § 301.7701-3.

(ii) Result. Z is organized in Country B as a private limited company, an entity that is treated (absent an election to the contrary) as a corporation under the rules of this section. However, because Z is organized in each jurisdiction in a manner that meets the definition of an eligible entity in § 301.7701-3(a), it may elect its classification under § 301.7701-3, subject to the limitations of those provisions.

Example 4.

(i) Facts. P is an entity with more than one owner organized in Country A as a general partnership. Under the rules of this section and § 301.7701-3, an eligible entity with more than one owner in Country A is treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes (absent an election to be treated as an association). P files a certificate of continuance in Country B as an unlimited company. Under the rules of this section and § 301.7701-3, an unlimited company in Country B with more than one owner is treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes (absent an election to be treated as an association). P is not required under either the laws of Country A or Country B to terminate the general partnership in Country A, and in fact P does not terminate its Country A partnership. P is now organized in more than one jurisdiction. P has not made any entity classification elections under § 301.7701-3.

(ii) Result. P's organization in both Country A and Country B would result in P being classified as a partnership. Therefore, since the rules of this section would not treat P as a corporation with reference to any jurisdiction in which it is created or organized, it is not a corporation for federal tax purposes.

(c) Other business entities. For federal tax purposes—

(1) The term partnership means a business entity that is not a corporation under paragraph (b) of this section and that has at least two members.

(2) Wholly owned entities—(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (c), a business entity that has a single owner and is not a corporation under paragraph (b) of this section is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner.

(ii) Special rule for certain business entities. If the single owner of a business entity is a bank (as defined in section 581, or, in the case of a foreign bank, as defined in section 585(a)(2)(B) without regard to the second sentence thereof), then the special rules applicable to banks under the Internal Revenue Code will continue to apply to the single owner as if the wholly owned entity were a separate entity. For this purpose, the special rules applicable to banks under the Internal Revenue Code do not include the rules under sections 864(c), 882(c), and 884.

(iii) Tax liabilities of certain disregarded entities—(A) In general. An entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for any purpose under this section is treated as an entity separate from its owner for purposes of—

(1) Federal tax liabilities of the entity with respect to any taxable period for which the entity was not disregarded;

(2) Federal tax liabilities of any other entity for which the entity is liable; and

(3) Refunds or credits of Federal tax.

(B) Examples. The following examples illustrate the application of paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) of this section:

Example 1.

In 2006, X, a domestic corporation that reports its taxes on a calendar year basis, merges into Z, a domestic LLC wholly owned by Y that is disregarded as an entity separate from Y, in a state law merger. X was not a member of a consolidated group at any time during its taxable year ending in December 2005. Under the applicable state law, Z is the successor to X and is liable for all of X's debts. In 2009, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) seeks to extend the period of limitations on assessment for X's 2005 taxable year. Because Z is the successor to X and is liable for X's 2005 taxes that remain unpaid, Z is the proper party to sign the consent to extend the period of limitations.

Example 2.

The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that in 2007, the IRS determines that X miscalculated and underreported its income tax liability for 2005. Because Z is the successor to X and is liable for X's 2005 taxes that remain unpaid, the deficiency may be assessed against Z and, in the event that Z fails to pay the liability after notice and demand, a general tax lien will arise against all of Z's property and rights to property.

(iv) Special rule for employment tax purposes—

(A) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C) of this section, paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section (relating to certain wholly owned entities) does not apply to taxes imposed under Subtitle C—Employment Taxes and Collection of Income Tax (Chapters 21, 22, 23, 23A, 24, and 25 of the Internal Revenue Code).

(B) Treatment of entity. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C) of this section, an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for any purpose under this section is treated as a corporation with respect to taxes imposed under Subtitle C—Employment Taxes and Collection of Income Tax (Chapters 21, 22, 23, 23A, 24, and 25 of the Internal Revenue Code). For special rules regarding the application of certain employment tax exceptions, see §§ 31.3121(b)(3)-1(d), 31.3127-1(b), and 31.3306(c)(5)-1(d) of this chapter.

(C) Special rules. (1) Paragraphs (c)(2)(iv)(A) and (B) of this section do not apply to withholding requirements imposed by section 3406 (backup withholding). Thus, in the case of an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for any purpose under this section, the owner is subject to the withholding requirements imposed by section 3406 (backup withholding).

(2) Paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section applies to taxes imposed under subtitle A of the Code, including Chapter 2—Tax on Self-Employment Income. Thus, an entity that is treated in the same manner as a sole proprietorship under paragraph (a) of this section is not treated as a corporation for purposes of employing its owner; instead, the entity is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for this purpose and is not the employer of its owner. The owner will be subject to self-employment tax on self-employment income with respect to the entity's activities. Also, if a partnership is the owner of an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for any purpose under this section, the entity is not treated as a corporation for purposes of employing a partner of the partnership that owns the entity; instead, the entity is disregarded as an entity separate from the partnership for this purpose and is not the employer of any partner of the partnership that owns the entity. A partner of a partnership that owns an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for any purpose under this section is subject to the same self-employment tax rules as a partner of a partnership that does not own an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for any purpose under this section.

(D) Example. The following example illustrates the application of paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section:

Example.

(i) LLCA is an eligible entity owned by individual A and is generally disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for Federal tax purposes. However, LLCA is treated as an entity separate from its owner for purposes of subtitle C of the Internal Revenue Code. LLCA has employees and pays wages as defined in sections 3121(a), 3306(b), and 3401(a).

(ii) LLCA is subject to the provisions of subtitle C of the Internal Revenue Code and related provisions under 26 CFR subchapter C, Employment Taxes and Collection of Income Tax at Source, parts 31 through 39. Accordingly, LLCA is required to perform such acts as are required of an employer under those provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder that apply. All provisions of law (including penalties) and the regulations prescribed in pursuance of law applicable to employers in respect of such acts are applicable to LLCA. Thus, for example, LLCA is liable for income tax withholding, Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) taxes, and Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) taxes. See sections 3402 and 3403 (relating to income tax withholding); 3102(b) and 3111 (relating to FICA taxes), and 3301 (relating to FUTA taxes). In addition, LLCA must file under its name and EIN the applicable Forms in the 94X series, for example, Form 941, “Employer's Quarterly Employment Tax Return,” Form 940, “Employer's Annual Federal Unemployment Tax Return;” file with the Social Security Administration and furnish to LLCA's employees statements on Forms W-2, “Wage and Tax Statement;” and make timely employment tax deposits. See §§ 31.6011(a)-1, 31.6011(a)-3, 31.6051-1, 31.6051-2, and 31.6302-1 of this chapter.

(iii) A is self-employed for purposes of subtitle A, chapter 2, Tax on Self-Employment Income, of the Internal Revenue Code. Thus, A is subject to tax under section 1401 on A's net earnings from self-employment with respect to LLCA's activities. A is not an employee of LLCA for purposes of subtitle C of the Internal Revenue Code. Because LLCA is treated as a sole proprietorship of A for income tax purposes, A is entitled to deduct trade or business expenses paid or incurred with respect to activities carried on through LLCA, including the employer's share of employment taxes imposed under sections 3111 and 3301, on A's Form 1040, Schedule C, “Profit or Loss for Business (Sole Proprietorship).”

(v) Special rule for certain excise tax purposes—(A) In general. Paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section (relating to certain wholly owned entities) does not apply for purposes of—

(1) Federal tax liabilities imposed by Chapters 31, 32 (other than section 4181), 33, 34, 35, 36 (other than section 4461), 38, and 49 of the Internal Revenue Code, or any floor stocks tax imposed on articles subject to any of these taxes;

(2) Collection of tax imposed by Chapters 33 and 49 of the Internal Revenue Code;

(3) Registration under sections 4101, 4222, 4412;

(4) Claims of a credit (other than a credit under section 34), refund, or payment related to a tax described in paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A)(1) of this section or under section 6426 or 6427; and

(5) Assessment and collection of an assessable payment imposed by section 4980H and reporting required by section 6056.

(B) Treatment of entity. An entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for any purpose under this section is treated as a corporation with respect to items described in paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A) of this section.

(C) Example. The following example illustrates the provisions of this paragraph (c)(2)(v):

Example.

(i) LLCB is an eligible entity that has a single owner, B. LLCB is generally disregarded as an entity separate from its owner. However, under paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section, LLCB is treated as an entity separate from its owner for certain purposes relating to excise taxes.

(ii) LLCB mines coal from a coal mine located in the United States. Section 4121 of chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a tax on the producer's sale of such coal. Section 48.4121-1(a) of this chapter defines a “producer” generally as the person in whom is vested ownership of the coal under state law immediately after the coal is severed from the ground. LLCB is the person that owns the coal under state law immediately after it is severed from the ground. Under paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A)(1) of this section, LLCB is the producer of the coal and is liable for tax on its sale of such coal under chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code. LLCB must report and pay tax on Form 720, “Quarterly Federal Excise Tax Return,” under its own name and taxpayer identification number.

(iii) LLCB uses undyed diesel fuel in an earthmover that is not registered or required to be registered for highway use. Such use is an off-highway business use of the fuel. Under section 6427(l), the ultimate purchaser is allowed to claim an income tax credit or payment related to the tax imposed on diesel fuel used in an off-highway business use. Under paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section, for purposes of the credit or payment allowed under section 6427(l), LLCB is the person that could claim the amount on its Form 720 or on a Form 8849, “Claim for Refund of Excise Taxes.” Alternatively, if LLCB did not claim a payment during the time prescribed in section 6427(i)(2) for making a claim under section 6427, § 1.34-1 of this chapter provides that B, the owner of LLCB, could claim the income tax credit allowed under section 34 for the nontaxable use of diesel fuel by LLCB.

(iv) Assume the same facts as in paragraph (c)(2)(v)(C) Example (i) and (ii) of this section. If LLCB does not pay the tax on its sale of coal under chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code, any notice of lien the Internal Revenue Service files will be filed as if LLCB were a corporation.

(vi) Special rule for reporting under section 6038A—(A) In general. An entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for any purpose under this section is treated as an entity separate from its owner and classified as a corporation for purposes of section 6038A if—

(1) The entity is a domestic entity; and

(2) One foreign person has direct or indirect sole ownership of the entity.

(B) Definitions—(1) Indirect sole ownership. For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A)(2) of this section, indirect sole ownership means ownership by one person entirely through one or more other entities disregarded as entities separate from their owners or through one or more grantor trusts, regardless of whether any such disregarded entity or grantor trust is domestic or foreign.

(2) Entity disregarded as separate from its owner. For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(B)(1) of this section, an entity disregarded as an entity separate from its owner is an entity described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section.

(3) Grantor trust. For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(B)(1) of this section, a grantor trust is any portion of a trust that is treated as owned by the grantor or another person under subpart E of subchapter J of chapter 1 of the Code.

(C) Taxable year. The taxable year of an entity classified as a corporation for section 6038A purposes pursuant to paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A) of this section is—

(1) The same as the taxable year of the foreign person described in paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(A)(2) of this section, if that foreign person has a U.S. income tax or information return filing obligation for its taxable year; or

(2) The calendar year, if paragraph (c)(2)(vi)(C)(1) of this section does not apply, unless otherwise provided in forms, instructions, or published guidance.

(vii) Special rules for certain disregarded payments—(A) Disregarded payment loss rules. To the extent provided in § 1.1503(d)-1(d) of this chapter, certain payments involving a business entity that, under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section is otherwise disregarded as an entity separate from its owner, are in effect taken into account as if the entity were regarded and the deduction was denied, and therefore give rise to an income inclusion, and corresponding suspended deduction, to the entity's owner.

(B) Non-application of the sixty-month limitation. If an eligible entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner would become a disregarded payment entity (within the meaning of § 1.1503(d)-1(d)(5)(i)(A) of this chapter) when this paragraph (c)(2)(vii) applies, the sixty-month limitation under § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(iv) does not apply with respect to an election by such eligible entity to change its classification to an association effective before January 1, 2026 (such that it would not become a disregarded payment entity).

(d) Special rule for certain foreign business entities—(1) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, a foreign business entity described in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section will not be treated as a corporation under paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section if—

(i) The entity was in existence on May 8, 1996;

(ii) The entity's classification was relevant (as defined in § 301.7701-3(d)) on May 8, 1996;

(iii) No person (including the entity) for whom the entity's classification was relevant on May 8, 1996, treats the entity as a corporation for purposes of filing such person's federal income tax returns, information returns, and withholding documents for the taxable year including May 8, 1996;

(iv) Any change in the entity's claimed classification within the sixty months prior to May 8, 1996, occurred solely as a result of a change in the organizational documents of the entity, and the entity and all members of the entity recognized the federal tax consequences of any change in the entity's classification within the sixty months prior to May 8, 1996;

(v) A reasonable basis (within the meaning of section 6662) existed on May 8, 1996, for treating the entity as other than a corporation; and

(vi) Neither the entity nor any member was notified in writing on or before May 8, 1996, that the classification of the entity was under examination (in which case the entity's classification will be determined in the examination).

(2) Binding contract rule. If a foreign business entity described in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section is formed after May 8, 1996, pursuant to a written binding contract (including an accepted bid to develop a project) in effect on May 8, 1996, and all times thereafter, in which the parties agreed to engage (directly or indirectly) in an active and substantial business operation in the jurisdiction in which the entity is formed, paragraph (d)(1) of this section will be applied to that entity by substituting the date of the entity's formation for May 8, 1996.

(3) Termination of grandfather status—(i) In general. An entity that is not treated as a corporation under paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section by reason of paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section will be treated permanently as a corporation under paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section from the earliest of:

(A) The effective date of an election to be treated as an association under § 301.7701-3;

(B) A termination of the partnership under section 708(b)(1)(B) (regarding sale or exchange of 50 percent or more of the total interest in an entity's capital or profits within a twelve month period);

(C) A division of the partnership under section 708(b)(2)(B); or

(D) The date any person or persons, who were not owners of the entity as of November 29, 1999, own in the aggregate a 50 percent or greater interest in the entity.

(ii) Special rule for certain entities. For purposes of paragraph (d)(2) of this section, paragraph (d)(3)(i)(B) of this section shall not apply if the sale or exchange of interests in the entity is to a related person (within the meaning of sections 267(b) and 707(b)) and occurs no later than twelve months after the date of the formation of the entity.

(e) Effective/applicability date. (1) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (e), the rules of this section apply as of January 1, 1997, except that paragraph (b)(6) of this section applies on or after January 14, 2002, to a business entity wholly owned by a foreign government regardless of any prior entity classification, and paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section applies to taxable years beginning after January 12, 2001. The reference to the Finnish, Maltese, and Norwegian entities in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section is applicable on November 29, 1999. The reference to the Trinidadian entity in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section applies to entities formed on or after November 29, 1999. Any Maltese or Norwegian entity that becomes an eligible entity as a result of paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section in effect on November 29, 1999, may elect by February 14, 2000, to be classified for Federal tax purposes as an entity other than a corporation retroactive to any period from and including January 1, 1997. Any Finnish entity that becomes an eligible entity as a result of paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section in effect on November 29, 1999, may elect by February 14, 2000, to be classified for Federal tax purposes as an entity other than a corporation retroactive to any period from and including September 1, 1997. However, paragraph (d)(3)(i)(D) of this section applies on or after October 22, 2003.

(2) Paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section applies on and after September 14, 2009. For rules that apply before September 14, 2009, see 26 CFR part 301, revised as of April 1, 2009.

(3)(i) General rule. Except as provided in paragraph (e)(3)(ii) of this section, the rules of paragraph (b)(9) of this section apply as of August 12, 2004, to all business entities existing on or after that date.

(ii) Transition rule. For business entities created or organized under the laws of more than one jurisdiction as of August 12, 2004, the rules of paragraph (b)(9) of this section apply as of May 1, 2006. These entities, however, may rely on the rules of paragraph (b)(9) of this section as of August 12, 2004.

(4) The reference to the Estonian, Latvian, Liechtenstein, Lithuanian, and Slovenian entities in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section applies to such entities formed on or after October 7, 2004, and to any such entity formed before such date from the date any person or persons, who were not owners of the entity as of October 7, 2004, own in the aggregate a 50 percent or greater interest in the entity. The reference to the European Economic Area/European Union entity in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section applies to such entities formed on or after October 8, 2004.

(5)(i) Except as provided in this paragraph (e)(5), paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section applies with respect to wages paid on or after January 1, 2009.

(ii) Paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(B) applies with respect to wages paid on or after September 14, 2009. For rules that apply before September 14, 2009, see 26 CFR part 301 revised as of April 1, 2009.

(iii) Paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C)(1) of this section applies with respect to wages paid on or after November 1, 2011. For rules that apply before November 1, 2011, see 26 CFR part 301, revised as of April 1, 2011. However, taxpayers may apply paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C)(1) of this section with respect to wages paid on or after January 1, 2009.

(6)(i) Except as provided in this paragraph (e)(6), paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section applies to liabilities imposed and actions first required or permitted in periods beginning on or after January 1, 2008.

(ii) Paragraphs (c)(2)(v)(B) and (c)(2)(v)(C) Example (iv) of this section apply on and after September 14, 2009.

(iii) Paragraph (c)(2)(v)(A)(5) of this section applies for periods after December 31, 2014.

(iv) References to Chapter 49 in paragraph (c)(2)(v) of this section apply to taxes imposed on amounts paid on or after July 1, 2012.

(7) The reference to the Bulgarian entity in paragraph (b)(8)(i) of this section applies to such entities formed on or after January 1, 2007, and to any such entity formed before such date from the date that, in the aggregate, a 50 percent or more interest in such entity is owned by any person or persons who were not owners of the entity as of January 1, 2007. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term interest means—

(i) In the case of a partnership, a capital or profits interest; and

(ii) In the case of a corporation, an equity interest measured by vote or value.

(8) Paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C)(2) of this section applies on the later of—

(i) August 1, 2016; or

(ii) The first day of the latest-starting plan year beginning after May 4, 2016, and on or before May 4, 2017, of an affected plan (based on the plans adopted before, and the plan years in effect as of, May 4, 2016) sponsored by an entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for any purpose under this section. For rules that apply before the applicability date of paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C)(2) of this section, see 26 CFR part 301 revised as of April 1, 2016. For the purposes of this paragraph (e)(8)—

(A) An affected plan includes any qualified plan, health plan, or section 125 cafeteria plan if the plan benefits participants whose employment status is affected by paragraph (c)(2)(iv)(C)(2) of this section;

(B) A qualified plan means a plan, contract, pension, or trust described in paragraph (A) or (B) of section 219(g)(5) (other than paragraph (A)(iii)); and

(C) A health plan means an arrangement described under § 1.105-5 of this chapter.

(9) Reporting required under section 6038A. Paragraph (c)(2)(vi) of this section applies to taxable years of entities beginning after December 31, 2016, and ending on or after December 13, 2017.

(10) Paragraph (c)(2)(vii) of this section (special rules for certain disregarded payments) applies to taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2026, except that paragraph (c)(2)(vii)(B) of this section (non-application of sixty-month limitation) applies as of August 6, 2024.

[T.D. 8697, 61 FR 66589, Dec. 18, 1996, as amended by T.D. 8844, 64 FR 66583, Nov. 29, 1999; T.D. 9012, 67 FR 49864, Aug. 1, 2002; T.D. 9093, 68 FR 60298, Oct. 22, 2003; T.D. 9153, 69 FR 49810, Aug. 12, 2004; T.D. 9183, 70 FR 9221, Feb. 25, 2005; T.D. 9197, 70 FR 19698, Apr. 14, 2005; T.D. 9235, 70 FR 74658, Dec. 16, 2005; T.D. 9246, 71 FR 4817, Jan. 30, 2006; T.D. 9356, 72 FR 45893, Aug. 16, 2007; T.D. 9388, 73 FR 15065, Mar. 21, 2008; T.D. 8697, 73 FR 18442, Apr. 4, 2008; 73 FR 21415, Apr. 21, 2008; T.D. 9433, 73 FR 72346, Nov. 28, 2008; T.D. 9462, 74 FR 46904, Sept. 14, 2009; T.D. 9553, 76 FR 66182, Oct. 26, 2011; T.D. 9554, 76 FR 67365, Nov. 1, 2011; T.D. 9596, 77 FR 37807, June 25, 2012; T.D. 9655, 79 FR 8601, Feb. 12, 2014; T.D. 9670, 79 FR 36206, June 26, 2014; T.D. 9766, 81 FR 26694, May 4, 2016; T.D. 9796, 81 FR 89851, Dec. 13, 2016; T.D. 9869, 84 FR 31479, July 2, 2019; T.D. 10026, 90 FR 3021, Jan. 14, 2025]

§ 301.7701-3 Classification of certain business entities.

(a) In general. A business entity that is not classified as a corporation under § 301.7701-2(b) (1), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), or (8) (an eligible entity) can elect its classification for federal tax purposes as provided in this section. An eligible entity with at least two members can elect to be classified as either an association (and thus a corporation under § 301.7701-2(b)(2)) or a partnership, and an eligible entity with a single owner can elect to be classified as an association or to be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner. Paragraph (b) of this section provides a default classification for an eligible entity that does not make an election. Thus, elections are necessary only when an eligible entity chooses to be classified initially as other than the default classification or when an eligible entity chooses to change its classification. An entity whose classification is determined under the default classification retains that classification (regardless of any changes in the members' liability that occurs at any time during the time that the entity's classification is relevant as defined in paragraph (d) of this section) until the entity makes an election to change that classification under paragraph (c)(1) of this section. Paragraph (c) of this section provides rules for making express elections, including a rule under which a domestic eligible entity that elects to be classified as an association consents to be subject to the dual consolidated loss rules of section 1503(d). Paragraph (d) of this section provides special rules for foreign eligible entities. Paragraph (e) of this section provides special rules for classifying entities resulting from partnership terminations and divisions under section 708(b). Paragraph (f) of this section sets forth the effective date of this section and a special rule relating to prior periods.

(b) Classification of eligible entities that do not file an election—(1) Domestic eligible entities. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, unless the entity elects otherwise, a domestic eligible entity is—

(i) A partnership if it has two or more members; or

(ii) Disregarded as an entity separate from its owner if it has a single owner.

(2) Foreign eligible entities—(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, unless the entity elects otherwise, a foreign eligible entity is—

(A) A partnership if it has two or more members and at least one member does not have limited liability;

(B) An association if all members have limited liability; or

(C) Disregarded as an entity separate from its owner if it has a single owner that does not have limited liability.

(ii) Definition of limited liability. For purposes of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, a member of a foreign eligible entity has limited liability if the member has no personal liability for the debts of or claims against the entity by reason of being a member. This determination is based solely on the statute or law pursuant to which the entity is organized, except that if the underlying statute or law allows the entity to specify in its organizational documents whether the members will have limited liability, the organizational documents may also be relevant. For purposes of this section, a member has personal liability if the creditors of the entity may seek satisfaction of all or any portion of the debts or claims against the entity from the member as such. A member has personal liability for purposes of this paragraph even if the member makes an agreement under which another person (whether or not a member of the entity) assumes such liability or agrees to indemnify that member for any such liability.

(3) Existing eligible entities—(i) In general. Unless the entity elects otherwise, an eligible entity in existence prior to the effective date of this section will have the same classification that the entity claimed under §§ 301.7701-1 through 301.7701-3 as in effect on the date prior to the effective date of this section; except that if an eligible entity with a single owner claimed to be a partnership under those regulations, the entity will be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner under this paragraph (b)(3)(i). For special rules regarding the classification of such entities prior to the effective date of this section, see paragraph (h)(2) of this section.

(ii) Special rules. For purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, a foreign eligible entity is treated as being in existence prior to the effective date of this section only if the entity's classification was relevant (as defined in paragraph (d) of this section) at any time during the sixty months prior to the effective date of this section. If an entity claimed different classifications prior to the effective date of this section, the entity's classification for purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section is the last classification claimed by the entity. If a foreign eligible entity's classification is relevant prior to the effective date of this section, but no federal tax or information return is filed or the federal tax or information return does not indicate the classification of the entity, the entity's classification for the period prior to the effective date of this section is determined under the regulations in effect on the date prior to the effective date of this section.

(c) Elections—(1) Time and place for filing—(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(1) (iv) and (v) of this section, an eligible entity may elect to be classified other than as provided under paragraph (b) of this section, or to change its classification, by filing Form 8832, Entity Classification Election, with the service center designated on Form 8832. An election will not be accepted unless all of the information required by the form and instructions, including the taxpayer identifying number of the entity, is provided on Form 8832. See § 301.6109-1 for rules on applying for and displaying Employer Identification Numbers.

(ii) Further notification of elections. An eligible entity required to file a Federal tax or information return for the taxable year for which an election is made under § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(i) must attach a copy of its Form 8832 to its Federal tax or information return for that year. If the entity is not required to file a return for that year, a copy of its Form 8832 (“Entity Classification Election”) must be attached to the Federal income tax or information return of any direct or indirect owner of the entity for the taxable year of the owner that includes the date on which the election was effective. An indirect owner of the entity does not have to attach a copy of the Form 8832 to its return if an entity in which it has an interest is already filing a copy of the Form 8832 with its return. If an entity, or one of its direct or indirect owners, fails to attach a copy of a Form 8832 to its return as directed in this section, an otherwise valid election under § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(i) will not be invalidated, but the non-filing party may be subject to penalties, including any applicable penalties if the Federal tax or information returns are inconsistent with the entity's election under § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(i). In the case of returns for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2002, the copy of Form 8832 attached to a return pursuant to this paragraph (c)(1)(ii) is not required to be a signed copy.

(iii) Effective date of election. An election made under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section will be effective on the date specified by the entity on Form 8832 or on the date filed if no such date is specified on the election form. The effective date specified on Form 8832 can not be more than 75 days prior to the date on which the election is filed and can not be more than 12 months after the date on which the election is filed. If an election specifies an effective date more than 75 days prior to the date on which the election is filed, it will be effective 75 days prior to the date it was filed. If an election specifies an effective date more than 12 months from the date on which the election is filed, it will be effective 12 months after the date it was filed. If an election specifies an effective date before January 1, 1997, it will be effective as of January 1, 1997. If a purchasing corporation makes an election under section 338 regarding an acquired subsidiary, an election under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section for the acquired subsidiary can be effective no earlier than the day after the acquisition date (within the meaning of section 338(h)(2)).

(iv) Limitation. If an eligible entity makes an election under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section to change its classification (other than an election made by an existing entity to change its classification as of the effective date of this section), the entity cannot change its classification by election again during the sixty months succeeding the effective date of the election. However, the Commissioner may permit the entity to change its classification by election within the sixty months if more than fifty percent of the ownership interests in the entity as of the effective date of the subsequent election are owned by persons that did not own any interests in the entity on the filing date or on the effective date of the entity's prior election. An election by a newly formed eligible entity that is effective on the date of formation is not considered a change for purposes of this paragraph (c)(1)(iv).

(v) Deemed elections—(A) Exempt organizations. An eligible entity that has been determined to be, or claims to be, exempt from taxation under section 501(a) is treated as having made an election under this section to be classified as an association. Such election will be effective as of the first day for which exemption is claimed or determined to apply, regardless of when the claim or determination is made, and will remain in effect unless an election is made under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section after the date the claim for exempt status is withdrawn or rejected or the date the determination of exempt status is revoked.

(B) Real estate investment trusts. An eligible entity that files an election under section 856(c)(1) to be treated as a real estate investment trust is treated as having made an election under this section to be classified as an association. Such election will be effective as of the first day the entity is treated as a real estate investment trust.

(C) S corporations. An eligible entity that timely elects to be an S corporation under section 1362(a)(1) is treated as having made an election under this section to be classified as an association, provided that (as of the effective date of the election under section 1362(a)(1)) the entity meets all other requirements to qualify as a small business corporation under section 1361(b). Subject to § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(iv), the deemed election to be classified as an association will apply as of the effective date of the S corporation election and will remain in effect until the entity makes a valid election, under § 301.7701-3(c)(1)(i), to be classified as other than an association.

(vi) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this paragraph (c)(1):

Example 1.

On July 1, 1998, X, a domestic corporation, purchases a 10% interest in Y, an eligible entity formed under Country A law in 1990. The entity's classification was not relevant to any person for federal tax or information purposes prior to X's acquisition of an interest in Y. Thus, Y is not considered to be in existence on the effective date of this section for purposes of paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Under the applicable Country A statute, all members of Y have limited liability as defined in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. Accordingly, Y is classified as an association under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(B) of this section unless it elects under this paragraph (c) to be classified as a partnership. To be classified as a partnership as of July 1, 1998, Y must file a Form 8832 by September 14, 1998. See paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section. Because an election cannot be effective more than 75 days prior to the date on which it is filed, if Y files its Form 8832 after September 14, 1998, it will be classified as an association from July 1, 1998, until the effective date of the election. In that case, it could not change its classification by election under this paragraph (c) during the sixty months succeeding the effective date of the election.

Example 2.

(i) Z is an eligible entity formed under Country B law and is in existence on the effective date of this section within the meaning of paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Prior to the effective date of this section, Z claimed to be classified as an association. Unless Z files an election under this paragraph (c), it will continue to be classified as an association under paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(ii) Z files a Form 8832 pursuant to this paragraph (c) to be classified as a partnership, effective as of the effective date of this section. Z can file an election to be classified as an association at any time thereafter, but then would not be permitted to change its classification by election during the sixty months succeeding the effective date of that subsequent election.

(2) Authorized signatures—(i) In general. An election made under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section must be signed by—

(A) Each member of the electing entity who is an owner at the time the election is filed; or

(B) Any officer, manager, or member of the electing entity who is authorized (under local law or the entity's organizational documents) to make the election and who represents to having such authorization under penalties of perjury.

(ii) Retroactive elections. For purposes of paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, if an election under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section is to be effective for any period prior to the time that it is filed, each person who was an owner between the date the election is to be effective and the date the election is filed, and who is not an owner at the time the election is filed, must also sign the election.

(iii) Changes in classification. For paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, if an election under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section is made to change the classification of an entity, each person who was an owner on the date that any transactions under paragraph (g) of this section are deemed to occur, and who is not an owner at the time the election is filed, must also sign the election. This paragraph (c)(2)(iii) applies to elections filed on or after November 29, 1999.

(3) Consent to be subject to section 1503(d)—(i) Rule. A domestic eligible entity that elects to be classified as an association consents to be treated as a dual resident corporation for purposes of section 1503(d) (such an entity, a domestic consenting corporation), for any taxable year for which it is classified as an association and the condition set forth in § 1.1503(d)-1(c)(1) of this chapter is satisfied.

(ii) Transition rule—deemed consent. If, as a result of the applicability date (see paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section) relating to paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, a domestic eligible entity that is classified as an association has not consented to be treated as a domestic consenting corporation pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, then the domestic eligible entity is deemed to consent to be so treated as of its first taxable year beginning on or after December 20, 2019. The first sentence of this paragraph (c)(3)(ii) does not apply if the domestic eligible entity elects, on or after December 20, 2018 and effective before its first taxable year beginning on or after December 20, 2019, to be classified as a partnership or disregarded entity such that it ceases to be a domestic eligible entity that is classified as an association. For purposes of the election described in the second sentence of this paragraph (c)(3)(ii), the sixty month limitation under paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section is waived.

(iii) Applicability date. The sixth sentence of paragraph (a) of this section and paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section apply to a domestic eligible entity that on or after December 20, 2018 files an election to be classified as an association (regardless of whether the election is effective before December 20, 2018). Paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section applies as of December 20, 2018.

(d) Special rules for foreign eligible entities—(1) Definition of relevance—(i) General rule. For purposes of this section, a foreign eligible entity's classification is relevant when its classification affects the liability of any person for federal tax or information purposes. For example, a foreign entity's classification would be relevant if U.S. income was paid to the entity and the determination by the withholding agent of the amount to be withheld under chapter 3 of the Internal Revenue Code (if any) would vary depending upon whether the entity is classified as a partnership or as an association. Thus, the classification might affect the documentation that the withholding agent must receive from the entity, the type of tax or information return to file, or how the return must be prepared. The date that the classification of a foreign eligible entity is relevant is the date an event occurs that creates an obligation to file a federal tax return, information return, or statement for which the classification of the entity must be determined. Thus, the classification of a foreign entity is relevant, for example, on the date that an interest in the entity is acquired which will require a U.S. person to file an information return on Form 5471.

(ii) Deemed relevance—(A) General rule. For purposes of this section, except as provided in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, the classification for Federal tax purposes of a foreign eligible entity that files Form 8832, “Entity Classification Election”, shall be deemed to be relevant only on the date the entity classification election is effective.

(B) Exception. If the classification of a foreign eligible entity is relevant within the meaning of paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, then the rule in paragraph (d)(1)(ii)(A) of this section shall not apply.

(2) Entities the classification of which has never been relevant. If the classification of a foreign eligible entity has never been relevant (as defined in paragraph (d)(1) of this section), then the entity's classification will initially be determined pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section when the classification of the entity first becomes relevant (as defined in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section).

(3) Special rule when classification is no longer relevant. If the classification of a foreign eligible entity is not relevant (as defined in paragraph (d)(1) of this section) for 60 consecutive months, then the entity's classification will initially be determined pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (b)(2) of this section when the classification of the foreign eligible entity becomes relevant (as defined in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section). The date that the classification of a foreign entity is not relevant is the date an event occurs that causes the classification to no longer be relevant, or, if no event occurs in a taxable year that causes the classification to be relevant, then the date is the first day of that taxable year.

(4) Effective date. Paragraphs (d)(1)(ii), (d)(2), and (d)(3) of this section apply on or after October 22, 2003.

(e) Coordination with section 708(b). Except as provided in § 301.7701-2(d)(3) (regarding termination of grandfather status for certain foreign business entities), an entity resulting from a transaction described in section 708(b)(1)(B) (partnership termination due to sales or exchanges) or section 708(b)(2)(B) (partnership division) is a partnership.

(f) Changes in number of members of an entity—(1) Associations. The classification of an eligible entity as an association is not affected by any change in the number of members of the entity.

(2) Partnerships and single member entities. An eligible entity classified as a partnership becomes disregarded as an entity separate from its owner when the entity's membership is reduced to one member. A single member entity disregarded as an entity separate from its owner is classified as a partnership when the entity has more than one member. If an elective classification change under paragraph (c) of this section is effective at the same time as a membership change described in this paragraph (f)(2), the deemed transactions in paragraph (g) of this section resulting from the elective change preempt the transactions that would result from the change in membership.

(3) Effect on sixty month limitation. A change in the number of members of an entity does not result in the creation of a new entity for purposes of the sixty month limitation on elections under paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section.

(4) Examples. The following examples illustrate the application of this paragraph (f):

Example 1. A,

a U.S. person, owns a domestic eligible entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner. On January 1, 1998, B, a U.S. person, buys a 50 percent interest in the entity from A. Under this paragraph (f), the entity is classified as a partnership when B acquires an interest in the entity. However, A and B elect to have the entity classified as an association effective on January 1, 1998. Thus, B is treated as buying shares of stock on January 1, 1998. (Under paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, this election is treated as a change in classification so that the entity generally cannot change its classification by election again during the sixty months succeeding the effective date of the election.) Under paragraph (g)(1) of this section, A is treated as contributing the assets and liabilities of the entity to the newly formed association immediately before the close of December 31, 1997. Because A does not retain control of the association as required by section 351, A's contribution will be a taxable event. Therefore, under section 1012, the association will take a fair market value basis in the assets contributed by A, and A will have a fair market value basis in the stock received. A will have no additional gain upon the sale of stock to B, and B will have a cost basis in the stock purchased from A.

Example 2.

(i) On April 1, 1998, A and B, U.S. persons, form X, a foreign eligible entity. X is treated as an association under the default provisions of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, and X does not make an election to be classified as a partnership. A subsequently purchases all of B's interest in X.

(ii) Under paragraph (f)(1) of this section, X continues to be classified as an association. X, however, can subsequently elect to be disregarded as an entity separate from A. The sixty month limitation of paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section does not prevent X from making an election because X has not made a prior election under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section.

Example 3.

(i) On April 1, 1998, A and B, U.S. persons, form X, a foreign eligible entity. X is treated as an association under the default provisions of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, and X does not make an election to be classified as a partnership. On January 1, 1999, X elects to be classified as a partnership effective on that date. Under the sixty month limitation of paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section, X cannot elect to be classified as an association until January 1, 2004 (i.e., sixty months after the effective date of the election to be classified as a partnership).

(ii) On June 1, 2000, A purchases all of B's interest in X. After A's purchase of B's interest, X can no longer be classified as a partnership because X has only one member. Under paragraph (f)(2) of this section, X is disregarded as an entity separate from A when A becomes the only member of X. X, however, is not treated as a new entity for purposes of paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section. As a result, the sixty month limitation of paragraph (c)(1)(iv) of this section continues to apply to X, and X cannot elect to be classified as an association until January 1, 2004 (i.e., sixty months after January 1, 1999, the effective date of the election by X to be classified as a partnership).

(5) Effective date. This paragraph (f) applies as of November 29, 1999.

(g) Elective changes in classification—(1) Deemed treatment of elective change—(i) Partnership to association. If an eligible entity classified as a partnership elects under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section to be classified as an association, the following is deemed to occur: The partnership contributes all of its assets and liabilities to the association in exchange for stock in the association, and immediately thereafter, the partnership liquidates by distributing the stock of the association to its partners.

(ii) Association to partnership. If an eligible entity classified as an association elects under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section to be classified as a partnership, the following is deemed to occur: The association distributes all of its assets and liabilities to its shareholders in liquidation of the association, and immediately thereafter, the shareholders contribute all of the distributed assets and liabilities to a newly formed partnership.

(iii) Association to disregarded entity. If an eligible entity classified as an association elects under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section to be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner, the following is deemed to occur: The association distributes all of its assets and liabilities to its single owner in liquidation of the association.

(iv) Disregarded entity to an association. If an eligible entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner elects under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section to be classified as an association, the following is deemed to occur: The owner of the eligible entity contributes all of the assets and liabilities of the entity to the association in exchange for stock of the association.

(2) Effect of elective changes—(i) In general. The tax treatment of a change in the classification of an entity for federal tax purposes by election under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section is determined under all relevant provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and general principles of tax law, including the step transaction doctrine.

(ii) Adoption of plan of liquidation. For purposes of satisfying the requirement of adoption of a plan of liquidation under section 332, unless a formal plan of liquidation that contemplates the election to be classified as a partnership or to be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner is adopted on an earlier date, the making, by an association, of an election under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section to be classified as a partnership or to be disregarded as an entity separate from its owner is considered to be the adoption of a plan of liquidation immediately before the deemed liquidation described in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) or (iii) of this section. This paragraph (g)(2)(ii) applies to elections filed on or after December 17, 2001. Taxpayers may apply this paragraph (g)(2)(ii) retroactively to elections filed before December 17, 2001, if the corporate owner claiming treatment under section 332 and its subsidiary making the election take consistent positions with respect to the federal tax consequences of the election.

(3) Timing of election—(i) In general. An election under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section that changes the classification of an eligible entity for federal tax purposes is treated as occurring at the start of the day for which the election is effective. Any transactions that are deemed to occur under this paragraph (g) as a result of a change in classification are treated as occurring immediately before the close of the day before the election is effective. For example, if an election is made to change the classification of an entity from an association to a partnership effective on January 1, the deemed transactions specified in paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section (including the liquidation of the association) are treated as occurring immediately before the close of December 31 and must be reported by the owners of the entity on December 31. Thus, the last day of the association's taxable year will be December 31 and the first day of the partnership's taxable year will be January 1.

(ii) Coordination with section 338 election. A purchasing corporation that makes a qualified stock purchase of an eligible entity taxed as a corporation may make an election under section 338 regarding the acquisition if it satisfies the requirements for the election, and may also make an election to change the classification of the target corporation. If a taxpayer makes an election under section 338 regarding its acquisition of another entity taxable as a corporation and makes an election under paragraph (c) of this section for the acquired corporation (effective at the earliest possible date as provided by paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section), the transactions under paragraph (g) of this section are deemed to occur immediately after the deemed asset purchase by the new target corporation under section 338.

(iii) Application to successive elections in tiered situations. When elections under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section for a series of tiered entities are effective on the same date, the eligible entities may specify the order of the elections on Form 8832. If no order is specified for the elections, any transactions that are deemed to occur in this paragraph (g) as a result of the classification change will be treated as occurring first for the highest tier entity's classification change, then for the next highest tier entity's classification change, and so forth down the chain of entities until all the transactions under this paragraph (g) have occurred. For example, Parent, a corporation, wholly owns all of the interest of an eligible entity classified as an association (S1), which wholly owns another eligible entity classified as an association (S2), which wholly owns another eligible entity classified as an association (S3). Elections under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section are filed to classify S1, S2, and S3 each as disregarded as an entity separate from its owner effective on the same day. If no order is specified for the elections, the following transactions are deemed to occur under this paragraph (g) as a result of the elections, with each successive transaction occurring on the same day immediately after the preceding transaction S1 is treated as liquidating into Parent, then S2 is treated as liquidating into Parent, and finally S3 is treated as liquidating into Parent.

(4) Effective date. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section, this paragraph (g) applies to elections that are filed on or after November 29, 1999. Taxpayers may apply this paragraph (g) retroactively to elections filed before November 29, 1999 if all taxpayers affected by the deemed transactions file consistently with this paragraph (g).

(h) Effective date—(1) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the rules of this section are applicable as of January 1, 1997.

(2) Prior treatment of existing entities. In the case of a business entity that is not described in § 301.7701-2(b) (1), (3), (4), (5), (6), or (7), and that was in existence prior to January 1, 1997, the entity's claimed classification(s) will be respected for all peri0ods prior to January 1, 1997, if—

(i) The entity had a reasonable basis (within the meaning of section 6662) for its claimed classification;

(ii) The entity and all members of the entity recognized the federal tax consequences of any change in the entity's classification within the sixty months prior to January 1, 1997; and

(iii) Neither the entity nor any member was notified in writing on or before May 8, 1996, that the classification of the entity was under examination (in which case the entity's classification will be determined in the examination).

(3) Deemed elections for S corporations. Paragraph (c)(1)(v)(C) of this section applies to timely S corporation elections under section 1362(a) filed on or after July 20, 2004. Eligible entities that filed timely S elections before July 20, 2004 may also rely on the provisions of the regulation.

§ 301.7701-4 Trusts.

(a) Ordinary trusts. In general, the term “trust” as used in the Internal Revenue Code refers to an arrangement created either by a will or by an inter vivos declaration whereby trustees take title to property for the purpose of protecting or conserving it for the beneficiaries under the ordinary rules applied in chancery or probate courts. Usually the beneficiaries of such a trust do no more than accept the benefits thereof and are not the voluntary planners or creators of the trust arrangement. However, the beneficiaries of such a trust may be the persons who create it and it will be recognized as a trust under the Internal Revenue Code if it was created for the purpose of protecting or conserving the trust property for beneficiaries who stand in the same relation to the trust as they would if the trust had been created by others for them. Generally speaking, an arrangement will be treated as a trust under the Internal Revenue Code if it can be shown that the purpose of the arrangement is to vest in trustees responsibility for the protection and conservation of property for beneficiaries who cannot share in the discharge of this responsibility and, therefore, are not associates in a joint enterprise for the conduct of business for profit.

(b) Business trusts. There are other arrangements which are known as trusts because the legal title to property is conveyed to trustees for the benefit of beneficiaries, but which are not classified as trusts for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code because they are not simply arrangements to protect or conserve the property for the beneficiaries. These trusts, which are often known as business or commercial trusts, generally are created by the beneficiaries simply as a device to carry on a profit-making business which normally would have been carried on through business organizations that are classified as corporations or partnerships under the Internal Revenue Code. However, the fact that the corpus of the trust is not supplied by the beneficiaries is not sufficient reason in itself for classifying the arrangement as an ordinary trust rather than as an association or partnership. The fact that any organization is technically cast in the trust form, by conveying title to property to trustees for the benefit of persons designated as beneficiaries, will not change the real character of the organization if the organization is more properly classified as a business entity under § 301.7701-2.

(c) Certain investment trusts—(1) An “investment” trust will not be classified as a trust if there is a power under the trust agreement to vary the investment of the certificate holders. See Commissioner v. North American Bond Trust, 122 F. 2d 545 (2d Cir. 1941), cert. denied, 314 U.S. 701 (1942). An investment trust with a single class of ownership interests, representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the trust, will be classified as a trust if there is no power under the trust agreement to vary the investment of the certificate holders. An investment trust with multiple classes of ownership interests ordinarily will be classified as a business entity under § 301.7701-2; however, an investment trust with multiple classes of ownership interests, in which there is no power under the trust agreement to vary the investment of the certificate holders, will be classified as a trust if the trust is formed to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the trust and the existence of multiple classes of ownership interests is incidental to that purpose. See § 1.1001-6(f) of this chapter for additional rules that may apply to an investment trust that holds one or more contracts that provide for a rate referencing a discontinued IBOR, as defined in § 1.1001-6(h)(4) of this chapter, and for additional rules that may apply to an investment trust with one or more ownership interests that reference a discontinued IBOR.

(2) The provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section may be illustated by the following examples:

Example 1.

A corporation purchases a portfolio of residential mortgages and transfers the mortgages to a bank under a trust agreement. At the same time, the bank as trustee delivers to the corporation certificates evidencing rights to payments from the pooled mortgages; the corporation sells the certificates to the public. The trustee holds legal title to the mortgages in the pool for the benefit of the certificate holders but has no power to reinvest proceeds attributable to the mortgages in the pool or to vary investments in the pool in any other manner. There are two classes of certificates. Holders of class A certificates are entitled to all payments of mortgage principal, both scheduled and prepaid, until their certificates are retired; holders of class B certificates receive payments of principal only after all class A certificates have been retired. The different rights of the class A and class B certificates serve to shift to the holders of the class A certificates, in addition to the earlier scheduled payments of principal, the risk that mortgages in the pool will be prepaid so that the holders of the class B certificates will have “call protection” (freedom from premature termination of their interests on account of prepayments). The trust thus serves to create investment interests with respect to the mortgages held by the trust that differ significantly from direct investment in the mortgages. As a consequence, the existence of multiple classes of trust ownership is not incidental to any purpose of the trust to facilitate direct investment, and, accordingly, the trust is classified as a business entity under § 301.7701-2.

Example 2.

Corporation M is the originator of a portfolio of residential mortgages and transfers the mortgages to a bank under a trust agreement. At the same time, the bank as trustee delivers to M certificates evidencing rights to payments from the pooled mortgages. The trustee holds legal title to the mortgages in the pool for the benefit of the certificate holders, but has no power to reinvest proceeds attributable to the mortgages in the pool or to vary investments in the pool in any other manner. There are two classes of certificates. Holders of class C certificates are entitled to receive 90 percent of the payments of principal and interest on the mortgages; class D certificate holders are entitled to receive the other ten percent. The two classes of certificates are identical except that, in the event of a default on the underlying mortgages, the payment rights of class D certificate holders are subordinated to the rights of class C certificate holders. M sells the class C certificates to investors and retains the class D certificates. The trust has multiple classes of ownership interests, given the greater security provided to holders of class C certificates. The interests of certificate holders, however, are substantially equivalent to undivided interests in the pool of mortgages, coupled with a limited recourse guarantee running from M to the holders of class C certificates. In such circumstances, the existence of multiple classes of ownership interests is incidental to the trust's purpose of facilitating direct investment in the assets of the trust. Accordingly, the trust is classified as a trust.

Example 3.

A promoter forms a trust in which shareholders of a publicly traded corporation can deposit their stock. For each share of stock deposited with the trust, the participant receives two certificates that are initially attached, but may be separated and traded independently of each other. One certificate represents the right to dividends and the value of the underlying stock up to a specified amount; the other certificate represents the right to appreciation in the stock's value above the specified amount. The separate certificates represent two different classes of ownership interest in the trust, which effectively separate dividend rights on the stock held by the trust from a portion of the right to appreciation in the value of such stock. The multiple classes of ownership interests are designed to permit investors, by transferring one of the certificates and retaining the other, to fulfill their varying investment objectives of seeking primarily either dividend income or capital appreciation from the stock held by the trust. Given that the trust serves to create investment interests with respect to the stock held by the trust that differ significantly from direct investment in such stock, the trust is not formed to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the trust. Accordingly, the trust is classified as a business entity under § 301.7701-2.

Example 4.

Corporation N purchases a portfolio of bonds and transfers the bonds to a bank under a trust agreement. At the same time, the trustee delivers to N certificates evidencing interests in the bonds. These certificates are sold to public investors. Each certificate represents the right to receive a particular payment with respect to a specific bond. Under section 1286, stripped coupons and stripped bonds are treated as separate bonds for federal income tax purposes. Although the interest of each certificate holder is different from that of each other certificate holder, and the trust thus has multiple classes of ownership, the multiple classes simply provide each certificate holder with a direct interest in what is treated under section 1286 as a separate bond. Given the similarity of the interests acquired by the certificate holders to the interests that could be acquired by direct investment, the multiple classes of trust interests merely facilitate direct investment in the assets held by the trust. Accordingly, the trust is classified as a trust.

(d) Liquidating trusts. Certain organizations which are commonly known as liquidating trusts are treated as trusts for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code. An organization will be considered a liquidating trust if it is organized for the primary purpose of liquidating and distributing the assets transferred to it, and if its activities are all reasonably necessary to, and consistent with, the accomplishment of that purpose. A liquidating trust is treated as a trust for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code because it is formed with the objective of liquidating particular assets and not as an organization having as its purpose the carrying on of a profit-making business which normally would be conducted through business organizations classified as corporations or partnerships. However, if the liquidation is unreasonably prolonged or if the liquidation purpose becomes so obscured by business activities that the declared purpose of liquidation can be said to be lost or abandoned, the status of the organization will no longer be that of a liquidating trust. Bondholders' protective committees, voting trusts, and other agencies formed to protect the interests of security holders during insolvency, bankruptcy, or corporate reorganization proceedings are analogous to liquidating trusts but if subsequently utilized to further the control or profitable operation of a going business on a permanent continuing basis, they will lose their classification as trusts for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code.

(e) Environmental remediation trusts. (1) An environmental remediation trust is considered a trust for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of this paragraph (e), an organization is an environmental remediation trust if the organization is organized under state law as a trust; the primary purpose of the trust is collecting and disbursing amounts for environmental remediation of an existing waste site to resolve, satisfy, mitigate, address, or prevent the liability or potential liability of persons imposed by federal, state, or local environmental laws; all contributors to the trust have (at the time of contribution and thereafter) actual or potential liability or a reasonable expectation of liability under federal, state, or local environmental laws for environmental remediation of the waste site; and the trust is not a qualified settlement fund within the meaning of § 1.468B-1(a) of this chapter. An environmental remediation trust is classified as a trust because its primary purpose is environmental remediation of an existing waste site and not the carrying on of a profit-making business that normally would be conducted through business organizations classified as corporations or partnerships. However, if the remedial purpose is altered or becomes so obscured by business or investment activities that the declared remedial purpose is no longer controlling, the organization will no longer be classified as a trust. For purposes of this paragraph (e), environmental remediation includes the costs of assessing environmental conditions, remedying and removing environmental contamination, monitoring remedial activities and the release of substances, preventing future releases of substances, and collecting amounts from persons liable or potentially liable for the costs of these activities. For purposes of this paragraph (e), persons have potential liability or a reasonable expectation of liability under federal, state, or local environmental laws for remediation of the existing waste site if there is authority under a federal, state, or local law that requires or could reasonably be expected to require such persons to satisfy all or a portion of the costs of the environmental remediation.

(2) Each contributor (grantor) to the trust is treated as the owner of the portion of the trust contributed by that grantor under rules provided in section 677 and § 1.677(a)-1(d) of this chapter. Section 677 and § 1.677(a)-1(d) of this chapter provide rules regarding the treatment of a grantor as the owner of a portion of a trust applied in discharge of the grantor's legal obligation. Items of income, deduction, and credit attributable to an environmental remediation trust are not reported by the trust on Form 1041, but are shown on a separate statement to be attached to that form. See § 1.671-4(a) of this chapter. The trustee must also furnish to each grantor a statement that shows all items of income, deduction, and credit of the trust for the grantor's taxable year attributable to the portion of the trust treated as owned by the grantor. The statement must provide the grantor with the information necessary to take the items into account in computing the grantor's taxable income, including information necessary to determine the federal tax treatment of the items (for example, whether an item is a deductible expense under section 162(a) or a capital expenditure under section 263(a)) and how the item should be taken into account under the economic performance rules of section 461(h) and the regulations thereunder. See § 1.461-4 of this chapter for rules relating to economic performance.

(3) All amounts contributed to an environmental remediation trust by a grantor (cash-out grantor) who, pursuant to an agreement with the other grantors, contributes a fixed amount to the trust and is relieved by the other grantors of any further obligation to make contributions to the trust, but remains liable or potentially liable under the applicable environmental laws, will be considered amounts contributed for remediation. An environmental remediation trust agreement may direct the trustee to expend amounts contributed by a cash-out grantor (and the earnings thereon) before expending amounts contributed by other grantors (and the earnings thereon). A cash-out grantor will cease to be treated as an owner of a portion of the trust when the grantor's portion is fully expended by the trust.

(4) The provisions of this paragraph (e) may be illustrated by the following example:

Example.

(a) X, Y, and Z are calendar year corporations that are liable for the remediation of an existing waste site under applicable federal environmental laws. On June 1, 1996, pursuant to an agreement with the governing federal agency, X, Y, and Z create an environmental remediation trust within the meaning of paragraph (e)(1) of this section to collect funds contributed to the trust by X, Y, and Z and to carry out the remediation of the waste site to the satisfaction of the federal agency. X, Y, and Z are jointly and severally liable under the federal environmental laws for the remediation of the waste site, and the federal agency will not release X, Y, or Z from liability until the waste site is remediated to the satisfaction of the agency.

(b) The estimated cost of the remediation is $20,000,000. X, Y, and Z agree that, if Z contributes $1,000,000 to the trust, Z will not be required to make any additional contributions to the trust, and X and Y will complete the remediation of the waste site and make additional contributions if necessary.

(c) On June 1, 1996, X, Y, and Z each contribute $1,000,000 to the trust. The trust agreement directs the trustee to spend Z's contributions to the trust and the income allocable to Z's portion before spending X's and Y's portions. On November 30, 1996, the trustee disburses $2,000,000 for remediation work performed from June 1, 1996, through September 30, 1996. For the six-month period ending November 30, 1996, the interest earned on the funds in the trust was $75,000, which is allocated in equal shares of $25,000 to X's, Y's, and Z's portions of the trust.

(d) Z made no further contributions to the trust. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee expended Z's portion of the trust before expending X's and Y's portion. Therefore, Z's share of the remediation disbursement made in 1996 is $1,025,000 ($1,000,000 contribution by Z plus $25,000 of interest allocated to Z's portion of the trust). Z takes the $1,025,000 disbursement into account under the appropriate federal tax accounting rules. In addition, X's share of the remediation disbursement made in 1996 is $487,500, and Y's share of the remediation disbursement made in 1996 is $487,500. X and Y take their respective shares of the disbursement into account under the appropriate federal tax accounting rules.

(e) The trustee made no further remediation disbursements in 1996, and X and Y made no further contributions in 1996. From December 1, 1996, to December 31, 1996, the interest earned on the funds remaining in the trust was $5,000, which is allocated $2,500 to X's portion and $2,500 to Y's portion. Accordingly, for 1996, X and Y each had interest income of $27,500 from the trust and Z had interest income of $25,000 from the trust.

(5) This paragraph (e) is applicable to trusts meeting the requirements of paragraph (e)(1) of this section that are formed on or after May 1, 1996. This paragraph (e) may be relied on by trusts formed before May 1, 1996, if the trust has at all times met all requirements of this paragraph (e) and the grantors have reported items of ,income and deduction consistent with this paragraph (e) on original or amended returns. For trusts formed before May 1, 1996, that are not described in the preceding sentence, the Commissioner may permit by letter ruling, in appropriate circumstances, this paragraph (e) to be applied subject to appropriate terms and conditions.

(f) Effective date. The rules of this section generally apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1960. Paragraph (e)(5) of this section contains rules of applicability for paragraph (e) of this section. In addition, the last sentences of paragraphs (b), (c)(1), and (c)(2) Example 1 and Example 3 of this section are effective as of January 1, 1997.

[32 FR 15241, Nov. 3, 1967, as amended by T.D. 8080, 51 FR 9952, Mar. 24, 1986; T.D. 8668, 61 FR 19191, May 1, 1996; T.D. 8697, 61 FR 66592, Dec. 18, 1996; T.D. 9961, 87 FR 182, Jan. 4, 2022]

§ 301.7701-5 Domestic and foreign business entities.

(a) Domestic and foreign business entities. A business entity (including an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner under § 301.7701-2(c)) is domestic if it is created or organized as any type of entity (including, but not limited to, a corporation, unincorporated association, general partnership, limited partnership, and limited liability company) in the United States, or under the law of the United States or of any State. Accordingly, a business entity that is created or organized both in the United States and in a foreign jurisdiction is a domestic entity. A business entity (including an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner under § 301.7701-2(c)) is foreign if it is not domestic. The determination of whether an entity is domestic or foreign is made independently from the determination of its corporate or non-corporate classification. See §§ 301.7701-2 and 301.7701-3 for the rules governing the classification of entities.

(b) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this section:

Example 1.

(i) Facts. Y is an entity that is created or organized under the laws of Country A as a public limited company. It is also an entity that is organized as a limited liability company (LLC) under the laws of State B. Y is classified as a corporation for Federal tax purposes under the rules of §§ 301.7701-2, and 301.7701-3.

(ii) Result. Y is a domestic corporation because it is an entity that is classified as a corporation and it is organized as an entity under the laws of State B.

Example 2.

(i) Facts. P is an entity with more than one owner organized under the laws of Country A as an unlimited company. It is also an entity that is organized as a general partnership under the laws of State B. P is classified as a partnership for Federal tax purposes under the rules of §§ 301.7701-2, and 301.7701-3.

(ii) Result. P is a domestic partnership because it is an entity that is classified as a partnership and it is organized as an entity under the laws of State B.

(c) Effective date—(1) General rule. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the rules of this section apply as of August 12, 2004, to all business entities existing on or after that date.

(2) Transition rule. For business entities created or organized under the laws of more than one jurisdiction as of August 12, 2004, the rules of this section apply as of May 1, 2006. These entities, however, may rely on the rules of this section as of August 12, 2004.

[T.D. 9246, 71 FR 4817, Jan. 30, 2006]

§ 301.7701-6 Definitions; person, fiduciary.

(a) Person. The term person includes an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a trust or estate, a joint-stock company, an association, or a syndicate, group, pool, joint venture, or other unincorporated organization or group. The term also includes a guardian, committee, trustee, executor, administrator, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, conservator, or any person acting in a fiduciary capacity.

(b) Fiduciary—(1) In general. Fiduciary is a term that applies to persons who occupy positions of peculiar confidence toward others, such as trustees, executors, and administrators. A fiduciary is a person who holds in trust an estate to which another has a beneficial interest, or receives and controls income of another, as in the case of receivers. A committee or guardian of the property of an incompetent person is a fiduciary.

(2) Fiduciary distinguished from agent. There may be a fiduciary relationship between an agent and a principal, but the word agent does not denote a fiduciary. An agent having entire charge of property, with authority to effect and execute leases with tenants entirely on his own responsibility and without consulting his principal, merely turning over the net profits from the property periodically to his principal by virtue of authority conferred upon him by a power of attorney, is not a fiduciary within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code. In cases when no legal trust has been created in the estate controlled by the agent and attorney, the liability to make a return rests with the principal.

(c) Effective date. The rules of this section are effective as of January 1, 1997.

[T.D. 8697, 61 FR 66593, Dec. 18, 1996]

§ 301.7701-7 Trusts—domestic and foreign.

(a) In general. (1) A trust is a United States person if—

(i) A court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust (court test); and

(ii) One or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust (control test).

(2) A trust is a United States person for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) on any day that the trust meets both the court test and the control test. For purposes of the regulations in this chapter, the term domestic trust means a trust that is a United States person. The term foreign trust means any trust other than a domestic trust.

(3) Except as otherwise provided in part I, subchapter J, chapter 1 of the Code, the taxable income of a foreign trust is computed in the same manner as the taxable income of a nonresident alien individual who is not present in the United States at any time. Section 641(b). Section 7701(b) is not applicable to trusts because it only applies to individuals. In addition, a foreign trust is not considered to be present in the United States at any time for purposes of section 871(a)(2), which deals with capital gains of nonresident aliens present in the United States for 183 days or more.

(b) Applicable law. The terms of the trust instrument and applicable law must be applied to determine whether the court test and the control test are met.

(c) The court test—(1) Safe harbor. A trust satisfies the court test if—

(i) The trust instrument does not direct that the trust be administered outside of the United States;

(ii) The trust in fact is administered exclusively in the United States; and

(iii) The trust is not subject to an automatic migration provision described in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section.

(2) Example. The following example illustrates the rule of paragraph (c)(1) of this section:

Example. A

creates a trust for the equal benefit of A's two children, B and C. The trust instrument provides that DC, a State Y corporation, is the trustee of the trust. State Y is a state within the United States. DC administers the trust exclusively in State Y and the trust instrument is silent as to where the trust is to be administered. The trust is not subject to an automatic migration provision described in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section. The trust satisfies the safe harbor of paragraph (c)(1) of this section and the court test.

(3) Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of this section:

(i) Court. The term court includes any federal, state, or local court.

(ii) The United States. The term the United States is used in this section in a geographical sense. Thus, for purposes of the court test, the United States includes only the States and the District of Columbia. See section 7701(a)(9). Accordingly, a court within a territory or possession of the United States or within a foreign country is not a court within the United States.

(iii) Is able to exercise. The term is able to exercise means that a court has or would have the authority under applicable law to render orders or judgments resolving issues concerning administration of the trust.

(iv) Primary supervision. The term primary supervision means that a court has or would have the authority to determine substantially all issues regarding the administration of the entire trust. A court may have primary supervision under this paragraph (c)(3)(iv) notwithstanding the fact that another court has jurisdiction over a trustee, a beneficiary, or trust property.

(v) Administration. The term administration of the trust means the carrying out of the duties imposed by the terms of the trust instrument and applicable law, including maintaining the books and records of the trust, filing tax returns, managing and investing the assets of the trust, defending the trust from suits by creditors, and determining the amount and timing of distributions.

(4) Situations that cause a trust to satisfy or fail to satisfy the court test. (i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section, paragraphs (c)(4)(i) (A) through (D) of this section set forth some specific situations in which a trust satisfies the court test. The four situations described are not intended to be an exclusive list.

(A) Uniform Probate Code. A trust meets the court test if the trust is registered by an authorized fiduciary or fiduciaries of the trust in a court within the United States pursuant to a state statute that has provisions substantially similar to Article VII, Trust Administration, of the Uniform Probate Code, 8 Uniform Laws Annotated 1 (West Supp. 1998), available from the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws, 676 North St. Clair Street, Suite 1700, Chicago, Illinois 60611.

(B) Testamentary trust. In the case of a trust created pursuant to the terms of a will probated within the United States (other than an ancillary probate), if all fiduciaries of the trust have been qualified as trustees of the trust by a court within the United States, the trust meets the court test.

(C) Inter vivos trust. In the case of a trust other than a testamentary trust, if the fiduciaries and/or beneficiaries take steps with a court within the United States that cause the administration of the trust to be subject to the primary supervision of the court, the trust meets the court test.

(D) A United States court and a foreign court are able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust. If both a United States court and a foreign court are able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, the trust meets the court test.

(ii) Automatic migration provisions. Notwithstanding any other provision in this section, a court within the United States is not considered to have primary supervision over the administration of the trust if the trust instrument provides that a United States court's attempt to assert jurisdiction or otherwise supervise the administration of the trust directly or indirectly would cause the trust to migrate from the United States. However, this paragraph (c)(4)(ii) will not apply if the trust instrument provides that the trust will migrate from the United States only in the case of foreign invasion of the United States or widespread confiscation or nationalization of property in the United States.

(5) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this paragraph (c):

Example 1. A,

a United States citizen, creates a trust for the equal benefit of A's two children, both of whom are United States citizens. The trust instrument provides that DC, a domestic corporation, is to act as trustee of the trust and that the trust is to be administered in Country X, a foreign country. DC maintains a branch office in Country X with personnel authorized to act as trustees in Country X. The trust instrument provides that the law of State Y, a state within the United States, is to govern the interpretation of the trust. Under the law of Country X, a court within Country X is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust. Pursuant to the trust instrument, the Country X court applies the law of State Y to the trust. Under the terms of the trust instrument the trust is administered in Country X. No court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust. The trust fails to satisfy the court test and therefore is a foreign trust.

Example 2. A,

a United States citizen, creates a trust for A's own benefit and the benefit of A's spouse, B, a United States citizen. The trust instrument provides that the trust is to be administered in State Y, a state within the United States, by DC, a State Y corporation. The trust instrument further provides that in the event that a creditor sues the trustee in a United States court, the trust will automatically migrate from State Y to Country Z, a foreign country, so that no United States court will have jurisdiction over the trust. A court within the United States is not able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust because the United States court's jurisdiction over the administration of the trust is automatically terminated in the event the court attempts to assert jurisdiction. Therefore, the trust fails to satisfy the court test from the time of its creation and is a foreign trust.

(d) Control test—(1) Definitions—(i) United States person. The term United States person means a United States person within the meaning of section 7701(a)(30). For example, a domestic corporation is a United States person, regardless of whether its shareholders are United States persons.

(ii) Substantial decisions. The term substantial decisions means those decisions that persons are authorized or required to make under the terms of the trust instrument and applicable law and that are not ministerial. Decisions that are ministerial include decisions regarding details such as the bookkeeping, the collection of rents, and the execution of investment decisions. Substantial decisions include, but are not limited to, decisions concerning—

(A) Whether and when to distribute income or corpus;

(B) The amount of any distributions;

(C) The selection of a beneficiary;

(D) Whether a receipt is allocable to income or principal;

(E) Whether to terminate the trust;

(F) Whether to compromise, arbitrate, or abandon claims of the trust;

(G) Whether to sue on behalf of the trust or to defend suits against the trust;

(H) Whether to remove, add, or replace a trustee;

(I) Whether to appoint a successor trustee to succeed a trustee who has died, resigned, or otherwise ceased to act as a trustee, even if the power to make such a decision is not accompanied by an unrestricted power to remove a trustee, unless the power to make such a decision is limited such that it cannot be exercised in a manner that would change the trust's residency from foreign to domestic, or vice versa; and

(J) Investment decisions; however, if a United States person under section 7701(a)(30) hires an investment advisor for the trust, investment decisions made by the investment advisor will be considered substantial decisions controlled by the United States person if the United States person can terminate the investment advisor's power to make investment decisions at will.

(iii) Control. The term control means having the power, by vote or otherwise, to make all of the substantial decisions of the trust, with no other person having the power to veto any of the substantial decisions. To determine whether United States persons have control, it is necessary to consider all persons who have authority to make a substantial decision of the trust, not only the trust fiduciaries.

(iv) Safe harbor for certain employee benefit trusts and investment trusts. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), the trusts listed in this paragraph (d)(1)(iv) are deemed to satisfy the control test set forth in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, provided that United States trustees control all of the substantial decisions made by the trustees of the trust—

(A) A qualified trust described in section 401(a);

(B) A trust described in section 457(g);

(C) A trust that is an individual retirement account described in section 408(a);

(D) A trust that is an individual retirement account described in section 408(k) or 408(p);

(E) A trust that is a Roth IRA described in section 408A;

(F) A trust that is an education individual retirement account described in section 530;

(G) A trust that is a voluntary employees' beneficiary association described in section 501(c)(9);

(H) A group trust described in Rev. Rul. 81-100 (1981-1 C.B. 326) (See § 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter);

(I) An investment trust classified as a trust under § 301.7701-4(c), provided that the following conditions are satisfied—

(1) All trustees are United States persons and at least one of the trustees is a bank, as defined in section 581, or a United States Government-owned agency or United States Government-sponsored enterprise;

(2) All sponsors (persons who exchange investment assets for beneficial interests with a view to selling the beneficial interests) are United States persons; and

(3) The beneficial interests are widely offered for sale primarily in the United States to United States persons;

(J) Such additional categories of trusts as the Commissioner may designate in revenue procedures, notices, or other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(b)).

(v) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of paragraph (d)(1) of this section:

Example 1.

Trust is a testamentary trust with three fiduciaries, A, B, and C. A and B are United States citizens, and C is a nonresident alien. No persons except the fiduciaries have authority to make any decisions of the trust. The trust instrument provides that no substantial decisions of the trust can be made unless there is unanimity among the fiduciaries. The control test is not satisfied because United States persons do not control all the substantial decisions of the trust. No substantial decisions can be made without C's agreement.

Example 2.

Assume the same facts as in Example 1, except that the trust instrument provides that all substantial decisions of the trust are to be decided by a majority vote among the fiduciaries. The control test is satisfied because a majority of the fiduciaries are United States persons and therefore United States persons control all the substantial decisions of the trust.

Example 3.

Assume the same facts as in Example 2, except that the trust instrument directs that C is to make all of the trust's investment decisions, but that A and B may veto C's investment decisions. A and B cannot act to make the investment decisions on their own. The control test is not satisfied because the United States persons, A and B, do not have the power to make all of the substantial decisions of the trust.

Example 4.

Assume the same facts as in Example 3, except A and B may accept or veto C's investment decisions and can make investments that C has not recommended. The control test is satisfied because the United States persons control all substantial decisions of the trust.

Example 5. X,

a foreign corporation, conducts business in the United States through various branch operations. X has United States employees and has established a trust as part of a qualified employee benefit plan under section 401(a) for these employees. The trust is established under the laws of State A, and the trustee of the trust is B, a United States bank governed by the laws of State A. B holds legal title to the trust assets for the benefit of the trust beneficiaries. A plan committee makes decisions with respect to the plan and the trust. The plan committee can direct B's actions with regard to those decisions and under the governing documents B is not liable for those decisions. Members of the plan committee consist of United States persons and nonresident aliens, but nonresident aliens make up a majority of the plan committee. Decisions of the plan committee are made by majority vote. In addition, X retains the power to terminate the trust and to replace the United States trustee or to appoint additional trustees. This trust is deemed to satisfy the control test under paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section because B, a United States person, is the trust's only trustee. Any powers held by the plan committee or X are not considered under the safe harbor of paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. In the event that X appoints additional trustees including foreign trustees, any powers held by such trustees must be considered in determining whether United States trustees control all substantial decisions made by the trustees of the trust.

(2) Replacement of any person who had authority to make a substantial decision of the trust—(i) Replacement within 12 months. In the event of an inadvertent change in any person that has the power to make a substantial decision of the trust that would cause the domestic or foreign residency of the trust to change, the trust is allowed 12 months from the date of the change to make necessary changes either with respect to the persons who control the substantial decisions or with respect to the residence of such persons to avoid a change in the trust's residency. For purposes of this section, an inadvertent change means the death, incapacity, resignation, change in residency or other change with respect to a person that has a power to make a substantial decision of the trust that would cause a change to the residency of the trust but that was not intended to change the residency of the trust. If the necessary change is made within 12 months, the trust is treated as retaining its pre-change residency during the 12-month period. If the necessary change is not made within 12 months, the trust's residency changes as of the date of the inadvertent change.

(ii) Request for extension of time. If reasonable actions have been taken to make the necessary change to prevent a change in trust residency, but due to circumstances beyond the trust's control the trust is unable to make the modification within 12 months, the trust may provide a written statement to the district director having jurisdiction over the trust's return setting forth the reasons for failing to make the necessary change within the required time period. If the district director determines that the failure was due to reasonable cause, the district director may grant the trust an extension of time to make the necessary change. Whether an extension of time is granted is in the sole discretion of the district director and, if granted, may contain such terms with respect to assessment as may be necessary to ensure that the correct amount of tax will be collected from the trust, its owners, and its beneficiaries. If the district director does not grant an extension, the trust's residency changes as of the date of the inadvertent change.

(iii) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section:

Example 1.

A trust that satisfies the court test has three fiduciaries, A, B, and C. A and B are United States citizens and C is a nonresident alien. All decisions of the trust are made by majority vote of the fiduciaries. The trust instrument provides that upon the death or resignation of any of the fiduciaries, D, is the successor fiduciary. A dies and D automatically becomes a fiduciary of the trust. When D becomes a fiduciary of the trust, D is a nonresident alien. Two months after A dies, B replaces D with E, a United States person. Because D was replaced with E within 12 months after the date of A's death, during the period after A's death and before E begins to serve, the trust satisfies the control test and remains a domestic trust.

Example 2.

Assume the same facts as in Example 1 except that at the end of the 12-month period after A's death, D has not been replaced and remains a fiduciary of the trust. The trust becomes a foreign trust on the date A died unless the district director grants an extension of the time period to make the necessary change.

(3) Automatic migration provisions. Notwithstanding any other provision in this section, United States persons are not considered to control all substantial decisions of the trust if an attempt by any governmental agency or creditor to collect information from or assert a claim against the trust would cause one or more substantial decisions of the trust to no longer be controlled by United States persons.

(4) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this paragraph (d):

Example 1. A,

a nonresident alien individual, is the grantor and, during A's lifetime, the sole beneficiary of a trust that qualifies as an individual retirement account (IRA). A has the exclusive power to make decisions regarding withdrawals from the IRA and to direct its investments. The IRA's sole trustee is a United States person within the meaning of section 7701(a)(30). The control test is satisfied with respect to this trust because the special rule of paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section applies.

Example 2. A,

a nonresident alien individual, is the grantor of a trust and has the power to revoke the trust, in whole or in part, and revest assets in A. A is treated as the owner of the trust under sections 672(f) and 676. A is not a fiduciary of the trust. The trust has one trustee, B, a United States person, and the trust has one beneficiary, C. B has the discretion to distribute corpus or income to C. In this case, decisions exercisable by A to have trust assets distributed to A are substantial decisions. Therefore, the trust is a foreign trust because B does not control all substantial decisions of the trust.

Example 3.

A trust, Trust T, has two fiduciaries, A and B. Both A and B are United States persons. A and B hire C, an investment advisor who is a foreign person, and may terminate C's employment at will. The investment advisor makes the investment decisions for the trust. A and B control all other decisions of the trust. Although C has the power to make investment decisions, A and B are treated as controlling these decisions. Therefore, the control test is satisfied.

Example 4. G,

a United States citizen, creates a trust. The trust provides for income to A and B for life, remainder to A's and B's descendants. A is a nonresident alien and B is a United States person. The trustee of the trust is a United States person. The trust instrument authorizes A to replace the trustee. The power to replace the trustee is a substantial decision. Because A, a nonresident alien, controls a substantial decision, the control test is not satisfied.

(e) Effective date—(1) General rule. Except for the election to remain a domestic trust provided in paragraph (f) of this section and except as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section, this section is applicable to taxable years ending after February 2, 1999. This section may be relied on by trusts for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1996, and also may be relied on by trusts whose trustees have elected to apply sections 7701(a)(30) and (31) to the trusts for taxable years ending after August 20, 1996, under section 1907(a)(3)(B) of the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, (the SBJP Act) Public Law 104-188, 110 Stat. 1755 (26 U.S.C. 7701 note).

(2) Trusts created after August 19, 1996. If a trust is created after August 19, 1996, and before April 5, 1999, and the trust satisfies the control test set forth in the regulations project REG-251703-96 published under section 7701(a)(30) and (31) (1997-1 C.B. 795) (See § 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter), but does not satisfy the control test set forth in paragraph (d) of this section, the trust may be modified to satisfy the control test of paragraph (d) by December 31, 1999. If the modification is completed by December 31, 1999, the trust will be treated as satisfying the control test of paragraph (d) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1996, (and for taxable years ending after August 20, 1996, if the election under section 1907(a)(3)(B) of the SBJP Act has been made for the trust).

(3) Effective date of safe harbor for certain employee benefit trusts and investment trusts. Paragraphs (d)(1)(iv) and (v) Examples 1 and 5 of this section apply to trusts for taxable years ending on or after August 9, 2001. Paragraphs (d)(1)(iv) and (v) Examples 1 and 5 of this section may be relied on by trusts for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1996, and also may be relied on by trusts whose trustees have elected to apply sections 7701(a)(30) and (31) to the trusts for taxable years ending after August 20, 1996, under section 1907(a)(3)(B) of the SBJP Act.

(f) Election to remain a domestic trust—(1) Trusts eligible to make the election to remain domestic. A trust that was in existence on August 20, 1996, and that was treated as a domestic trust on August 19, 1996, as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, may elect to continue treatment as a domestic trust notwithstanding section 7701(a)(30)(E). This election is not available to a trust that was wholly-owned by its grantor under subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, of the Code on August 20, 1996. The election is available to a trust if only a portion of the trust was treated as owned by the grantor under subpart E on August 20, 1996. If a partially-owned grantor trust makes the election, the election is effective for the entire trust. Also, a trust may not make the election if the trust has made an election pursuant to section 1907(a)(3)(B) of the SBJP Act to apply the new trust criteria to the first taxable year of the trust ending after August 20, 1996, because that election, once made, is irrevocable.

(2) Determining whether a trust was treated as a domestic trust on August 19, 1996—(i) Trusts filing Form 1041 for the taxable year that includes August 19, 1996. For purposes of the election, a trust is considered to have been treated as a domestic trust on August 19, 1996, if: the trustee filed a Form 1041, “U.S. Income Tax Return for Estates and Trusts,” for the trust for the period that includes August 19, 1996 (and did not file a Form 1040NR, “U.S. Nonresident Alien Income Tax Return,” for that year); and the trust had a reasonable basis (within the meaning of section 6662) under section 7701(a)(30) prior to amendment by the SBJP Act (prior law) for reporting as a domestic trust for that period.

(ii) Trusts not filing a Form 1041. Some domestic trusts are not required to file Form 1041. For example, certain group trusts described in Rev. Rul. 81-100 (1981-1 C.B. 326) (See § 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter) consisting of trusts that are parts of qualified retirement plans and individual retirement accounts are not required to file Form 1041. Also, a domestic trust whose gross income for the taxable year is less than the amount required for filing an income tax return and that has no taxable income is not required to file a Form 1041. Section 6012(a)(4). For purposes of the election, a trust that filed neither a Form 1041 nor a Form 1040NR for the period that includes August 19, 1996, will be considered to have been treated as a domestic trust on August 19, 1996, if the trust had a reasonable basis (within the meaning of section 6662) under prior law for being treated as a domestic trust for that period and for filing neither a Form 1041 nor a Form 1040NR for that period.

(3) Procedure for making the election to remain domestic—(i) Required Statement. To make the election, a statement must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service in the manner and time described in this section. The statement must be entitled “Election to Remain a Domestic Trust under Section 1161 of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997,” be signed under penalties of perjury by at least one trustee of the trust, and contain the following information—

(A) A statement that the trust is electing to continue to be treated as a domestic trust under section 1161 of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997;

(B) A statement that the trustee had a reasonable basis (within the meaning of section 6662) under prior law for treating the trust as a domestic trust on August 19, 1996. (The trustee need not explain the reasonable basis on the election statement.);

(C) A statement either that the trust filed a Form 1041 treating the trust as a domestic trust for the period that includes August 19, 1996, (and that the trust did not file a Form 1040NR for that period), or that the trust was not required to file a Form 1041 or a Form 1040NR for the period that includes August 19, 1996, with an accompanying brief explanation as to why a Form 1041 was not required to be filed; and

(D) The name, address, and employer identification number of the trust.

(ii) Filing the required statement with the Internal Revenue Service. (A) Except as provided in paragraphs (f)(3)(ii)(E) through (G) of this section, the trust must attach the statement to a Form 1041. The statement may be attached to either the Form 1041 that is filed for the first taxable year of the trust beginning after December 31, 1996 (1997 taxable year), or to the Form 1041 filed for the first taxable year of the trust beginning after December 31, 1997 (1998 taxable year). The statement, however, must be filed no later than the due date for filing a Form 1041 for the 1998 taxable year, plus extensions. The election will be effective for the 1997 taxable year, and thereafter, until revoked or terminated. If the trust filed a Form 1041 for the 1997 taxable year without the statement attached, the statement should be attached to the Form 1041 filed for the 1998 taxable year.

(B) If the trust has insufficient gross income and no taxable income for its 1997 or 1998 taxable year, or both, and therefore is not required to file a Form 1041 for either or both years, the trust must make the election by filing a Form 1041 for either the 1997 or 1998 taxable year with the statement attached (even though not otherwise required to file a Form 1041 for that year). The trust should only provide on the Form 1041 the trust's name, name and title of fiduciary, address, employer identification number, date created, and type of entity. The statement must be attached to a Form 1041 that is filed no later than October 15, 1999.

(C) If the trust files a Form 1040NR for the 1997 taxable year based on application of new section 7701(a)(30)(E) to the trust, and satisfies paragraph (f)(1) of this section, in order for the trust to make the election the trust must file an amended Form 1040NR return for the 1997 taxable year. The trust must note on the amended Form 1040NR that it is making an election under section 1161 of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997. The trust must attach to the amended Form 1040NR the statement required by paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section and a completed Form 1041 for the 1997 taxable year. The items of income, deduction and credit of the trust must be excluded from the amended Form 1040NR and reported on the Form 1041. The amended Form 1040NR for the 1997 taxable year, with the statement and the Form 1041 attached, must be filed with the Philadelphia Service Center no later than the due date, plus extensions, for filing a Form 1041 for the 1998 taxable year.

(D) If a trust has made estimated tax payments as a foreign trust based on application of section 7701(a)(30)(E) to the trust, but has not yet filed a Form 1040NR for the 1997 taxable year, when the trust files its Form 1041 for the 1997 taxable year it must note on its Form 1041 that it made estimated tax payments based on treatment as a foreign trust. The Form 1041 must be filed with the Philadelphia Service Center (and not with the service center where the trust ordinarily would file its Form 1041).

(E) If a trust forms part of a qualified stock bonus, pension, or profit sharing plan, the election provided by this paragraph (f) must be made by attaching the statement to the plan's annual return required under section 6058 (information return) for the first plan year beginning after December 31, 1996, or to the plan's information return for the first plan year beginning after December 31, 1997. The statement must be attached to the plan's information return that is filed no later than the due date for filing the plan's information return for the first plan year beginning after December 31, 1997, plus extensions. The election will be effective for the first plan year beginning after December 31, 1996, and thereafter, until revoked or terminated.

(F) Any other type of trust that is not required to file a Form 1041 for the taxable year, but that is required to file an information return (for example, Form 5227) for the 1997 or 1998 taxable year must attach the statement to the trust's information return for the 1997 or 1998 taxable year. However, the statement must be attached to an information return that is filed no later than the due date for filing the trust's information return for the 1998 taxable year, plus extensions. The election will be effective for the 1997 taxable year, and thereafter, until revoked or terminated.

(G) A group trust described in Rev. Rul. 81-100 consisting of trusts that are parts of qualified retirement plans and individual retirement accounts (and any other trust that is not described above and that is not required to file a Form 1041 or an information return) need not attach the statement to any return and should file the statement with the Philadelphia Service Center. The trust must make the election provided by this paragraph (f) by filing the statement by October 15, 1999. The election will be effective for the 1997 taxable year, and thereafter, until revoked or terminated.

(iii) Failure to file the statement in the required manner and time. If a trust fails to file the statement in the manner or time provided in paragraphs (f)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, the trustee may provide a written statement to the district director having jurisdiction over the trust setting forth the reasons for failing to file the statement in the required manner or time. If the district director determines that the failure to file the statement in the required manner or time was due to reasonable cause, the district director may grant the trust an extension of time to file the statement. Whether an extension of time is granted shall be in the sole discretion of the district director. However, the relief provided by this paragraph (f)(3)(iii) is not ordinarily available if the statute of limitations for the trust's 1997 taxable year has expired. Additionally, if the district director grants an extension of time, it may contain terms with respect to assessment as may be necessary to ensure that the correct amount of tax will be collected from the trust, its owners, and its beneficiaries.

(4) Revocation or termination of the election—(i) Revocation of election. The election provided by this paragraph (f) to be treated as a domestic trust may only be revoked with the consent of the Commissioner. See sections 684, 6048, and 6677 for the federal tax consequences and reporting requirements related to the change in trust residence.

(ii) Termination of the election. An election under this paragraph (f) to remain a domestic trust terminates if changes are made to the trust subsequent to the effective date of the election that result in the trust no longer having any reasonable basis (within the meaning of section 6662) for being treated as a domestic trust under section 7701(a)(30) prior to its amendment by the SBJP Act. The termination of the election will result in the trust changing its residency from a domestic trust to a foreign trust on the effective date of the termination of the election. See sections 684, 6048, and 6677 for the federal tax consequences and reporting requirements related to the change in trust residence.

(5) Effective date. This paragraph (f) is applicable beginning on February 2, 1999.

[T.D. 8813, 64 FR 4970, Feb. 2, 1999, as amended by T.D. 8962, 66 FR 41779, Aug. 9, 2001]

§ 301.7701-8 Military or naval forces and Armed Forces of the United States.

The term “military or naval forces of the United States” and the term “Armed Forces of the United States” each includes all regular and reserve components of the uniformed services which are subject to the jurisdiction of the Secretary of Defense, the Secretary of the Army, the Secretary of the Navy, or the Secretary of the Air Force. The terms also include the Coast Guard. The members of such forces include commissioned officers and the personnel below the grade of commissioned officer in such forces.

§ 301.7701-9 Secretary or his delegate.

(a) The term Secretary or his delegate means the Secretary of the Treasury, or any officer, employee, or agency of the Treasury Department duly authorized by the Secretary (directly, or indirectly by one or more redelegations of authority) to perform the function mentioned or described in the context, and the term “or his delegate” when used in connection with any other official of the United States shall be similarly construed.

(b) In any case in which a function is vested by the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 or any other statute in the Secretary or his delegate, and Treasury regulations or Treasury decisions approved by the Secretary or his delegate provide that such function may be performed by the Commissioner, assistant commissioner, regional commissioner, assistant regional commissioner, district director, director of a regional service center, or by a designated officer or employee in the office of any such officer, such provision in the regulations or Treasury decision shall constitute a delegation by the Secretary of the authority to perform such function to the designated officer or employee. If such authority is delegated to any officer or employee performing services under the supervision and control of the Commissioner, such provision in the regulations or Treasury decision shall constitute a delegation by the Secretary to the Commissioner of the authority to perform such function and a redelegation thereof by the Commissioner to the designated officer or employee.

(c) An officer or employee, including the Commissioner, authorized by regulations or Treasury decision to perform a function shall have authority to redelegate the performance of such function to any officer or employee performing services under his supervision and control, unless such power to so redelegate is prohibited or restricted by proper order or directive. The Commissioner may also redelegate authority to perform such function to other officers or employees under his supervision and control and, to the extent he deems proper, may authorize further redelegation of such authority.

(d) The Commissioner may prescribe such limitations as he deems proper on the extent to which any officer or employee under his supervision and control shall perform any such function, but, in the case of an officer or employee designated in regulations or Treasury decision as authorized to perform such function, such limitations shall not render invalid any performance by such officer or employee of the function which, except for such limitations, such officer or employee is authorized to perform by such regulations or Treasury decision in effect at the time the function is performed.

§ 301.7701-10 District director.

The term district director means the district director of internal revenue for an internal revenue district. The term also includes the Assistant Commissioner (International).

[32 FR 15241, Nov. 3, 1967, as amended by T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15241, Apr. 27, 1992]

§ 301.7701-11 Social security number.

For purposes of this chapter, the term social security number means the taxpayer identifying number of an individual or estate which is assigned pursuant to section 6011(b) or corresponding provisions of prior law, or pursuant to section 6109, and in which nine digits are separated by hyphens as follows: 000-00-0000. Such term does not include a number with a letter as a suffix which is used to identify an auxiliary beneficiary under the social security program. The terms “account number” and “social security number” refer to the same number.

[T.D. 7306, 39 FR 9947, Mar. 15, 1974]

§ 301.7701-12 Employer identification number.

For purposes of this chapter, the term employer identification number means the taxpayer identifying number of an individual or other person (whether or not an employer) which is assigned pursuant to section 6011 (b) or corresponding provisions of prior law, or pursuant to section 6109, and in which nine digits are separated by a hyphen, as follows: 00-0000000. The terms “employer identification number” and “identification number” (defined in § 31.0-2(a)(11) of this chapter (Employment Tax Regulations)) refer to the same number.

[T.D. 7306, 39 FR 9947, Mar. 15, 1974]

§ 301.7701-13 Pre-1970 domestic building and loan association.

(a) In general. For taxable years beginning after October 16, 1962, and before July 12, 1969, the term “domestic building and loan association” means a domestic building and loan association, a domestic savings and loan association, a Federal savings and loan association, and any other savings institution chartered and supervised as a savings and loan or similar association under Federal or State law which meets supervisory test (described in paragraph (b) of this section), the business operations test (described in paragraph (c) of this section), and each of the various assets tests (described in paragraphs (d), (e), (f), and (h) of this section). For the definition of the term “domestic building and loan association”, for taxable years beginning after July 11, 1969, see § 301.7701-13A.

(b) Supervisory test. A domestic building and loan association must be either (1) an insured institution within the meaning of section 401(a) of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1724 (a)) or (2) subject by law to supervision and examination by State or Federal authority having supervision over such associations. An “insured institution” is one the accounts of which are insured by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.

(c) Business operations test—(1) In general. An association must utilize its assets so that substantially all of its business consists of acquiring the savings of the public and investing in the loans described in subparagraphs (6) through (10) of paragraph (d) of this section. The requirement of this paragraph is referred to in this section as the business operations test. The business of acquiring the savings of the public and investing in the prescribed loans includes ancillary or incidental activities which are directly and primarily related to such acquisition and investment, such as advertising for savings, appraising property on which loans are to be made by the association, and inspecting the progress of construction in connection with construction loans. Even though an association meets the supervisory test in paragraph (b) and all the assets tests described in paragraphs (d) through (h) of this section, it will nevertheless not qualify as a domestic building and loan association if any substantial part of its business consists of activities which are not directly and primarily related to such acquisition and investment, such as brokering mortgage paper, selling insurance, or subdividing real estate. However, an association will meet the business operations test for a taxable year if it meets the requirements of both subparagraphs (2) and (3) of this paragraph (c), relating respectively to acquiring the savings of the public, and investing in loans.

(2) Acquiring the savings of the public. The requirement that substantially all of an association's business (other than investing in loans) must consist of acquiring the savings of the public ordinarily will be considered to be met if savings are acquired in all material respects in conformity with the rules and regulations of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board or substantially equivalent rules of a State law or supervisory authority. In addition, such requirement will be considered to be met if more than 85 percent of the dollar amount of the total deposits and withdrawable shares of the association are held during the taxable year by the general public as opposed to amounts deposited by family or related business groups or persons who are officers or directors of the association. The percentage specified in this subparagraph shall be computed as of the close of the taxable year, or at the option of the taxpayer, on the basis of the average of the amounts of deposits held during the year. Such average shall be determined by computing the percentage specified either as of the close of each month, as of the close of each quarter, or semiannually during the taxable year and by using the yearly average of the monthly, quarterly, or semiannual percentages obtained.

(3) Investing in loans—(i) In general. The requirement that substantially all of an association's business (other than acquiring the savings of the public) must consist of investing in the loans described in subparagraphs (6) through (10) of paragraph (d) of this section ordinarily will be considered to be met for a taxable year if the association meets both the gross income test described in subdivision (ii) of this subparagraph, and the sales activity test described in subdivision (iii) of this subparagraph. However, if an association does not meet the requirements of both subdivisions (ii) and (iii) of this subparagraph, it will nevertheless meet the investing in loans requirement if it is able to demonstrate that substantially all its business (other than acquiring the savings of the public) consisted of investing in the prescribed loans. Transactions which are necessitated by exceptional circumstances and which are not undertaken as recurring business activities for profit will not be considered a substantial part of an association's business. Thus, for example, an association would meet the investing in loans requirement if it can establish that it failed to meet the gross income test because of receipt of a non-recurring item of income due to exceptional circumstances, or it failed to meet the sales activity test because of sales made to achieve necessary liquidity to meet abnormal withdrawals from savings accounts. For the purposes of this subparagraph, however, the acquisition of loans in anticipation of their sale to other financial institutions does not constitute “investing” in loans, even though such acquisition and sale resulted from an excess of demand for loans over savings capital in the association's area.

(ii) Gross income test. The gross income test is met if more than 85 percent of the gross income of an association consists of:

(a) Interest or dividends on assets defined in subparagraph (2), (3), or (4) of paragraph (d) of this section,

(b) Interest on loans defined in subparagraphs (6) through (10) of paragraph (d) of this section,

(c) Income attributable to the portion of property used in the association's business as defined in paragraph (d)(5) of this section,

(d) Premiums, discounts, commissions, or fees (including late charges and penalties) on loans defined in subparagraphs (6) through (10) of paragraph (d) of this section which have at some time been held by the association, or for which firm commitments have been issued,

(e) Gain or loss on the sale of governmental obligations defined in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, or

(f) Income, gain, or loss attributable to foreclosed property (as defined in paragraph (j)(1) of this section), but not including such income, gain, or loss which, pursuant to section 595 and the regulations thereunder, is not included in gross income.

For the purposes of this subparagraph, gross income shall be computed without regard to gains or losses on the sale of the portion of property used in the association's business (described in paragraph (d)(5) of this section), without regard to gains or losses on the rented portion of property used as the principal or branch office of the association (described in such paragraph), and without regard to gains or losses on the sale of participations and loans (other than governmental obligations defined in paragraph (d)(3) of this section). Examples of types of income which would cause an association to fail to meet the gross income test, if in the aggregate they exceed 15 percent of gross income, are the excess of gains over losses on sale of real estate (other than foreclosed property); rental income (other than on foreclosed property and the portion of property used in the association's business); premiums, commissions, and fees (other than commitment fees) on loans which have never been held by the association; and insurance brokerage fees.

(iii) Sales activity test: in general. The sales activity test is met for a taxable year if the association meets both the sales of whole loans test described in subdivision (iv) of this subparagraph, and the sales of whole loans and participations test described in subdivision (v) of this subparagraph. For the purposes of this subdivision and subdivisions (iv), (v), and (vi) of this subparagraph:

(a) The term loan means loan as defined in paragraph (j)(1) of this section, other than foreclosed property defined in such paragraph and governmental obligations defined in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(b) The amount of a loan shall be determined in accordance with the rules contained in paragraph (l) (1) and (2)(ii) of this section.

(c) The term loans acquired for investment during the taxable year means the amount of loans outstanding as of the close of the taxable year, reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of loans outstanding as of the beginning of such year, and increased by the lesser of (1) the amount of repayments made on loans during the taxable year or (2) an amount equal to 20 percent of the amount of loans outstanding as of the beginning of the taxable year. For this purpose, repayments do not include repayments on loans to the extent such loans are refinanced by the association.

(d) The term sales of participations means sales by an association of interests in loans, which sales meet the requirements of the regulations of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board relating to sales of participations, or which meet substantially equivalent requirements of State law or regulations relating to sales of participations.

(e) The term sales of whole loans means sales of loans other than sales of participations as defined in subdivision (d) of this subdivision, but in determining the amount of sales of whole loans, the following sales shall be disregarded: Sales of loans made to other financial institutions pursuant to an arrangement whereunder the association simultaneously enters in a bona fide agreement to repurchase such loans within a period of 18 months from the time of sale if such arrangement conforms to the rules and regulations of applicable supervisory authorities; sales made to the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation or to a corporation defined in paragraph (d)(4) of this section (relating to deposit insurance company securities); and sales made in the course of liquidation of the association pursuant to Federal or State law.

(iv) Sales of whole loans test. The sales of whole loans test is met for a taxable year if the amount of sales of whole loans during the taxable year does not exceed the greater of (a) 15 percent of the amount of loans acquired for investment during the taxable year, or (b) 20 percent of the amount of loans outstanding at the beginning of the taxable year. However, the 20 percent of beginning loans limitation specified in subdivision (b) of the previous sentence shall be reduced by the number of percentage points (rounded to the nearest one hundredth of a percentage point) which is equal to the sum of the 2 percentages obtained by dividing, for each of the 2 preceding taxable years, the amount of sales of whole loans during each such taxable year by the amount of loans outstanding at the beginning of such taxable year. For example, if the amounts of sales of whole loans made by a calendar year association in 1965 and 1966 were 3 percent and 4 percent, respectively, of loans outstanding at the beginning of each such year, the amount of sales of whole loans allowed under such subdivision (b) for 1967 would be an amount equal to 13 percent (20 percent minus 7 percentage points) of loans outstanding at the beginning of 1967. In computing the reduction to the 20 percent of beginning loans limitation specified in such subdivision (b), sales of whole loans made before January 1, 1964, shall not be taken into account.

(v) Sales of whole loans and participations test. The sales of whole loans and participations test is met if the sum of the amount of sales of whole loans and the amount of sales of participations during the taxable year does not exceed 100 percent of the amount of loans acquired for investment during the taxable year.

(vi) Sales activity tests: special rules—(a) Carryover of sales. The amount specified in subdivision (iv)(a) of this subparagraph as the maximum amount of sales of whole loans shall be increased by the amount by which 15 percent of the amount of loans acquired for investment by the association during the 2 preceding taxable years exceeds the amount of sales of whole loans made during such preceding taxable years; and the amount specified in subdivision (v) of this subparagraph as the maximum amount of sales of whole loans and participations shall be increased by the amount by which the amount of loans acquired for investment by the association during the 2 preceding taxable years exceeds the sum of the amount of sales of whole loans and participations made during such preceding taxable years. For example, if 15 percent of the amount of loans acquired for investment in 1965 and 1966 exceeded the amount of sales of whole loans during such years by $250,000, the amount of sales of whole loans permitted in 1967 under subdivision (iv)(a) of this subparagraph would be increased by $250,000.

(b) Use of preceding year's base. If the amount of loans acquired for investment by the association during the preceding taxable year exceeds such amount for the current taxable year, the 15 percent limitation provided in subdivision (iv)(a) of this subparagraph and the 100 percent limitation provided in subdivision (v) of this subparagraph shall be based upon such preceding taxable year's amount. However, the maximum amount of sales of whole loans permitted under subdivision (iv)(a) and the maximum amount of sales of whole loans and participations permitted under subdivision (v) in any taxable year shall be reduced by the amount of the increase in such sales allowed for the preceding taxable year solely by reason of the application of the provisions of the previous sentence. For example, assuming no carryover of sales under subdivision (a) of this subdivision, if the amount of loans acquired for investment by a calendar year association was $1,000,000 in 1965, under subdivision (iv)(a) of this subparagraph the association could make sales of whole loans in 1966 of $150,000 (15 percent of $1,000,000) even though the amount of its loans acquired for investment during 1966 was only $800,000. However, the amount of sales of whole loans permitted in 1967 under subdivision (iv)(a) of this subparagraph would be reduced to the extent that the amount of the sales of whole loans made by the association during 1966 exceeded $120,000 (15 percent of $800,000).

(vii) Examples illustrating sales activity test. The provisions of subdivisions (iii) through (vi) of this subparagraph may be illustrated by the following examples in each of which it is assumed that the association is a calendar year taxpayer which is operated in all material respects in conformity with applicable rules and regulations of Federal or State supervisory authorities.

Example 1.

X Association made sales of whole loans in 1964 and 1965 which were 10 percent and 7 percent, respectively, of the amounts of loans outstanding at the beginning of each such year, and which were 25 percent and 17 percent, respectively, of the amounts of loans acquired for investment in each such year. The amount of X's loans outstanding at the beginning of 1966 was $1 million, and the amount of its loans acquired for investment for such year was $300,000. The maximum amount of sales of whole loans which X may make under the percentage of beginning loans limitation for 1966 is $30,000, which is 3 percent (20 percent reduced by the sum of 10 percent and 7 percent) of $1 million. The maximum amount of sales of whole loans permitted under the percentage of loans acquired for investment limitation for 1966 is $45,000 (15 percent of $300,000). X may therefore sell whole loans in an amount up to $45,000 in 1966 and meet the sales of whole loans test. It is assumed that the amount of loans acquired for investment in 1965 did not exceed $300,000, so that the preceding year's base cannot be used to increase the amount of sales permitted in 1966.

Example 2.

Assume the same facts as in the previous example, except that the amount of loans acquired for investment in the preceding year (1965) was $320,000. Since such amount is greater than the $300,000 amount of loans acquired for investment in 1966, X may base its 15 percent limitation for 1966 on the $320,000 amount and sell whole loans in an amount up to $48,000 (15 percent of $320,000) and still meet the sales of whole loans test. However, to the extent that the amount of sales of whole loans exceeds $45,000 (15 percent of the $300,000 amount of loans acquired for investment in 1966), the maximum amount of sales computed under the percentage of loans acquired for investment limitation (but not the 20 percent of beginning loans limitation) for 1967 must be reduced.

Example 3.

Y Association made no sales of whole loans in 1964 and 1965, and made sales of participations in the 2 years in amounts which, in the aggregate, were $50,000 less than the amounts of loans acquired for investment for such years. At the beginning of 1966 the amount of Y's loans outstanding was $1 million, and the amount of its loans acquired for investment in such year was $100,000. Although the maximum amount of sales of whole loans which Y could make under the sales of whole loans test is $200,000 (20 percent of $1 million), nevertheless, in order to meet the sales of whole loans and participations test, the sum of the amounts of sales of whole loans and sales of participations may not exceed $150,000 (100 percent of the $100,000 amount of loans acquired for investment in 1966 plus a carryover of sales from the previous two years of $50,000). It is assumed that the amount of loans acquired for investment in 1965 did not exceed $100,000, so that the preceding year's base cannot be used to increase the amount of sales permitted in 1966.

(viii) Reporting requirements. In the case of income tax returns for taxable years ending after October 31, 1964, there shall be filed with the return a statement showing the amount of gross income for the taxable year in each of the categories described in subdivision (ii) of this subparagraph; and, for the taxable year and the two preceding taxable years, the amount of loans (described in subdivision (iii)(a) of this subparagraph) outstanding at the beginning of the year and at the end of the year, the amount of repayments on loans (not including repayments on loans to the extent such loans are refinanced by the association), the amount of sales of whole loans, and the amount of sales of participations.

(4) Effective date. The provisions of subparagraphs (1) through (3) of this paragraph (c), are applicable to taxable years ending after October 31, 1964. However, at the option of the taxpayer, for a taxable year beginning before November 1, 1964, and ending after October 31, 1964, the provisions of subparagraphs (1) through (3) of this paragraph (except the 20 percent of beginning loans limitation specified in subdivision (iv)(b) of subparagraph (3) of this paragraph (c)) shall apply only to the part year falling after October 31, 1964, as if such part year constituted a taxable year. In such case, the following rules shall apply:

(i) The amount of the “loans acquired for investment” for such part year shall be equal to the loans acquired for investment during the entire taxable year within which falls such part year, multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in such part year and the denominator of which is the number of days in such entire taxable year.

(ii) The increase in sales of whole loans and participations permitted by subdivision (vi) of subparagraph (3) of this paragraph (c), (relating to carryover of sales and use of preceding year's base) shall be the amount of such increase computed under such subdivision, multiplied by the fraction specified in subdivision (i) of this subparagraph.

If, treating the part year as a taxable year, the association meets all the requirements of this paragraph for such part year it will be considered to have met the business operations test for the entire taxable year, providing it operated in all material respects in conformity with applicable rules and regulations of Federal or State supervisory authorities for the entire taxable year. The 20 percent of beginning loans limitation specified in subdivision (iv)(b) of subparagraph (3) of this paragraph (c), shall be applied only on the basis of a taxable year and not the part year. For taxable years beginning after October 16, 1962, and ending before November 1, 1964, an association will be considered to have met the business operations test if it operated in all material respects in conformity with applicable rules and regulations of Federal or State supervisory authorities.

(d) 90 percent of assets test—(1) In general. At least 90 percent of the amount of the total assets of a domestic building and loan association must consist of the assets defined in subparagraphs (2) through (10) of this paragraph (d). For purposes of this paragraph, it is immaterial whether the association originated the loans defined in subparagraphs (6) through (10) of this paragraph (d), or purchased or otherwise acquired them in whole or in part from another. See paragraph (j) of this section for definition of certain terms used in this paragraph, and paragraph (k) of this section for the determination of amount and character of loans.

(2) Cash. The term “cash” means cash on hand, and time or demand deposits with, or withdrawable accounts in, other financial institutions.

(3) Governmental obligations. The term “governmental obligations” means obligations of the United States, a State or political subdivision of a State, and stock or obligations of a corporation which is an instrumentality of the United States, a State, or political subdivision of a State.

(4) Deposit insurance company securities. The term “deposit insurance company securities” means certificates of deposit in, or obligations of, a corporation organized under a State law which specifically authorizes such corporation to insure the deposits or share accounts of member associations.

(5) Property used in the association's business—(i) In general. The term “property used in the association's business” means land, buildings, furniture, fixtures, equipment, leasehold interests, leasehold improvements, and other assets used by the association in the conduct of its business of acquiring the savings of the public and investing in the loans defined in subparagraphs (6) through (10) of this paragraph (d). Real property held for the purpose of being used primarily as the principal or branch office of the association constitutes property used in the association's business so long as it is reasonably anticipated that such property will be occupied for such use by the association, or that construction work preparatory to such occupancy will be commenced thereon, within 2 years after acquisition of the property. Stock of a wholly owned subsidiary corporation which has as its exclusive activity the ownership and management of property more than 50 percent of the fair rental value of which is used as the principal or branch office of the association constitutes property used in such business. Real property held by an association for investment or sale, even for the purpose of obtaining mortgage loans thereon, does not constitute property used in the association's business.

(ii) Property rented to others. Except as provided in the second sentence of subdivision (i) of this subparagraph, property or a portion thereof rented by the association to others does not constitute property used in the association's business. However, if the fair rental value of the rented portion of a single piece of real property (including appurtenant parcels) used as the principal or branch office of the association constitutes less than 50 percent of the fair rental value of such piece of property, or if such property has an adjusted basis of not more than $150,000, the entire property shall be considered used in such business. If such rented portion constitutes 50 percent or more of the fair rental value of such piece of property, and such property has an adjusted basis of more than $150,000, an allocation of its adjusted basis is required. The portion of the total adjusted basis of such piece of property which is deemed to be property used in the association's business shall be equal to an amount which bears the same ratio to such total adjusted basis as the amount of the fair rental value of the portion used as the principal or branch office of the association bears to the total fair rental value of such property. In the case of all property other than real property used or to be used as the principal or branch office of the association, if the fair rental value of the rented portion thereof constitutes less than 15 percent of the fair rental value of such property, the entire property shall be considered used in the association's business. If such rented portion constitutes 15 percent or more of the fair rental value of such property, an allocation of its adjusted basis (in the same manner as required for real property used as the principal or branch office) is required.

(6) Passbook loan. The term “passbook loan” means a loan to the extent secured by a deposit, withdrawable share, or savings account in the association, or share of a member of the association, with respect to which a distribution is allowable as a deduction under section 591.

(7) Home loan. The term “home loan” means a loan secured by an interest in—

(i) Improved residential real property consisting of a structure or structures containing, in the aggregate, no more than 4 family units.

(ii) An individually owned family unit in a multiple-unit structure, the owner of which unit owns an undivided interest in the underlying real estate and the common elements of such structure (so-called condominium type).

Or a construction loan or improvement loan for such property. A construction loan made for the purpose of financing more than one structure (so-called tract financing) constitutes a home loan, providing no individual structure contains more than 4 family units and it is contemplated that, as soon as possible after completion of construction, the structures will become property described in subdivision (i) of this subparagraph. A construction loan secured by a structure containing more than 4 family units constitutes a home loan only if the structure has been committed to a plan of individual apartment ownership described in subdivision (ii) of this subparagraph and such plan is held out and advertised as such. A loan secured by a cooperative apartment building containing more than 4 family units does not constitute a home loan.

(8) Church loan. The term “church loan” means a loan secured by an interest in real property which is used primarily for church purposes, or a construction loan or improvement loan for such property. For the purposes of this subparagraph, the term “church purposes” means the ministration of sacerdotal functions, the conduct of religious worship and closely associated activities designed primarily to provide fellowship among members of the congregation, or the instruction of religion. Thus, a parish hall would normally qualify as property used primarily for church purposes, whereas a building used primarily to furnish education, other than the instruction of religion, would not.

(9) Multifamily loan. The term “multifamily loan” means a loan, other than one defined in subparagraph (7) of this paragraph (d), (relating to a home loan), secured by an interest in improved residential real property or a construction loan or improvement loan for such property.

(10) Nonresidential real property loan. The term “nonresidential real property loan” means a loan, other than one defined in subparagraph (7), (8), or (9) of this paragraph (d), (relating respectively to a home loan, church loan, and multifamily loan) secured by an interest in real property, or a construction loan or improvement loan for such property.

(e) 18 percent of assets test. Not more than 18 percent of the amount of the total assets of a domestic building and loan association may consist of assets other than those defined in subparagraphs (2) through (9) of paragraph (d) of this section. Thus, the sum of the amounts of the nonresidential real property loans and the assets other than those defined in paragraph (d) of this section may not exceed 18 percent of total assets.

(f) 36 or 41 percent of assets test—(1) 36 percent test. Unless subparagraph (2) of this paragraph (f), applies, not more than 36 percent of the amount of the total assets of a domestic building and loan association may consist of assets other than those defined in subparagraphs (2) through (8) of paragraph (d) of this section. Thus, unless subparagraph (2) of this paragraph (f), applies, the sum of the amounts of multifamily loans, nonresidential real property loans, and assets other than those defined in paragraph (d) of this section may not exceed 36 percent of total assets.

(2) 41 percent test. If this subparagraph applies, not more than 41 percent of the amount of the total assets of a domestic building and loan association may consist of assets other than those defined in subparagraphs (2) through (8) of paragraph (d) of this section. Thus, if this subparagraph applies, the sum of the amounts of multifamily loans, nonresidential real property loans, and assets other than those defined in paragraph (d) of this section may not exceed 41 percent of total assets. See section 593(b)(5) and the regulations thereunder for the effect of application of this subparagraph on the allowable addition to the reserves for bad debts.

(g) Taxable years for which 41 percent of assets test applies—(1) First taxable year. For an association's first taxable year beginning after October 16, 1962, subparagraph (2) of paragraph (f) applies.

(2) Second taxable year. For an association's second taxable year beginning after October 16, 1962, subparagraph (2) of paragraph (f) applies if such association met all the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (e), (h), and either subparagraph (1) or (2) of paragraph (f) for its first taxable year.

(3) Years other than first and second taxable years. For any taxable year of an association beginning after October 16, 1962, other than its first and second taxable years beginning after such date, subparagraph (2) of paragraph (f) applies if such association met either—

(i) The requirements of paragraphs (b) through (e), (f)(1), and (h) of this section for the immediately preceding taxable year, or

(ii) The requirements of paragraphs (b) through (e), (f)(2), and (h) of this section for the immediately preceding taxable year, and the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (e), (f)(1), and (h) of this section for the second preceding taxable year.

Thus, in years other than its first and second taxable years beginning after October 16, 1962, an association may apply the 41 percent of assets test for 2 consecutive years, but only if it met the 36 percent test (and all other tests) for the year previous to the 2 consecutive years.

(4) Examples. The provisions of paragraph (f) and this paragraph may be illustrated by the following examples in each of which it is assumed that the association at all times meets all the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (e) and (h) of this section and files its returns on a calendar year basis.

Example 1.

An association has 41 percent of its assets invested in assets other than those defined in subparagraphs (2) through (8) of paragraph (d) of this section as of the close of 1963 and 1964. Because 1963 is its first taxable year beginning after October 16, 1962, the 41 percent of assets test applies, and the association therefore qualifies as a domestic building and loan association for 1963. Because 1964 is its second taxable year beginning after such date and the 41 percent of assets test applied for its first taxable year, the 41 percent of assets test applies for 1964 and it therefor qualifies for such year.

Example 2.

An association has 36 percent of its assets invested in assets other than those defined in subparagraphs (2) through (8) of paragraph (d) of this section as of the close of 1964, and 41 percent as of the close of 1965, 1966, and 1967. The association qualifies in 1965 because, as a result of having met the 36 percent of assets test for the immediately preceding taxable year (1964), the 41 percent of assets test applies to 1965. It qualifies in 1966 because as a result of having met the 41 percent of assets test in the immediately preceding taxable year (1965) and the 36 percent of assets test in the second preceding taxable year (1964), the 41 percent of assets test applies to 1966. The association would not qualify in 1967, however, because, although it met the 41 percent of assets test for the immediately preceding taxable year (1966), it did not meet the 36 percent of assets test in the second preceding taxable year (1965), and therefore the 41 percent of assets test does not apply to 1967.

Example 3.

An association has more than 41 percent of its assets invested in assets other than those defined in subparagraphs (2) through (8) of paragraph (d) of this section as of the close of 1963, and 41 percent invested in such assets as of the close of 1964. The association does not qualify in either year. It does not qualify in 1963 because it exceeded the 41 percent limitation, and it does not qualify in 1964 because the 41 percent of assets test does not apply to 1964 since the association did not meet either the 41 percent of assets test or the 36 percent of assets test in the prior year (1963).

(h) 3 percent of assets test. Not more than 3 percent of the amount of the total assets of a domestic building and loan association may consist of stock of any corporation, unless such stock is property which is defined in paragraph (d) of this section. The stock which constitutes property defined in such paragraph (d) is:

(1) Stock representing a withdrawable account in another financial institution;

(2) Stock of a corporation which is an instrumentality of the United States or of a State or political subdivision thereof;

(3) Stock which was security for a loan and which, by reason of having been bid in at foreclosure or otherwise having been reduced to ownership or possession of the association, is a loan within the definition of such term in paragraph (j)(1) of this section; and

(4) Stock of a wholly owned subsidiary corporation which has as its exclusive activity the ownership and management of property more than 50 percent of the fair rental value of which is used as the principal or branch office of the association.

(i) [Reserved]

(j) Definition of certain terms. For purposes of this section—

(1) Loan. The term “loan” means debt, as the term “debt” is used in section 166 and the regulations thereunder. The term “loan” also includes a redeemable ground rent (as defined in section 1055(c)) which is owned by the taxpayer, and any property (referred to in this section as “foreclosed property”) which was security for the payment of any indebtedness and which has been bid in at foreclosure, or otherwise been reduced to ownership or possession of the association by agreement or process of law, whether or not such property was acquired subsequent to December 31, 1962.

(2) Secured. A loan will be considered as “secured” only if the loan is on the security of any instrument (such as a mortgage, deed of trust, or land contract) which makes the interest of the debtor in the property described therein specific security for the payment of the loan, provided that such instrument is of such a nature that, in the event of default, the interest of the debtor in such property could be subjected to the satisfaction of the loan with the same priority as a mortgage or deed of trust in the jurisdiction in which the property is situated.

(3) Interest. The word “interest” means an interest in real property which, under the law of the jurisdiction in which such property is situated, constitutes either (i) an interest in fee in such property, (ii) a leasehold interest in such property extending or renewable automatically for a period of at least 30 years, or at least 10 years beyond the date scheduled for the final payment on a loan secured by an interest in such property, (iii) a leasehold interest in property described in paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this section (relating to certain home loans) extending for a period of at least 2 years beyond the date scheduled for the final payment on a loan secured by an interest in such property or (iv) a leasehold interest in such property held subject to a redeemable ground rent defined in section 1055(c).

(4) Real property. The term “real property” means any property which, under the law of the jurisdiction in which such property is situated, constitutes real property.

(5) Improved real property. The term “improved real property” means—

(i) Land on which is located any building of a permanent nature (such as a house, apartment house, office building, hospital, shopping center, warehouse, garage, or other similar permanent structure), provided that the value of such building is substantial in relation to the value of such land;

(ii) Any building lot or site which, by reason of installations and improvements that have been completed in keeping with applicable governmental requirements and with general practice in the community, is a building lot or site ready for the construction of any building of a permanent nature within the meaning of subdivision (i) of this subparagraph; or

(iii) Real property which, because of its state of improvement, produces sufficient income to maintain such real property and retire the loan in accordance with the terms thereof.

(6) Construction loan. The term “construction loan” means a loan, the proceeds of which are to be disbursed to the borrower (either by the association or a third party) as construction work progresses on real property which is security for the loan, which property is, or from the proceeds of such loan will become, improved real property.

(7) Improvement loan. The term “improvement loan” means a loan which, by its terms and conditions, requires that the proceeds of the loan be used for altering, repairing, or improving real property. If more than 85 percent of the proceeds of a single loan are to be used for such purposes, the entire loan will qualify. If 85 percent or less of the proceeds of a loan are to be used for such purposes, an allocation of its adjusted basis is required. Examples of loans which constitute improvement loans are loans made for the purpose of painting a house, adding a new room to a house, remodeling the lobby of an apartment building, and purchasing and installing storm windows, storm doors, and awnings. Examples of loans which do not constitute improvement loans are loans made for the purpose of purchasing draperies, and removable appliances, such as refrigerators, ranges, and washing machines. It is not necessary that a loan be secured by the real property which is altered, repaired, or improved.

(8) Residential real property. The term “residential real property” means real property which consists of one or more family units. A family unit is a building or portion thereof which contains complete living facilities which are to be used on other than a transient basis by only one family consisting of one or more persons. Thus, an apartment which is to be used on other than a transient basis by one family, which contains complete facilities for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation constitutes a family unit. Hotels, motels, dormitories, fraternity and sorority houses, rooming houses, hospitals, sanitariums, rest homes, and parks and courts for mobile homes do not normally constitute residential real property.

(k) Amount and character of loans—(1) Treatment at time of determination—(i) In general. The amount of a loan, as of the time the determination required by subparagraph (3) of this paragraph (k), is made, shall be treated for the purposes of this section as being secured:

(a) First by the portion of property, if any, defined in subparagraph (6), (7), or (8) of paragraph (d) of this section to the extent of the loan value thereof;

(b) Next by the portion of property, if any, defined in subparagraph (9) of paragraph (d) of this section to the extent of the loan value thereof; and

(c) Next by the portion of property, if any, defined in subparagraph (10) of paragraph (d) of this section to the extent of the loan value thereof.

To the extent that the amount of a loan exceeds the amount treated as being secured by property defined in subparagraphs (6) through (10) of paragraph (d) of this section, such loan shall be treated as property not defined in paragraph (d) of this section. If the loan value of any one category of property defined in paragraph (d) of this section exceeds 85 percent of the amount of the loan for which it is security then the entire loan shall be treated as a loan secured by such property.

(ii) Loans of $40,000 or less. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision (i) of this subparagraph, in the case of loans amounting to $40,000 or less as of the time of a determination, made on the security of property which is a combination of two or more categories or property defined in subparagraph (6) through (10) of paragraph (d) of this section, all such loans for any taxable year may, at the option of the association, be treated for the purposes of this section as being secured by the category of property the loan value of which constitutes the largest percentage of the total loan value of the property except to the extent that the loan is treated as property not defined in paragraph (d) of this section.

(iii) Home loans of $20,000 or less. Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivisions (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph, if a loan amounting to $20,000 or less as of the time of a determination, is secured partly by property of a category described in subparagraph (7) of paragraph (d) of this section (relating to a home loan), the amount of the loan shall, for the purposes of this section, be treated as a loan described in such subparagraph except to the extent that the loan is treated as property not defined in paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) Treatment subsequent to time of determination. The amount of a loan outstanding as of any time subsequent to the time of a determination shall be treated, for the purposes of this section, as being secured by each of the categories of property in the same ratio that the amount which was treated as being secured by each category bore to the total amount of the loan at the time as of which the determination was last made with respect to such loan.

(3) Time of determination—(i) In general. The determination of the amount of a loan which is treated as being secured by each of the categories of property shall be made:

(a) As of the time a loan is made;

(b) As of the time a loan is increased;

(c) As of the time any portion of the property which was security for the loan is released; and

(d) As of any time required by applicable Federal or State regulatory authorities for reappraisal or reanalysis of such loans.

(ii) Special rule. In the case of loans outstanding with respect to which no event described in subdivision (i) of this subparagraph has occurred in a taxable year beginning on or after October 17, 1962, the determination of the amounts of such loans which are treated as being secured by each of the categories of property may be made, at the option of the association, as of the close of the first taxable year beginning on or after such date, providing the determinations with respect to all such loans are made as of such date.

(4) Loan value. The loan value of property which is security for a loan is the maximum amount at the time as of which the determination is made which the association is permitted to lend on such property under the rules and regulations of applicable Federal and State regulatory authorities. Such loan value shall not exceed the fair market value of such property at such time as determined under such rules and regulations. However, in the case of loans made incidentally with and as a part of a bona fide salvage operation, the loan value of the security property shall be considered to be the face amount of the loan where the loan can be shown by the association to have been made for the primary purpose of recovering the investment of the association, and where such salvage operation is in conformity with rules and regulations of applicable Federal or State regulatory authorities.

(5) Examples. The following examples, in each of which it is assumed that X Savings and Loan Association files its return on a calendar year basis, illustrate the application of the rules in this paragraph:

Example 1.

On July 1, 1963, X makes a single loan of $1 million to M Corporation which loan is secured by real property which is a combination of homes, apartments, and stores. As of the time the loan is made X determines that the loan values of the categories of property are as follows:

Category of property Loan value
Home $400,000
Multifamily 420,000
Nonresidential real property 240,000
Total 1,060,000

As of the time the loan is made, therefore, the $1,000,000 loan is treated under subparagraph (1)(i) of this paragraph as being secured as follows:

Category of loan Amount of loan Percentage of total
Home loan $400,000 40
Multifamily loan 420,000 42
Nonresidential real property loan 180,000 18
Total 1,000,000 100

Assuming that the $1 million loan to M was reduced to $900,000 as of the close of 1963, that there were no increases in the amount of the loan and no releases of property which was security for the loan, and that there was no regulatory requirement to reappraise or reanalyze the loan, such loan will be considered under subparagraph (2) of this paragraph to be secured, as of the close of 1963, as follows:

Category Percentage as of last determination July 1, 1963 Amount as of Dec. 31, 1963
Home 40 $360,000 (40% × $900,000)
Multifamily 42 378,000 (42% × $900,000)
Nonresidential real property 18 162,000 (18% × $900,000)
Total 900,000
Example 2.

X makes a loan of $40,000 secured by a building which contains a store on the first floor and four family units on the upper floors. The loan value of the part of the building used as a store is $21,000 and the loan value of the residential portion is $23,000. The loan will be treated under subdivision (i) of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph as a loan secured by residential real property containing four or fewer family units to the extent of $23,000, and by nonresidential property to the extent of $17,000, as of the time the loan is made. However, if X exercises the option to treat all loans of $40,000 or less in accordance with subdivision (ii) of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, this loan would be treated as a home loan to the extent of the full $40,000 because the loan value of the residential portion is larger than the loan value of the nonresidential part.

(l) Computation of percentages—(1) In general. The percentages specified in paragraphs (d) through (h) of this section shall, except as provided in subparagraph (3) of this paragraph (l), be computed by comparing the amount of the assets described in each paragraph as of the close of the taxable year with the total amount of assets as of the close of the taxable year. The amount of the assets in any category and the total amount of assets shall be determined with reference to their adjusted basis under § 1.1011-1, or by such other method as is in accordance with sound accounting principles, provided such method is used in valuing all the assets in a taxable year.

(2) Treatment of certain assets and reserves. For purposes of this paragraph (l):

(i) Reserves for bad debts established pursuant to section 593, or corresponding provisions of prior law, and the regulations thereunder shall not constitute a reduction of total assets, but shall be treated as a surplus or net worth item.

(ii) The adjusted basis of a “loan in process” does not include the unadvanced portion of such loan.

(iii) Advances made by the association for taxes, insurance, etc., on loans shall be treated as being in the same category as the loan with respect to which the advances are made (irrespective of whether the advances are secured by the property securing the loan).

(iv) Interest receivable included in gross income shall be treated as being in the same category as the loan or asset with respect to which it is earned.

(v) The unamortized portion of premiums paid on mortgage loans acquired by the association shall be considered part of the acquisition cost of such loans.

(vi) Prepaid Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation premiums shall be treated as being governmental obligations defined in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(vii) Accounts receivable (other than accrued interest receivable), and prepaid expenses and deferred charges other than those referred to in subdivision (v) or (vi) of this subparagraph, shall be disregarded both as separate categories and in the computation of total assets.

(viii) Foreclosed property (as defined in paragraph (j)(1) of this section) shall be treated as having the same character as the loan for which it was given as security.

(3) Alternative method. At the option of the taxpayer, the percentages specified in paragraphs (d) through (h) of this section may be computed on the basis of the average assets outstanding during the taxable year. Such average shall be determined by making the computation provided in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (l), either as of the close of each month, as of the close of each quarter, or semiannually during the taxable year and by using the yearly average of the monthly, quarterly, or semiannual percentages obtained for each category. The method selected must be applied uniformly for the taxable year to all categories of assets, but the method may be changed from year to year.

(4) Acquisition of certain assets. For the purpose of the annual computation of percentages under subparagraph (1) of this paragraph (l)—

(i) Assets which, within a 60-day period beginning in one taxable year of the taxpayer and ending in the next year, are acquired directly or indirectly through borrowing and then repaid or disposed of within such period, shall be considered assets other than those defined in paragraph (d) of this section, unless both the acquisition and disposition are established to the satisfaction of the district director to have been for bona fide purposes; and

(ii) The amount of cash shall not include amounts received directly or indirectly from another financial institution (other than a Federal Home Loan Bank or a similar institution organized under State law) to the extent of the amount of cash which an association has on deposit or holds as a withdrawable account in such other financial institution.

(5) Reporting requirements. In the case of income tax returns for taxable years ending after October 31, 1964, there shall be filed with the return a statement showing the amount of assets as of the close of the taxable year in each of the categories defined in paragraph (d), and in the category described in paragraph (h) of this section, and a brief description and amount of all other assets. If the alternative method of computing percentages under subparagraph (3) of this paragraph (l) is selected, such statement shall show such information as of the end of each month, each quarter, or semiannually and the manner of calculating the averages. With respect to taxable years beginning after October 16, 1962, and ending before November 1, 1964, taxpayers shall maintain adequate records to establish to the satisfaction of the district director that it meets the various assets tests specified in this section.

(6) Example. The principles of this paragraph may be illustrated by the following example in which a description of the assets, the subparagraph of paragraph (d) in which the assets are defined, the amount of the assets, and the percentage of the total assets included in the calculation are set forth.

Savings and Loan Association Assets as of December 31, 1964

Item Described in paragraph (d), subparagraph Amount Percentage
1. Cash (2) $1,000,000 1
2. Governmental obligations 1 (3) 8,000,000 8
3. Deposit insurance company securities (4) 1,000,000 1
Loans outstanding: 2
4. Home (7) 59,000,000 59
5. Church (8) 1,000,000 1
6. Multifamily (9) 20,000,000 20
7. Nonresidential real property (10) 5,000,000 5
8. Passbook (6) 1,000,000 1
9. Other 2,000,000 2
Fixed assets (less depreciation reserves):
10. Used in the association's business (5) 1,000,000 1
11. Rented to others 500,000 .5
12. Land held for investment 500,000 .5
13. Total assets included for purposes of this paragraph 100,000,000 100.0%
14. Accounts receivable 100,000 (disregarded)
15. Prepaid expenses (other than prepaid FSLIC premiums) 1,000,000 (disregarded)
16. Deferred charges 1,000,000 (disregarded)
17. Total assets 102,100,000
1 Prepaid FSLIC premiums treated as governmental obligations.
2 Not including unadvanced portion of loans in process, but including interest receivable and advances with respect to loans.
The computation of the percentages of assets in the various categories for the purpose of determining whether the percentage of assets tests in the paragraphs in this section are met as of the close of the year are as follows:
Test and paragraph Items considered Percentage
90 percent test (d) the sum of items 1 through 8 and 10 item—13 (total included assets) = 97 percent
18 percent test (e) the sum of items 7, 9, 11, and 12—item 13 (total included assets) = 8 percent
36 percent test (f) the sum of items 6, 7, 9, 11, and 12—item 13 (total included assets) = 28 percent
3 percent test (h) 0—item 13 (total included assets) = 0 percent
At the option of the association, the computations listed above could have been made as of the close of each month, each quarter, or semiannually, and averaged for the entire year.

(m) Taxable years beginning before October 17, 1962. For taxable years beginning before October 17, 1962, the term “domestic building and loan association” means a domestic building and loan association, a domestic savings and loan association, and a Federal savings and loan association substantially all the business of which is confined to making loans to members.

[32 FR 15241, Nov. 3, 1967, as amended by T.D. 7622, 44 FR 28661, May 16, 1979]

§ 301.7701-13A Post-1969 domestic building and loan association.

(a) In general. For taxable years beginning after July 11, 1969, the term “domestic building and loan association” means a domestic building and loan association, a domestic savings and loan association, a Federal savings and loan association, and any other savings institution chartered and supervised as a savings and loan or similar association under Federal or State law which meets the supervisory test (described in paragraph (b) of this section), the business operations test (described in paragraph (c) of this section), and the assets test (described in paragraph (d) of this section). For the definition of the term “domestic building and loan association” for taxable years beginning after October 16, 1962, and before July 12, 1969, see § 301.7701-13.

(b) Supervisory test. A domestic building and loan association must be either (1) an insured institution within the meaning of section 401(a) of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1724(a)) or (2) subject by law to supervision and examination by State or Federal authority having supervision over such associations. An “insured institution” is one the accounts of which are insured by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.

(c) Business operations test—(1) In general. An association must utilize its assets so that its business consists principally of acquiring the savings of the public and investing in loans. The requirement of this paragraph is referred to in this section as the business operations test. The business of acquiring the savings of the public and investing in loans includes ancillary or incidental activities which are directly and primarily related to such acquisition and investment, such as advertising for savings, appraising property on which loans are to be made by the association, and inspecting the progress of construction in connection with construction loans. Even though an association meets the supervisory test described in paragraph (b) of this section and the assets test described in paragraph (d) of this section, it will nevertheless not qualify as a domestic building and loan association if it does not meet the requirements of both paragraphs (2) and (3) of this paragraph (c), relating, respectively, to acquiring the savings of the public and investing in loans.

(2) Acquiring the savings of the public. The requirement that an association's business (other than investing in loans) must consist principally of acquiring the savings of the public ordinarily will be considered to be met if savings are acquired in all material respects in conformity with the rules and regulations of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board or substantially equivalent rules of a State law or supervisory authority. Alternatively, such requirement will be considered to be met if more than 75 percent of the dollar amount of the total deposits, withdrawable shares, and other obligations of the association are held during the taxable year by the general public, as opposed to amounts deposited or held by family or related business groups or persons who are officers or directors of the association. However, the preceding sentence shall not apply if the dollar amount of other obligations of the association outstanding during the taxable year exceeds 25 percent of the dollar amount of the total deposits, withdrawable shares, and other obligations of the association outstanding during such year. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “other obligations” means notes, bonds, debentures, or other obligations, or other securities (except capital stock), issued by an association in conformity with the rules and regulations of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board or substantially equivalent rules of a State law or supervisory authority. The term “other obligations” does not include an advance made by a Federal Home Loan Bank under the authority of section 10 or 10b of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (12 U.S.C. 1430, 1430b) as amended and supplemented. Both percentages specified in this paragraph shall be computed either as of the close of the taxable year or, at the option of the taxpayer, on the basis of the average of the dollar amounts of the total deposits, withdrawable shares, and other obligations of the association held during the taxable year. Such averages shall be determined by computing each percentage specified either as of the close of each month, as of the close of each quarter, or semiannually during the taxable year and by using the yearly average of the monthly, quarterly, or semiannual percentages obtained. The method selected must be applied uniformly for the taxable year to both percentages, but the method may be changed from year to year.

(3) Investing in loans—(i) In general. The requirement that an association's business (other than acquiring the savings of the public) must consist principally of investing in loans will be considered to be met for a taxable year only if more than 75 percent of the gross income of the association consists of—

(a) Interest or dividends on assets defined in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of paragraph (e) of this section,

(b) Interest on loans,

(c) Income attributable to the portion of property used in the association's business, as defined in paragraph (e)(11) of this section,

(d) So much of the amount of premiums, discounts, commissions, or fees (including late charges and penalties) on loans which have at some time been held by the association, or for which firm commitments have been issued, as is not in excess of 20 percent of the gross income of the association,

(e) Net gain from sales and exchanges of governmental obligations, as defined in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, or

(f) Income, gain or loss attributable to foreclosed property, as defined in paragraph (e)(9) of this section, but not including such income, gain or loss which, pursuant to section 595 and the regulations thereunder, is not included in gross income.

Examples of types of income which would cause an association to fail to meet the requirements of this paragraph if, in the aggregate, they equal or exceed 25 percent of gross income, are: The excess of gains over losses from sales of real property (other than foreclosed property); rental income (other than on foreclosed property and the portion of property used in the association's business); premiums, commissions, and fees (other than commitment fees) on loans which have never been held by the association; and insurance brokerage fees.

(ii) Computation of gross income. For purposes of this paragraph, gross income is computed without regard to—

(a) Gain or loss on the sale or exchange of the portion of property used in the association's business as defined in paragraph (e)(11) of this section.

(b) Gain or loss on the sale or exchange of the rented portion of property used as the principal or branch office of the association, as defined in paragraph (e)(11) of this section, and

(c) Gains or losses on sales of participations, and loans, other than governmental obligations defined in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.

For purposes of this paragraph, gross income is also computed without regard to items of income which an association establishes arise out of transactions which are necessitated by exceptional circumstances and which are not undertaken as recurring business activities for profit. Thus, for example, an association would meet the investing in loans requirement if it can establish that it would otherwise fail to meet that requirement solely because of the receipt of a nonrecurring item of income due to exceptional circumstances. For this purpose, transactions necessitated by an excess of demand for loans over savings capital in the association's area are not to be deemed to be necessitated by exceptional circumstances. For purposes of paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(c) of this section, the term “sales of participations” means sales by an association of interests in loans, which sales meet the requirements of the regulations of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board relating to sales of participations, or which meet substantially equivalent requirements of State law or regulations relating to sales of participations.

(iii) Reporting requirement. In the case of income tax returns for taxable years beginning after July 11, 1969, there is required to be filed with the return a statement showing the amount of gross income for the taxable year in each of the categories described in paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section.

(d) 60 percent of assets test. At least 60 percent of the amount of the total assets of a domestic building and loan association must consist of the assets defined in paragraph (e) of this section. The percentage specified in this paragraph is computed as of the close of the taxable year or, at the option of the taxpayer, may be computed on the basis of the average assets outstanding during the taxable year. Such average is determined by making the appropriate computation described in this section either as of the close of each month, as of the close of each quarter, or semiannually during the taxable year and by using the yearly average of the monthly, quarterly, or semiannual percentage obtained for each category of assets defined in paragraph (e) of this section. The method selected must be applied uniformly for the taxable year to all categories of assets, but the method may be changed from year to year. For purposes of this paragraph, it is immaterial whether the association originated the loans defined in paragraphs (4) through (8) and (10) of paragraph (e) of this section or purchased or otherwise acquired them in whole or in part from another. See paragraph (f) of this section for definition of certain terms used in this paragraph and in paragraph (e) of this section, and for the determination of amount and character of loans.

(e) Assets defined. The assets defined in this paragraph are—

(1) Cash. The term “cash” means cash on hand, and time or demand deposits with, or withdrawable accounts in, other financial institutions.

(2) Governmental obligations. The term “governmental obligations” means—

(i) Obligations of the United States,

(ii) Obligations of a State or political subdivision of a State, and

(iii) Stock or obligations of a corporation which is an instrumentality of the United States, a State, or a political subdivision of a State,

other than obligations the interest on which is excludable from gross income under section 103 and the regulations thereunder.

(3) Deposit insurance company securities. The term “deposit insurance company securities” means certificates of deposit in, or obligations of, a corporation organized under a State law which specifically authorizes such corporation to insure the deposits or share accounts of member associations.

(4) Passbook loan. The term “passbook loan” means a loan to the extent secured by a deposit, withdrawable share, or savings account in the association, or share of a member of the association, with respect to which a distribution is allowable as a deduction under section 591.

(5) Residential real property loan. [Reserved]

(6) Church loan. [Reserved]

(7) Urban renewal loan. [Reserved]

(8) Institutional loan. [Reserved]

(9) Foreclosed property. [Reserved]

(10) Educational loan. [Reserved]

(11) Property used in the association's business—(i) In general. The term “property used in the association's business” means land, buildings, furniture, fixtures, equipment, leasehold interests, leasehold improvements, and other assets used by the association in the conduct of its business of acquiring the savings of the public and investing in loans. Real property held for the purpose of being used primarily as the principal or branch office of the association constitutes property used in the association's business so long as it is reasonably anticipated that such property will be occupied for such use by the association, or that construction work preparatory to such occupancy will be commenced thereon, within 2 years after acquisition of the property. Stock of a wholly owned subsidiary corporation which has as its exclusive activity the ownership and management of property more than 50 percent of the fair rental value of which is used as the principal or branch office of the association constitutes property used in such business. Real property held by an association for investment or sale, even for the purpose of obtaining mortgage loans thereon, does not constitute property used in the association's business.

(ii) Property rented to others. Except as provided in the second sentence of paragraph (11)(i) of this paragraph (e), property or a portion thereof rented by the association to others does not constitute property used in the association's business. However, if the fair rental value of the rented portion of a single piece of real property (including appurtenant parcels) used as the principal or branch office of the association constitutes less than 50 percent of the fair rental value of such piece of property, or if such property has an adjusted basis of not more than $150,000, the entire property shall be considered used in such business. If such rented portion constitutes 50 percent or more of the fair rental value of such piece of property, and such property has an adjusted basis of more than $150,000, an allocation of its adjusted basis is required. The portion of the total adjusted basis of such piece of property which is deemed to be property used in the association's business shall be equal to an amount which bears the same ratio to such total adjusted basis as the amount of the fair rental value of the portion used as the principal or branch office of the association bears to the total fair rental value of such property. In the case of all property other than real property used or to be used as the principal or branch office of the association, if the fair rental value of the rented portion thereof constitutes less than 15 percent of the fair rental value of such property, the entire property shall be considered used in the association's business. If such rented portion constitutes 15 percent or more of the fair rental value of such property, an allocation of its adjusted basis (in the same manner as required for real property used as the principal or branch office) is required.

(12) Regular or residual interest in a REMIC—(i) In general. If for any calendar quarter at least 95 percent of a REMIC's assets (as determined in accordance with § 1.860F-4(e)(1)(ii) or § 1.6049-7(f)(3) of this chapter) are assets defined in paragraph (e)(1) through (e)(11) of this section, then for that calendar quarter all the regular and residual interests in that REMIC are treated as assets defined in this paragraph (e). If less than 95 percent of a REMIC's assets are assets defined in paragraph (e)(1) through (e)(11) of this section, the percentage of each REMIC regular or residual interest treated as an asset defined in this paragraph (e) is equal to the percentage of the REMIC's assets that are assets defined in paragraph (e)(1) through (e)(11) of this section. See §§ 1.860F-4(e)(1)(ii)(B) and 1.6049-7(f)(3) of this chapter for information required to be provided to regular and residual interest holders if the 95 percent test is not met.

(ii) Loans secured by manufactured housing. For purposes of paragraph (e)(12)(i) of this section, a loan secured by manufactured housing treated as a single family residence under section 25(e)(10) is an asset defined in paragraph (e)(1) through (e)(11) of this section.

(f) Special rules. [Reserved]

[T.D. 7622, 44 FR 28661, May 16, 1979; 44 FR 29048, May 18, 1979, as amended by T.D. 8458, 57 FR 61313, Dec. 24, 1992]

§ 301.7701-14 Cooperative bank.

For taxable years beginning after October 16, 1962, the term “cooperative bank” means an institution without capital stock organized and operated for mutual purposes without profit which meets the supervisory test, the business operations test, and the various assets tests specified in paragraphs (d) through (h) of § 301.7701-13, employing the rules and definitions of paragraphs (j) through (l) of that section. In applying paragraphs (b) through (l) of such section any references to an “association” or to a “domestic building and loan association” shall be deemed to be a reference to a cooperative bank.

§ 301.7701-15 Tax return preparer.

(a) In general. A tax return preparer is any person who prepares for compensation, or who employs one or more persons to prepare for compensation, all or a substantial portion of any return of tax or any claim for refund of tax under the Internal Revenue Code (Code).

(b) Definitions—(1) Signing tax return preparer. A signing tax return preparer is the individual tax return preparer who has the primary responsibility for the overall substantive accuracy of the preparation of such return or claim for refund.

(2) Nonsigning tax return preparer—(i) In general. A nonsigning tax return preparer is any tax return preparer who is not a signing tax return preparer but who prepares all or a substantial portion of a return or claim for refund within the meaning of paragraph (b)(3) of this section with respect to events that have occurred at the time the advice is rendered. In determining whether an individual is a nonsigning tax return preparer, time spent on advice that is given after events have occurred that represents less than 5 percent of the aggregate time incurred by such individual with respect to the position(s) giving rise to the understatement shall not be taken into account. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, time spent on advice before the events have occurred will be taken into account if all facts and circumstances show that the position(s) giving rise to the understatement is primarily attributable to the advice, the advice was substantially given before events occurred primarily to avoid treating the person giving the advice as a tax return preparer, and the advice given before events occurred was confirmed after events had occurred for purposes of preparing a tax return. Examples of nonsigning tax return preparers are tax return preparers who provide advice (written or oral) to a taxpayer (or to another tax return preparer) when that advice leads to a position or entry that constitutes a substantial portion of the return within the meaning of paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(ii) Examples. The provisions of this paragraph (b)(2) are illustrated by the following examples:

Example 1.

Attorney A, an attorney in a law firm, provides legal advice to a large corporate taxpayer regarding a completed corporate transaction. The advice provided by A is directly relevant to the determination of an entry on the taxpayer's return, and this advice leads to a position(s) or entry that constitutes a substantial portion of the return. A, however, does not prepare any other portion of the taxpayer's return and is not the signing tax return preparer of this return. A is considered a nonsigning tax return preparer.

Example 2.

Attorney B, an attorney in a law firm, provides legal advice to a large corporate taxpayer regarding the tax consequences of a proposed corporate transaction. Based upon this advice, the corporate taxpayer enters into the transaction. Once the transaction is completed, the corporate taxpayer does not receive any additional advice from B with respect to the transaction. B did not provide advice with respect to events that have occurred and is not considered a tax return preparer.

Example 3.

The facts are the same as Example 2, except that Attorney B provides supplemental advice to the corporate taxpayer on a phone call after the transaction is completed. Attorney B did not provide advice before the corporate transaction occurred with the primary intent to avoid being treated as a tax return preparer. The time incurred on this supplemental advice by B represented less than 5 percent of the aggregate amount of time spent by B providing tax advice on the position. B is not considered a tax return preparer.

(3) Substantial portion. (i) Only a person who prepares all or a substantial portion of a return or claim for refund shall be considered to be a tax return preparer of the return or claim for refund. A person who renders tax advice on a position that is directly relevant to the determination of the existence, characterization, or amount of an entry on a return or claim for refund will be regarded as having prepared that entry. Whether a schedule, entry, or other portion of a return or claim for refund is a substantial portion is determined based upon whether the person knows or reasonably should know that the tax attributable to the schedule, entry, or other portion of a return or claim for refund is a substantial portion of the tax required to be shown on the return or claim for refund. A single tax entry may constitute a substantial portion of the tax required to be shown on a return. Factors to consider in determining whether a schedule, entry, or other portion of a return or claim for refund is a substantial portion include but are not limited to—

(A) the size and complexity of the item relative to the taxpayer's gross income; and

(B) the size of the understatement attributable to the item compared to the taxpayer's reported tax liability.

(ii)(A) For purposes of applying the rules of paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section to a nonsigning tax return preparer within the meaning of paragraph (b)(2) of this section only, the schedule or other portion is not considered to be a substantial portion if the schedule, entry, or other portion of the return or claim for refund involves amounts of gross income, amounts of deductions, or amounts on the basis of which credits are determined that are—

(1) Less than $10,000; or

(2) Less than $400,000 and also less than 20 percent of the gross income as shown on the return or claim for refund (or, for an individual, the individual's adjusted gross income).

(B) If more than one schedule, entry or other portion is involved, all schedules, entries or other portions shall be aggregated in applying the de minimis rule in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section.

(C) The de minimis rule in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section shall not apply to a signing tax return preparer within the meaning of paragraph (b)(1) of this section.

(iii) A tax return preparer with respect to one return is not considered to be a tax return preparer of another return merely because an entry or entries reported on the first return may affect an entry reported on the other return, unless the entry or entries reported on the first return are directly reflected on the other return and constitute a substantial portion of the other return. For example, the sole preparer of a partnership return of income or small business corporation income tax return is considered a tax return preparer of a partner's or a shareholder's return if the entry or entries on the partnership or small business corporation return reportable on the partner's or shareholder's return constitute a substantial portion of the partner's or shareholder's return.

(iv) Examples. The provisions of this paragraph (b)(3) are illustrated by the following examples:

Example 1.

Accountant C prepares a Form 8886, “Reportable Transaction Disclosure Statement”, that is used to disclose reportable transactions. C does not prepare the tax return or advise the taxpayer regarding the tax return reporting position of the transaction to which the Form 8886 relates. The preparation of the Form 8886 is not directly relevant to the determination of the existence, characterization, or amount of an entry on a tax return or claim for refund. Rather, the Form 8886 is prepared by C to disclose a reportable transaction. C has not prepared a substantial portion of the tax return and is not considered a tax return preparer under section 6694.

Example 2.

Accountant D prepares a schedule for an individual taxpayer's Form 1040, “U.S. Individual Income Tax Return”, reporting $4,000 in dividend income and gives oral or written advice about Schedule A, which results in a claim of a medical expense deduction totaling $5,000, but does not sign the tax return. D is not a nonsigning tax return preparer because the total aggregate amount of the deductions is less than $10,000.

(4) Return and claim for refund—(i) Return. For purposes of this section, a return of tax is a return (including an amended or adjusted return) filed by or on behalf of a taxpayer reporting the liability of the taxpayer for tax under the Code, if the type of return is identified in published guidance in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. A return of tax also includes any information return or other document identified in published guidance in the Internal Revenue Bulletin and that reports information that is or may be reported on another taxpayer's return under the Code if the information reported on the information return or other document constitutes a substantial portion of the taxpayer's return within the meaning of paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(ii) Claim for refund. For purposes of this section, a claim for refund of tax includes a claim for credit against any tax that is included in published guidance in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. A claim for refund also includes a claim for payment under section 6420, 6421, or 6427.

(c) Mechanical or clerical assistance. A person who furnishes to a taxpayer or other tax return preparer sufficient information and advice so that completion of the return or claim for refund is largely a mechanical or clerical matter is considered a tax return preparer, even though that person does not actually place or review placement of information on the return or claim for refund. See also paragraph (b)(3) of this section.

(d) Qualifications. A person may be a tax return preparer without regard to educational qualifications and professional status requirements.

(e) Outside the United States. A person who prepares a return or claim for refund outside the United States is a tax return preparer, regardless of the person's nationality, residence, or the location of the person's place of business, if the person otherwise satisfies the definition of tax return preparer. Notwithstanding the provisions of § 301.6109-1(g), the person shall secure an employer identification number if the person is an employer of another tax return preparer, is a partnership in which one or more of the general partners is a tax return preparer, is a firm in which one or more of the equity holders is a tax return preparer, or is an individual not employed by another tax return preparer.

(f) Persons who are not tax return preparers. (1) The following persons are not tax return preparers:

(i) An official or employee of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) performing official duties.

(ii) Any individual who provides tax assistance under a Volunteer Income Tax Assistance (VITA) program established by the IRS, but only with respect to those returns prepared as part of the VITA program.

(iii) Any organization sponsoring or administering a VITA program established by the IRS, but only with respect to that sponsorship or administration.

(iv) Any individual who provides tax counseling for the elderly under a program established pursuant to section 163 of the Revenue Act of 1978, but only with respect to those returns prepared as part of that program.

(v) Any organization sponsoring or administering a program to provide tax counseling for the elderly established pursuant to section 163 of the Revenue Act of 1978, but only with respect to that sponsorship or administration.

(vi) Any individual who provides tax assistance as part of a qualified Low-Income Taxpayer Clinic (LITC), as defined by section 7526, subject to the requirements of paragraphs (f)(2) and (3) of this section, but only with respect to those returns and claims for refund prepared as part of the LITC program.

(vii) Any organization that is a qualified LITC, as defined by section 7526, subject to the requirements of paragraphs (f)(2) and (3) of this section.

(viii) An individual providing only typing, reproduction, or other mechanical assistance in the preparation of a return or claim for refund.

(ix) An individual preparing a return or claim for refund of a taxpayer, or an officer, a general partner, member, shareholder, or employee of a taxpayer, by whom the individual is regularly and continuously employed or compensated or in which the individual is a general partner.

(x) An individual preparing a return or claim for refund for a trust, estate, or other entity of which the individual either is a fiduciary or is an officer, general partner, or employee of the fiduciary.

(xi) An individual preparing a claim for refund for a taxpayer in response to—

(A) A notice of deficiency issued to the taxpayer; or

(B) A waiver of restriction on assessment after initiation of an audit of the taxpayer or another taxpayer if a determination in the audit of the other taxpayer affects, directly or indirectly, the liability of the taxpayer for tax.

(xii) A person who prepares a return or claim for refund for a taxpayer with no explicit or implicit agreement for compensation, even if the person receives an insubstantial gift, return service, or favor.

(2) Paragraphs (f)(1)(vi) and (vii) of this section apply only if any assistance with a return of tax or claim for refund is directly related to a controversy with the IRS for which the qualified LITC is providing assistance or is an ancillary part of an LITC program to inform individuals for whom English is a second language about their rights and responsibilities under the Code.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(2) of this section, paragraphs (f)(1)(vi) and (f)(1)(vii) of this section do not apply if an LITC charges a separate fee or varies a fee based on whether the LITC provides assistance with a return of tax or claim for refund under the Code or if the LITC charges more than a nominal fee for its services.

(4) For purposes of paragraph (f)(1)(ix) of this section, the employee of a corporation owning more than 50 percent of the voting power of another corporation, or the employee of a corporation more than 50 percent of the voting power of which is owned by another corporation, is considered the employee of the other corporation as well.

(5) For purposes of paragraph (f)(1)(x) of this section, an estate, guardianship, conservatorship, committee, or any similar arrangement for a taxpayer under a legal disability (such as a minor, an incompetent, or an infirm individual) is considered a trust or estate.

(6) Examples. The mechanical assistance exception described in paragraph (f)(1)(viii) of this section is illustrated by the following examples:

Example 1.

A reporting agent received employment tax information from a client from the client's business records. The reporting agent did not render any tax advice to the client or exercise any discretion or independent judgment on the client's underlying tax positions. The reporting agent processed the client's information, signed the return as authorized by the client pursuant to Form 8655, Reporting Agent Authorization, and filed the client's return using the information supplied by the client. The reporting agent is not a tax return preparer.

Example 2.

A reporting agent rendered tax advice to a client on determining whether its workers are employees or independent contractors for Federal tax purposes. For compensation, the reporting agent received employment tax information from the client, processed the client's information and filed the client's return using the information supplied by the client. The reporting agent is a tax return preparer.

(g) Effective/applicability date. This section is applicable to returns and claims for refund filed, and advice provided, after December 31, 2008.

[T.D. 9436, 73 FR 78463, Dec. 22, 2008, as amended by T.D. 9436, 74 FR 5107, Jan. 29, 2009]

§ 301.7701-16 Other terms.

For a definition of the term “withholding agent” see § 1.1441-7(a). Any other terms that are defined in section 7701 and that are not defined in §§ 301.7701-1 to 301.7701-15, inclusive, shall, when used in this chapter, have the meanings assigned to them in section 7701.

(Secs. 1441(c)(4) (80 Stat. 1553; 26 U.S.C. 1441(c)(4)), 3401(a)(6) (80 Stat. 1554; 26 U.S.C. 3401(a)(6)), and 7805 (68A Stat. 917; 26 U.S.C. 7805), Internal Revenue Code of 1954)

[T.D. 7977, 49 FR 36836, Sept. 20, 1984]

§ 301.7701-17T Collective-bargaining plans and agreements (temporary).

Q-1: How did the Tax Reform Act of 1984 (TRA of 1984) change the laws with respect to plans that are maintained pursuant to collective bargaining agreements?

A-1: (a) Many of the requirements and rules applicable to deferred compensation and welfare benefit plans are different for plans maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement. Prior to the TRA of 1984, the Internal Revenue Code provided no clear definition of an employee representative or whether there is a collective bargaining agreement between such employee representative and one or more employers.

(b) Section 526(c) of the TRA of 1984 added a new condition under a new section 7701(a)(46) that must be satisfied in order for a plan to be considered to be a plan maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers for purposes of the Code after March 31, 1984. If more than one-half of the membership of an organization is comprised of owners, officers, and executives of employers covered by the plan, then such organization is not an employee representative for purposes of determining whether a plan is to be treated as maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers. Whether an individual is an owner, officer or executive is to be determined separately with respect to each employer. Additionally, section 7701(a)(46) provides that the Internal Revenue Service shall make the determination for purposes of the Code as to whether there is a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers.

Q-2: If an organization does not fail to be an employee representative under the 50 percent or less test of section 7701(a)(46), is a plan maintained pursuant to an agreement between such organization and one or more employers necessarily treated, under the Code, as a plan maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement between an employee representative and one or more employers?

A-2: (a) No.

(b) Specific Code provisions generally require other conditions than that in section 7701(a)(46) to be satisfied in order for a plan to be considered to be collectively-bargained. For example, in order for a plan to be described in section 413(a), the Secretary of Labor must find that the plan is maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers.

(c) Even if (1) the finding in the example in the preceding paragraph (b) is made by the Secretary of Labor, (2) the union has been recognized as exempt under section 501(c)(5), and (3) the percentage condition in section 7701(a)(46) is satisfied, the Internal Revenue Service has the authority, pursuant to section 7701(a)(46), to determine whether there is a collective bargaining agreement under the Code.

[T.D. 8073, 51 FR 4337, Feb. 4, 1986]

§ 301.7701-18 Definitions; spouse, husband and wife, husband, wife, marriage.

(a) In general. For federal tax purposes, the terms spouse, husband, and wife mean an individual lawfully married to another individual. The term husband and wife means two individuals lawfully married to each other.

(b) Persons who are lawfully married for federal tax purposes—(1) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section regarding marriages entered into under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction, a marriage of two individuals is recognized for federal tax purposes if the marriage is recognized by the state, possession, or territory of the United States in which the marriage is entered into, regardless of domicile.

(2) Foreign marriages. Two individuals who enter into a relationship denominated as marriage under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction are recognized as married for federal tax purposes if the relationship would be recognized as marriage under the laws of at least one state, possession, or territory of the United States, regardless of domicile.

(c) Persons who are not lawfully married for federal tax purposes. The terms spouse, husband, and wife do not include individuals who have entered into a registered domestic partnership, civil union, or other similar formal relationship not denominated as a marriage under the law of the state, possession, or territory of the United States where such relationship was entered into, regardless of domicile. The term husband and wife does not include couples who have entered into such a formal relationship, and the term marriage does not include such formal relationships.

(d) Applicability date. The rules of this section apply to taxable years ending on or after September 2, 2016.

[T.D. 9785, 81 FR 60616, Sept. 2, 2016]

§ 301.7701(b)-0 Outline of regulation provision for section 7701(b)-1 through (b)-9.

This section lists the paragraphs contained in §§ 301.7701(b)-1 through 301.7701(b)-9.

§ 301.7701(b)-1 Resident alien.

(a) Scope.

(b) Lawful permanent resident.

(1) Green card test.

(2) Rescission of resident status.

(3) Administrative or judicial determination of abandonment of resident status.

(c) Substantial presence test.

(1) In general.

(2) Determination of presence.

(i) Physical presence.

(ii) United States.

(3) Current year.

(4) Thirty-one day minimum.

(d) Application of section 7701(b) to the possessions and territories.

(1) Application to aliens.

(2) Non-application to citizens.

(e) Examples.

§ 301.7701(b)-2 Closer connection exception.

(a) In general.

(b) Foreign country.

(c) Tax home.

(1) Definition.

(2) Duration and nature of tax home.

(d) Closer connection to a foreign country.

(1) In general.

(2) Permanent home.

(e) Special rule.

(f) Closer connection exception unavailable.

(g) Filing requirements.

§ 301.7701(b)-3 Days of presence in the United States that are excluded for purposes of section 7701(b).

(a) In general.

(b) Exempt individuals.

(1) In general.

(2) Foreign government-related individual.

(i) In general.

(ii) Definition of international organization.

(iii) Full-time diplomatic or consular status.

(3) Teacher or trainee.

(4) Student.

(5) Professional athlete.

(6) Substantial compliance.

(7) Limitation on teacher or trainee and student exemptions.

(i) Teacher or trainee limitation in general.

(ii) Special teacher or trainee limitation for section 872(b)(3) compensation.

(iii) Limitation on student exemption.

(iv) Transition rule.

(v) Examples.

(8) Immediate family.

(c) Medical condition.

(1) In general.

(2) lntent to leave the United States.

(3) Preexisting medical condition.

(4) Examples.

(d) Days in transit.

(e) Regular commuters from Mexico or Canada.

(1) General rule.

(2) Definitions.

(3) Examples.

(f) Determination of excluded days applies beyond year of determination.

§ 301.7701(b)-4 Residency time periods.

(a) First year of residency.

(b) Last year of residency.

(1) General rule.

(2) Exceptions.

(c) Rules relating to residency starting date and residency termination date.

(1) De minimis presence.

(2) Proration.

(3) Residency starting date for certain individuals.

(i) In general.

(ii) Determination of presence.

(iii) Thirty-one day period.

(iv) Period of continuous presence.

(v) Election procedure.

(A) Filing requirements.

(B) Election on behalf of a dependent child.

(C) Statement.

(vi) Penalty for failure to comply with filing requirements.

(A) General rule.

(B) Exception.

(d) Examples.

(e) No lapse.

(1) Residency in prior year.

(2) Residency in following year.

(3) Special rule.

(4) Example.

§ 301.7701(b)-5 Coordination with section 877.

(a) General rule.

(b) Tax imposed.

(c) Example.

§ 301.7701(b)-6 Taxable year.

(a) In general.

(b) Examples.

§ 301.7701(b)-7 Coordination with income tax treaties.

(a) Consistency requirement.

(1) Application.

(2) Computation of tax liability.

(3) Other Internal Revenue Code purposes.

(4) Special rules for S corporations. [Reserved]

(b) Filing requirements.

(c) Contents of statement.

(1) In general.

(i) Returns due after December 15, 1997.

(ii) Earlier returns.

(2) Controlled foreign corporation shareholders.

(3) S corporation shareholders. [Reserved]

(d) Relationship to section 6114(a) treaty-based return positions.

(e) Examples.

§ 301.7701(b)-8 Procedural rules.

(a) Who must file.

(1) Closer connection exception.

(2) Exempt individuals and individuals with a medical condition.

(3) De minimis presence and residency starting and termination dates.

(b) Contents of statement.

(1) Closer connection exception.

(i) Returns due after December 15, 1997.

(ii) Earlier returns.

(2) Exempt individuals and individuals with a medical condition.

(i) Returns due after December 15, 1997.

(ii) Earlier returns.

(3) De minimis presence and residency starting and termination dates.

(c) How to file.

(d) Penalty for failure to file statement.

(1) General rule.

(2) Exception.

(e) Filing requirement disregarded.

§ 301.7701(b)-9 Effective dates of §§ 301.7701(b)-1 through 301.7701(b)-7.

(a) In general.

(b) Special rules.

(1) Green card test-residency starting date.

(2) Substantial presence test-years included.

(3) Professional athletes.

(4) Procedural rules and filing requirements.

[T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15241, Apr. 27, 1992; 58 FR 17516, Apr. 5, 1993, as amended by T.D. 8733, 62 FR 53386, Oct. 14, 1997]

§ 301.7701(b)-1 Resident alien.

(a) Scope. Section 301.7701(b)-1(b) provides rules for determining whether an alien individual is a lawful permanent resident of the United States. Section 301.7701(b)-1(c) provides rules for determining if an alien individual satisfies the substantial presence test. Section 301.7701(b)-2 provides rules for determining when an alien individual will be considered to maintain a tax home in a foreign country and to have a closer connection to that foreign country. Section 301.7701(b)-3 provides rules for determining if an individual is an exempt individual because of his or her status as a foreign government-related individual, teacher, trainee, student, or professional athlete. Section 301.7701(b)-3 also provides rules for determining whether an individual may exclude days of presence in the United States because the individual was unable to leave the United States because of a medical condition. Section 301.7701(b)-4 provides rules for determining an individual's residency starting and termination dates. Section 301.7701(b)-5 provides rules for applying section 877 to a nonresident alien individual. Section 301.7701(b)-6 provides rules for determining the taxable year of an alien. Section 301.7701(b)-7 provides rules for determining the effect of these regulations on rules in tax conventions to which the United States is a party. Section 301.7701(b)-8 provides procedural rules for establishing that an individual is a nonresident alien. Section 301.7701(b)-9 provides the effective dates of section 7701(b) and the regulations under that section. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the regulations under §§ 301.7701(b)-1 through 301.7701(b)-9 apply for purposes of determining whether a United States citizen is also a resident of the United States. (This determination may be relevant, for example, to the application of section 861(a)(1) which treats income from interest-bearing obligations of residents as income from sources within the United States.) The regulations do not apply and §§ 1.871-2 and 1.871-5 of this chapter continue to apply for purposes of the bona fide residence test of section 911. See § 1.911-2(c) of this chapter. For purposes of determining whether an individual is a resident of the United States for estate and gift tax purposes, see § 20.0-1(b)(1) and (2) and § 25.2501-1(b) of this chapter, respectively.

(b) Lawful permanent resident—(1) Green card test. An alien is a resident alien with respect to a calendar year if the individual is a lawful permanent resident at any time during the calendar year. A lawful permanent resident is an individual who has been lawfully granted the privilege of residing permanently in the United States as an immigrant in accordance with the immigration laws. Resident status is deemed to continue unless it is rescinded or administratively or judicially determined to have been abandoned.

(2) Rescission of resident status. Resident status is considered to be rescinded if a final administrative or judicial order of exclusion or deportation is issued regarding the alien individual. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “final judicial order” means an order that is no longer subject to appeal to a higher court of competent jurisdiction.

(3) Administrative or judicial determination of abandonment of resident status. An administrative or judicial determination of abandonment of resident status may be initiated by the alien individual, the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS), or a consular officer. If the alien initiates this determination, resident status is considered to be abandoned when the individual's application for abandonment (INS Form I-407) or a letter stating the alien's intent to abandon his or her resident status, with the Alien Registration Receipt Card (INS Form I-151 or Form I-551) enclosed, is filed with the INS or a consular officer. If INS replaces any of the form numbers referred to in this paragraph or § 301.7701(b)-2(f), refer to the comparable INS replacement form number. For purposes of this paragraph, an alien individual shall be considered to have filed a letter stating the intent to abandon resident status with the INS or a consular office if such letter is sent by certified mail, return receipt requested (or a foreign country's equivalent thereof). A copy of the letter, along with proof that the letter was mailed and received, should be retained by the alien individual. If the INS or a consular officer initiates this determination, resident status will be considered to be abandoned upon the issuance of a final administrative order of abandonment. If an individual is granted an appeal to a federal court of competent jurisdiction, a final judicial order is required.

(c) Substantial presence test—(1) In general. An alien individual is a resident alien if the individual meets the substantial presence test. An individual satisfies this test if he or she has been present in the United States on at least 183 days during a three year period that includes the current year. For purposes of this test, each day of presence in the current year is counted as a full day. Each day of presence in the first preceding year is counted as one-third of a day and each day of presence in the second preceding year is counted as one-sixth of a day. For purposes of this paragraph, any fractional days resulting from the above calculations will not be rounded to the nearest whole number. (See § 301.7701(b)-9(b)(2) for transitional rules for calendar years 1985 and 1986.)

(2) Determination of presence—(i) Physical presence. For purposes of the substantial presence test, an individual shall be treated as present in the United States on any day that he or she is physically present in the United States at any time during the day. (But see § 301.7701(b)-3 relating to days of presence that may be excluded.)

(ii) United States. For purposes of section 7701(b) and the regulations thereunder, the term United States when used in a geographical sense includes the states and the District of Columbia. It also includes the territorial waters of the United States and the seabed and subsoil of those submarine areas which are adjacent to the territorial waters of the United States and over which the United States has exclusive rights, in accordance with international law, with respect to the exploration and exploitation of natural resources. It does not include the possessions and territories of the United States or the air space over the United States.

(3) Current year. The term current year means any calendar year for which an alien individual is determining his or her resident status.

(4) Thirty-one day minimum. If an individual is not physically present for more than 30 days during the current year, the substantial presence test will not be applied for that year even if the three-year total is 183 or more days. For purposes of the substantial presence test, it is irrelevant that an individual was not present for more than 30 days in the first or second year preceding the current year.

(d) Application of section 7701(b) to the possessions and territories—(1) Application to aliens for purposes of mirror systems. Section 7701(b) provides the basis for determining whether an alien individual is a resident of a United States possession or territory that administers income tax laws that are identical (except for the substitution of the name of the possession or territory for the term “United States” where appropriate) to those in force in the United States, for purposes of applying such laws with respect to income tax liability incurred to such possession or territory.

(2) Non-application for bona fide resident determination. Section 7701(b) does not provide the basis for determining whether an individual (including an alien individual) is a bona fide resident of a United States possession or territory for Federal income tax purposes. For the applicable rules for making this determination, see section 937(a) and § 1.937-1 of this chapter.

(e) Examples. This section may be illustrated by the following examples:

Example 1.

B, an alien individual, is present in the United States for 122 days in the current year. He was present in the United States for 122 days in the first preceding calendar year and for 122 days in the second preceding calendar year. In determining his status for the current year, B counts all 122 days in the United States in the current year plus 1/3 of the 122 days in the United States in the first preceding calendar year (40 2/3 days) and 1/6 of the 122 days in the United States during the second preceding calendar year (20 1/3 days). The total of 122 + 40 2/3 + 20 1/3 equals 183 days. B meets the substantial presence test and is a resident alien for the current year.

Example 2.

C, an alien individual, is present in the United States for 25 days during the current year. She was present in the United States for 365 days during the first preceding year and 365 days during the second preceding year. The substantial presence test does not apply because C is present in the United States for fewer than 31 days during the current year.

Example 3.

D, an alien individual, is present in the United States for 170 days during the current year. He was present in the United States for 30 days during the first preceding year and 30 days during the second preceding year. In determining his status for the current year, D counts all 170 days in the United States in the current year plus 1/3 of the 30 days in the United States in the first preceding calendar year (10 days) and 1/6 of the 30 days in the United States during the second preceding calendar year (5 days). The total of 170 + 10 + 5 equals 185 days. D meets the substantial presence test and is a resident alien for the current year notwithstanding the fact that he was present in the United States for fewer than 31 days in each of the two preceding years.

[T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15242, Apr. 27, 1992; 57 FR 28612, June 26, 1992; 57 FR 37190, Aug. 18, 1992, as amended by T.D. 9194, 70 FR 18947, Apr. 11, 2005; T.D. 9391, 73 FR 19377, Apr. 9, 2008]

§ 301.7701(b)-2 Closer connection exception.

(a) In general. An alien individual who meets the substantial presence test may nevertheless be considered a nonresident alien for the current year if the following conditions are satisfied—

(1) The individual is present in the United States for fewer than 183 days in the current year;

(2) The individual maintains a tax home in a foreign country during the current year; and

(3) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the individual has a closer connection during the current year to a single foreign country in which he or she maintains a tax home than to the United States.

(b) Foreign country. For purposes of section 7701(b) and the regulations thereunder, the term “foreign country” when used in a geographical sense includes any territory under the sovereignty of the United Nations or a government other than that of the United States. It includes the territorial waters of the foreign country (determined in accordance with the laws of the United States), and the seabed and subsoil of those submarine areas which are adjacent to the territorial waters of the foreign country and over which the foreign country has exclusive rights, in accordance with international law, with respect to the exploration and exploitation of natural resources. It also includes the possessions and territories of the United States.

(c) Tax home—(1) Definition. For purposes of section 7701 (b) and the regulations under that section, the term “tax home” has the same meaning that it has for purposes of section 162(a)(2) (relating to travel expenses while away from home). Thus, an individual's tax home is considered to be located at the individual's regular or principal (if more than one regular) place of business. If the individual has no regular or principal place of business because of the nature of the business, or because the individual is not engaged in carrying on any trade or business within the meaning of section 162(a), then the individual's tax home is the individual's regular place of abode in a real and substantial sense.

(2) Duration and nature of tax home. The tax home maintained by the alien individual must be in existence for the entire current year. The tax home must be located in the same foreign country for which the individual is claiming to have the closer connection described in paragraph (d) of this section.

(d) Closer connection to a foreign country—(1) In general. For purposes of section 7701(b) and the regulations under that section, an alien individual will be considered to have a closer connection to a foreign country than the United States if the individual or the Commissioner establishes that the individual has maintained more significant contacts with the foreign country than with the United States. In determining whether an individual has maintained more significant contacts with a foreign country than the United States, the facts and circumstances to be considered include, but are not limited to, the following—

(i) The location of the individual's permanent home;

(ii) The location of the individual's family;

(iii) The location of personal belongings, such as automobiles, furniture, clothing and jewelry owned by the individual and his or her family;

(iv) The location of social, political, cultural or religious organizations with which the individual has a current relationship;

(v) The location where the individual conducts his or her routine personal banking activities;

(vi) The location where the individual conducts business activities (other than those that constitute the individual's tax home);

(vii) The location of the jurisdiction in which the individual holds a driver's license;

(viii) The location of the jurisdiction in which the individual votes;

(ix) The country of residence designated by the individual on forms and documents; and

(x) The types of official forms and documents filed by the individual, such as Form 1078 (Certificate of Alien Claiming Residence in the United States), Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status) or Form W-9 (Payer's Request for Taxpayer ldentification Number).

(2) Permanent home. For purposes of paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, it is immaterial whether a permanent home is a house, an apartment, or a furnished room. It is also immaterial whether the home is owned or rented by the alien individual. It is material, however, that the dwelling be available at all times, continuously, and not solely for stays of short duration.

(e) Special Rule. An alien individual may demonstrate in one year that he or she has a closer connection to two foreign countries (but no more than two) if he or she satisfies all of the following conditions—

(1) The individual maintains a tax home beginning on the first day of the current year in one foreign country;

(2) The individual changes his or her tax home during the current year to a second foreign country;

(3) The individual continues to maintain his or her tax home in the second foreign country for the remainder of the current year;

(4) The individual has a closer connection to each foreign country than to the United States for the period during which the individual maintains a tax home in that foreign country; and

(5) The individual is subject to taxation as a resident pursuant to the internal laws of either foreign country for the entire year or subject to taxation as a resident in both foreign countries for the period during which the individual maintains a tax home in each foreign country.

(f) Closer connection exception unavailable. An alien individual who has personally applied, or taken other affirmative steps, to change his or her status to that of a permanent resident during the current year or has an application pending for adjustment of status during the current year will not be eligible for the closer connection exception. Affirmative steps to change status to that of a permanent resident include, but are not limited to, the following—

(1) The filing of Immigration and Naturalization Form I-508 (Waiver of Immunities) by the alien;

(2) The filing of Immigration and Naturalization Form I-485 (Application for Status as Permanent Resident) by the alien;

(3) The filing of Immigration and Naturalization Form I-130 (Petition for Alien Relative) on behalf of the alien;

(4) The filing of Immigration and Naturalization Form I-140 (Petition for Prospective Immigrant Employee) on behalf of the alien;

(5) The filing of Department of Labor Form ETA-750 (Application for Alien Employment Certification) on behalf of the alien; or

(6) The filing of Department of State Form OF-230 (Application for Immigrant Visa and Alien Registration) by the alien.

(g) Filing requirements. See § 3O1.7701(b)-8 with regard to the statement that must be filed by an alien individual claiming the closer connection exception.

[T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15244, Apr. 27, 1992; 57 FR 28612, June 26, 1992; 57 FR 37190, Aug. 18, 1992; 58 FR 17516, Apr. 5, 1993]

§ 301.7701(b)-3 Days of presence in the United States that are excluded for purposes of section 7701(b).

(a) In general. In computing days of presence in the United States, an alien is considered to be present if the individual is physically present in the United States at any time during the day (see § 301.7701(b)-1(c)(2)(i)). However, for purposes of section 7701(b) and the regulations under that section, the following days shall be excluded and will not count as days of presence in the United States—

(1) Any day that an individual is present in the United States as an exempt individual;

(2) Any day that an individual is prevented from leaving the United States because of a medical condition that arose while the individual was present in the United States;

(3) Any day that an individual is in transit between two points outside the United States; and

(4) Any day on which a regular commuter residing in Canada or Mexico commutes to and from employment in the United States.

(b) Exempt individuals—(1) In general. An exempt individual is an individual who is either a—

(i) Foreign government-related individual as defined in paragraph (b)(2) of this section;

(ii) Teacher or trainee as defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section;

(iii) Student as defined in paragraph (b)(4) of this section; or

(iv) Professional athlete as defined in paragraph (b)(5) of this section.

(2) Foreign government-related individual—(i) In general. A foreign government-related individual is an individual (and that individual's immediate family) who is temporarily present in the United States—

(A) As a full-time employee of an international organization;

(B) By reason of diplomatic status; or

(C) By reason of a visa that the Secretary of the Treasury or his or her delegate (after consultation with the Secretary of State when appropriate) determines represents full-time diplomatic or consular status. An individual described in this paragraph shall be considered to be temporarily present in the United States if the individual is not a lawful permanent resident as described in § 301.7701(b)-1(b)(1), regardless of the actual amount of time that the individual is present in the United States.

(ii) Definition of international organization. The term “international organization” means any public international organization that has been designated by the President by Executive Order as being entitled to enjoy the privileges, exemptions, and immunities provided for in the International Organizations Act (22 U.S.C. 288). An individual described in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section will be a full-time employee of an international organization if that individual's employment with the organization is consistent with an employment schedule of a person with a standard full-time work schedule with the organization.

(iii) Full-time diplomatic or consular status. An individual is considered to have full-time diplomatic or consular status if—

(A) The individual has been accredited by a foreign government recognized de jure or de facto by the United States;

(B) The individual intends to engage primarily in official activities for that foreign government while in the United States; and

(C) The individual has been recognized by the President, or by the Secretary of State, or by a consular officer acting on behalf of the Secretary of State, as being entitled to such status.

(3) Teacher or trainee. A teacher or trainee includes any individual (and that individual's immediate family), other than a student, who is admitted temporarily to the United States as a nonimmigrant under section 101(a)(15) (J) (relating to the admission of teachers and trainees into the United States) or section 101(a)(15)(Q) (relating to the admission of participants in international cultural exchange programs) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15) (J), (Q)) and who substantially complies with the requirements of being admitted.

(4) Student. A student is any individual (and that individual's immediate family) who is admitted temporarily to the United States as a nonimmigrant under section 101(a)(15)(F) or (M) (relating to the admission of students into the United States) or as a student under section 101(a)(15)(J) (relating to the admission of teachers and trainees into the United States) or section 101(a)(15)(Q) (relating to the admission of participants in international cultural exchange programs) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15) (F), (J), (M), (Q)) who substantially complies with the requirements of being admitted. For rules concerning taxation of certain nonresident students or trainees, see section 871(c) and § 1.871-9(a) of this chapter.

(5) Professional athlete. A professional athlete is an individual who is temporarily present in the United States to compete in a charitable sports event described in section 274(l)(1)(B). For purposes of computing the days of presence in the United States, only days on which the athlete actually competes in a charitable sports event described in section 274(l)(1)(B) shall be excluded. Thus, days on which the individual is present to practice for the event, to perform promotional or other activities related to the event, or to travel between events shall be included for purposes of the substantial presence test.

(6) Substantial compliance. An individual described in paragraph (b) (3) or (4) of this section will be deemed to comply substantially with the visa requirements relevant to residence for tax purposes if the individual has not engaged in activities that are prohibited by the Immigration and Nationality Act and the regulations thereunder and could result in the loss of F, J or M visa status. An individual will not be deemed to comply substantially with the visa requirements relevant to residence for tax purposes merely by showing that the individual's visa has not been revoked. An independent determination of substantial compliance may be made by the Internal Revenue Service for any individual claiming to be an exempt individual under paragraph (b) (3) or (4) of this section. For example, if an individual with an F visa (student visa) is found to have accepted unauthorized employment or to have maintained a course of study that is not considered by the Internal Revenue Service to be full-time, the individual will not be considered to comply substantially with the individual's visa requirements regardless of whether the individual's visa has been revoked.

(7) Limitation on teacher or trainee and student exemptions—(i) Teacher or trainee limitation in general. Except as otherwise provided, an individual shall not exclude days of presence as a teacher or trainee if the individual has been exempt as a teacher, trainee, or student for any part of two of the six preceding calendar years.

(ii) Special teacher or trainee limitation for section 872(b)(3) compensation. If—

(A) A teacher or trainee receives compensation in the current year and all of that compensation is described in section 872(b)(3);

(B) That individual was present in the United States as a teacher or trainee in any prior year within the last 6 years; and

(C) During each prior year (within the 6 year period) in which the individual was present as a teacher or trainee, the individual received compensation all of which was described in section 872(b)(3);

Then that individual shall include days of presence as a teacher or trainee in the current year only if the individual has been exempt as a teacher, trainee, or student for any part of four of the six preceding calendar years.

(iii) Limitation on student exemption. An individual will not be able to exclude days of presence as a student if the individual has been exempt as a teacher, trainee, or student for any part of more than five calendar years, unless it is established to the satisfaction of the district director that the individual does not intend to reside permanently in the United States and has substantially complied with the requirements of the student visa providing for the individual's temporary presence in the United States. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(7), the facts and circumstances to be considered in determining if an individual has demonstrated an intent to reside permanently in the United States include (but are not limited to)—

(A) Whether the individual has maintained a closer connection with a foreign country as described in § 301.7701(b)-2; and

(B) Whether the individual has taken affirmative steps within the meaning of paragraph (f) of § 301.7701(b)-2 to adjust the individual's status from nonimmigrant to lawful permanent resident.

(iv) Transition rule. The rules in this paragraph (b)(7) relating to stated periods of exempt status apply only for those stated periods that occur after 1984. Thus, for example, an alien who is present as a student during the calendar years 1982-1990 will not be subject to the five year rule for students until 1990.

(v) Examples. The following examples illustrate the application of paragraphs (b)(7) (i) and (ii) of this section:

Example 1.

B is temporarily present in the United States during the current year as a teacher, within the meaning of section 101(a)(15)(J) of the Immigration and Nationality Act. B does not receive compensation described in section 872(b)(3) in the current year. B has been treated as an exempt student for the past three years. Although this is the first year that B is seeking to be exempt as a teacher, he will not be considered an exempt individual for the year because he has been exempt as a student for at least two of the past six years.

Example 2.

C is temporarily present in the United States during the current year as a teacher and receives compensation described in section 872(b)(3) in the current year. C has been treated as an exempt teacher for the past two years but C's compensation for those years was not described in section 872(b)(3). C will not be considered an exempt individual for the current year because she has been exempt as a teacher for at least two of the past six years.

Example 3.

The facts are the same as in Example 2, except that all of C's compensation for the two preceding years was described in section 872(b)(3). C will be considered to be an exempt individual for the current year because she has not been exempt as a student, teacher or trainee for four of the six preceding calendar years.

Example 4.

D is temporarily present in the United States during the current year as a teacher, within the meaning of section 101(a)(15)(J) of the Immigration and Nationality Act. D does not receive compensation described in section 872(b)(3) in the current year. D entered the United States in December of the second preceding year and intends to remain in the United States until June of the current year. D will not be considered an exempt individual for the current year because he has been exempt as a teacher for at least two of the past six years.

(8) Immediate family. The immediate family of an exempt individual includes the individual's spouse and unmarried children (whether by blood or adoption) but only if the spouse's or unmarried children's visa status are derived from and dependent on the visa classification of the exempt individual. For the purposes of this paragraph, the term unmarried children means those children who are under 21 years of age, who reside regularly in the household of the exempt individual, and who are not members of some other household. The immediate family of an exempt individual does not include the attendants, servants, and personal employees of that individual.

(c) Medical condition—(1) In general. An individual will not be considered present on any day that the individual intends to leave and is unable to leave the United States because of a medical condition or medical problem that arose while the individual was present in the United States. A day of presence will not be excluded if the individual, who was initially prevented from leaving, is subsequently able to leave the United States and then remains in the United States beyond a reasonable period for making arrangements to leave the United States. A day will also not be excluded if the medical condition arose during a prior stay in the United States (whether or not days of presence during the prior stay were excluded) and the alien returns to the United States for treatment of the medical condition or medical problem that arose during the prior stay.

(2) Intent to leave the United States. For purposes of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, whether an individual intends to leave the United States on a particular day will be determined based on all the facts and circumstances. Thus, if at the time an individual's medical condition or medical problem arose, the individual was present in the United States for a definite purpose which by its nature could be accomplished within the United States during a period of time that would not cause the individual to be a resident under the substantial presence test, the individual may be able to establish that he or she intended to leave the United States. However, if the individual's purpose is of such a nature that an extended period of time would be required for its accomplishment (sufficient to cause the individual to be a resident under the substanial presence test), the individual would not be able to establish the requisite intent to leave the United States. If the individual is present in the United States for no particular purpose or a purpose by its nature that does not require a specific period of time to accomplish, the determination of whether the individual has the requisite intent to leave the United States will depend on all the surrounding facts and circumstances. In the case of an individual adjudicated mentally incompetent, proof of intent to leave the United States may be determined by analyzing the incompetent's pattern of behavior prior to the adjudication of incompetence. Generally, an individual will be presumed to have intended to leave during a period of illness if the individual leaves the United States within a reasonable period of time (time to make arrangements to leave) after becoming physically able to leave.

(3) Pre-existing medical condition. A medical condition or problem will not be considered to arise while the individual is present in the United States, if the condition or problem existed prior to the individual's arrival in the United States, and the individual was aware of the condition or problem, regardless of whether the individual required treatment for the condition or problem when the individual entered the United States.

(4) Examples. The following examples illustrate the application of this paragraph (c):

Example 1.

B is in a serious automobile accident in the United States on March 25. B intended to leave the United States on March 31 (as evidenced by an airline ticket), but was unable to leave on that date as a result of the injuries suffered in the accident. B recovered from the injuries and was able to leave and did leave the United States on May 31. B's presence in the United States during the period from April 1 through May 31 will not be counted as days of presence in the United States.

Example 2.

The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that B's return flight (as evidenced by an airline ticket) was scheduled for May 31. Because B did not intend to leave the United States until May 31, B may not exclude any days of presence in the United States.

(d) Days in transit. An alien individual may exclude days of presence in the United States if the individual is in transit between two foreign points, and is physically present in the United States for fewer than 24 hours. For purposes of this paragraph, an individual will be considered to be in transit if the individual pursues activities that are substantially related to completing his or her travel to a foreign point of destination. For example, an alien who travels between airports in the United States in order to change planes en route to the individual's destination will be considered to be in transit. However, if the individual attends a business meeting while he or she is present in the United States, whether or not that meeting is within the confines of the airport, the individual will not be considered to be in transit. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “foreign point” means any areas that are not included within the definition of the term “United States” provided in § 301.7701(b)-1(c)(2)(ii).

(e) Regular commuters from Mexico or Canada—(1) General rule. An alien individual will not be considered to be present in the United States on days that the individual commutes to the United States from the individual's residence in Mexico or Canada if the individual regularly commutes from Mexico or Canada. An alien individual will be considered to commute regularly if the individual commutes to the individual's location of employment or self-employment in the United States from his or her residence in Mexico or Canada on more than 75% of the workdays during the working period.

(2) Definitions. (i) The term commutes means to travel to employment or self-employment and to return to one's residence within a 24-hour period.

(ii) The term workdays means days on which the individual works in the United States or Canada or Mexico.

(iii) The term working period means the period beginning with the first day in the current year on which the individual is physically present in the United States for purposes of engaging in employment or self-employment and ending on the last day in the current year on which the individual is physically present in the United States for purposes of engaging in that employment or self-employment. If the nature of the employment or self-employment is such that it requires the individual to be present in the United States only on a seasonal or cyclical basis, the working period will begin with the first day of the season or cycle on which the individual is present in the United States for purposes of engaging in that employment or self-employment and end on the last day of the season or cycle on which the individual is present in the United States for the purpose of engaging in that employment or self-employment. Thus, there may be more than one working period in a calendar year and a working period may begin in one calendar year and end in the following calendar year.

(3) Examples. The following examples illustrate the operation of this paragraph (e):

Example 1.

B lives in Mexico and is employed by Corporation X in its office in Mexico. B was temporarily assigned to X's office in the United States. B's employment in the United States office began on February 1, 1988, and continued through June 1, 1988. On June 2, B resumed his employment in Mexico. On 59 days in the period beginning on February 1, 1988, and ending on June 1, 1988, B travelled each morning from his residence in Mexico to X Corporation's United States office for the purpose of engaging in his employment with X Corporation. B returned to his residence in Mexico on each of those evenings. On seven days in the period from February 1, 1988, through June 1, 1988, B worked in X's Mexico office. B is not considered to have been present in the United States on any of the days that he travelled to X's United States office for the purpose of engaging in employment with Corporation X because he commuted to his place of employment within the United States on more than 75% of the workdays during the working period (59 workdays in the United States/66 workdays in the working period = 89.4%).

Example 2.

C, who lives in Canada, contracted with a resort located in the United States to provide snow-skiing instructions for the resort's customers for two skiing seasons, the first beginning on November 15, 1987, and ending on March 15, 1988, and the second beginning on November 15, 1988, and ending on March 15, 1989. On 90 days in each of the two skiing seasons, C travelled in the morning from Canada to the resort to provide skiing instructions pursuant to the contract. C returned to Canada on each of those evenings. On 20 days during each of the two skiing seasons, C worked in Canada. C is not considered to have been present in the United States on any of the days that she travelled to the United States to provide ski instructions in either the first working period beginning on November 15, 1987, and ending on March 15, 1988, or the second working period beginning on November 15, 1988, and ending on March 15, 1989, because she commuted to her employment within the United States on more than 75% of the workdays during each of the working periods (90 workdays in the United States/110 workdays in the working period = 81.8%).

Example 3.

D, who lives in Canada, is the sole proprietor of a wholesale lumber business with offices in both the United States and Canada. Beginning on January 4, 1988, and ending on February 12, 1988, D commuted to work in his United States office on 30 days. Beginning on February 15, 1988, and ending on March 25, 1988, D commuted to work in his Canadian office on 30 days. Beginning on March 28, 1988, and ending on May 27, 1988, D commuted to work in his United States office on 45 days. Subsequent to May 27, D did not commute to the United States on any other days in 1988. D is considered to have been present in the United States on each day that he travelled to his office in the United States because D did not commute to the United States office on more than 75% of the workdays during the working period beginning on January 4, 1988, and ending on May 27, 1988 (75 workdays in the United States/105 workdays in the working period = 71.4%).

(f) Determination of excluded days applies beyond year of determination. If a day of presence is excluded under this section, then that day shall not be taken into account in the current year or the first or second preceding year.

[T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15245, Apr. 27, 1992; 57 FR 28612, June 26, 1992; 57 FR 37190, Aug. 18, 1992, as amended by T.D. 8733, 62 FR 53386, Oct. 14, 1997]

§ 301.7701(b)-4 Residency time periods.

(a) First year of residency. An alien individual who was not a United States resident during the preceding calendar year and who is a United States resident for the current year will begin to be a resident for tax purposes on the alien's residency starting date. The residency starting date for an alien who meets the substantial presence test is the first day during the calendar year on which the individual is present in the United States. The residency starting date for an alien who meets the lawful permanent resident test (green card test), described in paragraph (b)(1) of § 301.7701(b)-1, is the first day during the calendar year in which the individual is physically present in the United States as a lawful permanent resident. The residency starting date for an alien who satisfies both the substantial presence test and the green card test will be the earlier of the first day the individual is physically present in the United States as a lawful permanent resident of the United States or the first day during the year that the individual is present for purposes of the substantial presence test. (See § 301.7701(b)-9(b)(1) for the transitional rule relating to the residency starting date of an alien individual who was a lawful permanent resident in 1984. See also § 301.7701(b)-3 for days that may be excluded.)

(b) Last year of residency—(1) General rule. An alien individual who is a United States resident during the current year but who is not a United States resident at any time during the following calendar year will cease to be a resident for tax purposes on the individual's residency termination date. Generally, the residency termination date will be the last day of the calendar year.

(2) Exceptions. Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the residency termination date for an alien individual who meets the substantial presence test is the last day during the calendar year that the individual is physically present in the United States if the individual establishes that, for the remainder of the calendar year, the individual's tax home was in a foreign country and he or she maintained a closer connection (within the meaning of § 301.7701(b)-2(d)) to that foreign country than to the United States. Similarly, the residency termination date for an alien who meets the green card test is the first day during the calendar year that the alien is no longer a lawful permanent resident if the individual establishes that, for the remainder of the calendar year, his or her tax home was in a foreign country and he or she maintained a closer connection to that foreign country than to the United States. The residency termination date for an alien who satisfies both the substantial presence test and the green card test for the current year, will be the later of the first day the individual is no longer a lawful permanent resident of the United States or the last day the individual was physically present in the United States if the alien establishes that, for the remainder of the calendar year, his or her tax home was in a foreign country and he or she maintained a closer connection to that foreign country than to the United States. It is immaterial whether the individual's tax home was in the United States, or that the individual had a closer connection to the United States than to the foreign country, prior to the date of his or her departure from the United States or the date on which the individual was no longer a lawful permanent resident, whichever is applicable.

(c) Rules relating to residency starting date and residency termination date—(1) De minimis presence. An alien individual may be present in the United States for up to 10 days without triggering the residency starting date (for purposes of the substantial presence test) or extending the residency termination date (for purposes of the substantial presence test) if the individual is able to establish that, during that period, the individual's tax home was in a foreign country and he or she maintained a closer connection to that foreign country than to the United States. Days from more than one period of presence may be disregarded for purposes of determining an individual's residency starting date or termination date so long as the total is not more than 10 days. However, an individual may not disregard any days that occur in a period of consecutive days of presence, if all the days that occur during that period cannot be excluded. An individual must include days of presence for purposes of determining whether the individual meets the substantial presence test even though the days may be disregarded for purposes of determining the individual's residency starting date or residency termination date.

(2) Proration. If an individual's residency starting date does not fall on the first day of the tax year, or the individual's residency termination date does not fall on the last day of the tax year, the individual's income tax liability should be calculated in accordance with § 1.871-13 of this chapter dealing with the taxation of individuals who change residence status during the taxable year.

(3) Residency starting date for certain individuals—(i) In general. If an alien individual (who otherwise does not meet the substantial presence test or the green card test for the current year) is physically present in the United States for at least 31 consecutive days during the current year, and also for a period of continuous presence beginning with the first day of that thirty-one day period (see paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section), then the individual may elect to be treated as a resident during the current year. The individual's residency starting date shall be the first day of that thirty-one day period, if—

(A) The individual was not a resident of the United States under the substantial presence test or the green card test in the year preceding the current year; and

(B) The individual is a resident of the United States in the subsequent year under the substantial presence test (whether or not the individual is also a resident of the United States under the green card test).

(ii) Determination of presence. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section, an individual shall be treated as present in the United States on any day that the individual is physically present in the United States at any time during the day.

(iii) Thirty-one day period. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(3), the term thirty-one day period means any period of 31 consecutive days during which an individual is physically present in the United States during each day of the period.

(iv) Period of continuous presence. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(3), the term continuous presence means a period of presence in the United States that includes 75 percent of the days in the current year beginning with (and including) the first day of the individual's thirty-one day period of presence. Only for purposes of the continuous presence requirement, an individual will be deemed to be present in the United States for up to 5 days on which the individual is absent from the United States. These days will not be deemed to be days of presence for purposes of the thirty-one day period of presence requirement. If an individual is present for more than one thirty-one day period of presence and satisfies the continuous presence requirement with regard to each period, the individual's residency starting date shall be the first day of the first thirty-one day period of presence. If an individual is present for more than one thirty-one day period of presence but satisfies the continuous presence requirement only for a later thirty-one day period, the individual's residency starting date shall be the first day of the later thirty-one day period of presence. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(3), days of presence that are otherwise excluded under section 7701(b)(3)(D)(i) and § 301.7701(b)-3(a)(1) (exempt individual), (a)(2) (medical condition), (a)(3) (in transit between two foreign points), and (a)(4) (regular commuter) shall not be counted as days of presence for purposes of either the thirty-one day period or continuous presence requirement.

(v) Election procedure—(A) Filing requirements. An alien individual shall make an election to be treated as a resident under paragraph (c)(3) of this section by attaching a statement (described in paragraph (c)(3)(v)(C) of this section) to the individual's income tax return (Form 1040) for the taxable year for which the election is to be in effect (the election year). The alien individual may not make this election until such time as he has satisfied the substantial presence test for the year following the election year. If an alien individual has not satisfied the substantial presence test for the year following the election year as of the due date (not including extensions) of the tax return for the election year, the alien individual may request an extension of time for filing the return until a reasonable period after he or she has satisfied such test, provided that the individual pays with his or her extension application the amount of tax he or she expects to owe for the election year computed as if he or she were a nonresident alien throughout the election year. An election made under paragraph (c)(3) of this section may not be revoked without the approval of the Commissioner or his delegate.

(B) Election on behalf of a dependent child. An individual may make an election on behalf of a dependent child (as defined in paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 152(a), without regard to section 152(b)(3)) if the individual is qualified to make an election on his or her own behalf, the child qualifies to make an election under this paragraph (c)(3), and the child is not required by section 6012 to file a United States income tax return for the year for which the election is to be effective.

(C) Statement. The statement required by paragraph (c)(3)(v)(A) of this section shall include the name and address of the alien individual and contain a signed declaration that the election is being made. If the individual is also making an election on behalf of any dependent children, then the statement must include the required information with respect to those children. The statement must specify—

(1) That the alien individual was not a resident in the year immediately preceding the election year;

(2) That the alien individual is a resident under the substantial presence test in the year following the election year;

(3) The individual's number of days of presence in the United States during the year following the election year;

(4) The date or dates of the alien individual's thirty-one day period of presence and period of continuous presence in the United States during the election year; and

(5) The date or dates of absence from the United States during the election year that are deemed to be days of presence.

(vi) Penalty for failure to comply with filing requirements—(A) General rule. If an individual fails to comply with the election procedure of paragraph (c)(3)(v) of this section, the individual must file his or her income tax return for the current year as a nonresident alien.

(B) Exception. The penalty described in paragraph (c)(3)(vi)(A) of this section shall not apply if the individual can show by clear and convincing evidence that he or she took reasonable actions to become aware of the filing requirements and significant affirmative steps to comply with the requirements. An individual who requests an extension of time to file his or her income tax return pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(v) of this section will be considered to have taken significant affirmative steps to comply with the requirement that the individual pay his or her tax determined as if the individual were a nonresident alien if the individual paid with his or her extension application at least 90 percent of the amount of the tax the individual actually owed for the election year computed as if he or she were a nonresident alien throughout the election year.

(d) Examples. The following examples illustrate the operation of this section:

Example 1.

B, a citizen of foreign country X, is an alien who has never before been a United States resident for tax purposes. B comes to the United States on January 6, 1985, to attend a business meeting and returns to country X on January 10, 1985. B is able to establish a closer connection to country X for the period January 6-10. On March 1, 1985, B moves to the United States and resides here until August 20, 1985, when he returns to country X. On December 12, 1985, B comes to the United States for pleasure and stays here until December 16, 1985 when he returns to country X. B is able to establish a closer connection to country X for the period December 12-16. B is not a United States resident for tax purposes during the following year and can establish a closer connection to country X for the remainder of calendar year 1985. B is a resident of the United States under the substantial presence test because B is present in the United States for 183 days (5 days in January plus 173 days for the period March 1-August 20 plus 5 days in December). B's residency starting date is March 1, 1985, and his residency termination date is August 20, 1985.

Example 2.

The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that B remains in the United States until December 17, 1985, and is able to establish a closer connection to country X for the period December 18 through 31. B's residency termination date is December 17, 1985.

Example 3.

C, a citizen of foreign country Y, is an alien who has never before been a United States resident for tax purposes. C comes to the United States for the first time on February 10, 1985, and attends a business conference until February 24, 1985, when she returns to country Y. On April 20, 1985, C enters the United States as a lawful permanent resident. On November 10, 1985, C ceases to be a lawful permanent resident but stays on in the United States until November 20, 1985 when she returns to country Y. On December 8, 1985, C comes to the United States and stays here until December 17, 1985 when she returns to country Y. She can establish a closer connection to country Y for that period. C is not a resident of the United States during the following calendar year and can establish a closer connection to country Y for the remainder of calendar year 1985. C qualifies as a United States resident under both the green card test and the substantial presence test. C's residency starting date under the green card test is April 20, 1985. Under the substantial presence test, C's residency starting date is February 10, 1985, because she is present for more than ten days in February and cannot take advantage of the de minimis presence rule. Therefore, C's residency starting date is February 10, 1985. C's residency termination date under the green card test is November 10, 1985. Her residency termination date under the substantial presence test is November 20, because B can disregard ten days of presence in December. Thus, her residency termination date is November 20, 1985, the later of her residency termination date under the substantial presence test or the green card test.

Example 4.

The facts are the same as in Example 3, except that C is initially present in the United States on business from February 5 to February 9, 1985. C is able to establish a closer connection to country Y for that period. C may take advantage of only ten days of de minimis presence and may exclude days from a continuous period of presence only if she can exclude all the days that occur during that period. Thus, C may choose either of the following periods of residency: residency starting date February 5, 1985, and residency termination date November 20, 1985, or residency starting date April 20, 1985, and residency termination date December 17, 1985.

Example 5.

D, a citizen of foreign country Z, is an alien who has never before been a United States resident for tax purposes. D comes to the United States on November 1, 1985 and is present in the United States on 31 consecutive days (from November 1 through December 1, 1985). D returns to country Z on December 1 and does not come back to the United States until December 17, 1985. He remains in the United States for the rest of the year. During 1986, D is a resident of the United States under the substantial presence test. D may elect to be treated as a resident of the United States for 1985 because he was present in the United States in 1985 for a 31 consecutive day period of presence (November 1 through December 1, 1985) and for at least 75 percent of the days following (and including) the first day of D's 31 consecutive day period of presence (46 total days of presence in the United States/61 days in the period from November 1 through December 31 = 75.4%). If D makes the election to be treated as a resident, his residency starting date will be November 1, 1985.

Example 6.

The facts are the same as in Example 5, except that D is absent from the United States on December 24, 25, 29, 30 and 31. D may make the election to be treated as a resident for 1985 because up to five days of absence will be deemed to be days of presence for purposes of the continuous presence requirement.

Example 7.

F, a citizen of foreign country M, is an alien individual who has never before been a United States resident for tax purposes. F comes to the United States on January 1, 1985 and remains in the United States through January 31, 1985, when she returns to country M. F comes back to the United States on October 1, 1985 and is present in the United States through November 1, 1985. From November 1, 1985 through December 31, 1985, F is present in the United States for 38 days. Although F satisfies two 31 consecutive day periods of presence, (January 1 through January 31 and October 1 through November 1), she satisfies the continuous presence requirement only with regard to the later period of presence (69 total days of presence/92 days in the period from October 1 through December 31 = 75%). Thus, if F makes the election to be treated as a resident, his residency starting date is October 1, 1985.

(e) No lapse—(1) Residency in prior year. An alien individual who was a United States resident during any part of the preceding calendar year and who is a United States resident for any part of the current year will be considered to be taxable as a resident at the beginning of the current year. For purposes of this paragraph (e)(1), it is immaterial whether an individual is considered to be a resident under the substantial presence test or the green card test.

(2) Residency in following year. An alien individual who is a United States resident for any part of the current year and who is also a United States resident for any part of the following year (regardless of whether the individual has a closer connection to a foreign country than the United States during the current year) will be taxable as a resident through the end of the current year. For purposes of this paragraph (e)(2), it is immaterial whether an individual is considered to be a resident under the substantial presence test or the green card test.

(3) Special rule. If an individual meets the green card test for the current year but is not physically present in the United States during the current year, then the individual's residency starting date shall be the first day of the following year.

(4) Example. The following example illustrates the application of this paragraph (e).

Example.

B, an alien individual who is a citizen of foreign country M, comes to the United States for the first time on May 1, 1985, and remains in the United States until November 5, 1985, when he returns to country M. B comes back to the United States on March 5, 1986 as a lawful permanent resident and remains in the United States until September 10, 1986, when he ceases to be a lawful permanent resident and returns to country M. B is not a resident in calendar year 1987. B's United States residency in calendar year 1985 continues through December 31, 1985, because he is a United States resident in the following calendar year. In calendar year 1986, B's United States residency is deemed to begin on January 1, 1986 because B qualified as a resident in the preceding calendar year. Thus, B's residency period in the United States begins on May 1, 1985, and ends on September 10, 1986.

[T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15247, Apr. 27, 1992; 57 FR 28612, June 26, 1992]

§ 301.7701(b)-5 Coordination with section 877.

(a) General rule. An alien individual will be subject to United States income tax in the manner provided by section 877, regardless of whether the individual has a tax avoidance motive, if—

(1) The alien individual is a resident alien of the United States for at least three consecutive calendar years (the initial residency period) beginning after December 31, 1984;

(2) The period of residence for each of the three consecutive calendar years includes at least 183 days;

(3) The alien is once again taxed as a nonresident (including an individual taxed as a nonresident) under § 301.7701(b)-7(a)(1); and

(4) The alien then becomes a resident of the United States before the close of the third calendar year beginning after the individual's residency termination date in the initial residency period.

(b) Tax imposed. The tax provided for under paragraph (a) of this section will be imposed for the intervening period of nonresidency only if the amount of tax would exceed the amount of tax that would be imposed under section 871, relating to the taxation of nonresident aliens.

(c) Example. The following example illustrates the application of this section.

Example.

B, a citizen of foreign country F, enters the United States on April 1, 1985, as a lawful permanent resident. On August 1, 1987, B ceases to be a lawful permanent resident and returns to country F. B meets the initial residency period requirement because he is a resident of the United States for at least 183 days in each of three consecutive years (1985, 1986 and 1987). B returns to the United States on October 5, 1990, as a lawful permanent resident. Because B became a resident of the United States before the close of the third calendar year (1990) beginning after the close of the initial residency period (August 1, 1987), he is subject to tax under section 877(b) for the intervening period of nonresidency, August 2, 1987 through October 4, 1990, if the amount of the tax imposed under section 877 is more than the tax imposed under section 871.

[T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15250, Apr. 27, 1992]

§ 301.7701(b)-6 Taxable year.

(a) In general. An alien individual who has not established a fiscal year as his or her taxable year prior to the period that the individual is subject to United States income tax as a resident or a nonresident shall adopt the calendar year as his or her taxable year. An alien who has established a fiscal year in a foreign country prior to the period that the individual is subject to United States income tax may adopt the calendar year as his or her taxable year for United States income tax purposes without requesting a change in accounting period. An individual will be considered to have established a fiscal year (whether in the United States or a foreign country) if the annual accounting period on which the individual computes his or her income is a fiscal year, the individual keeps his or her books in accordance with that fiscal year, and the requirements of section 441 and § 1.441-1(b) of this chapter are otherwise satisfied. An alien who has established a fiscal year and is a resident alien during the calendar year will be treated as a resident alien with respect to any portion of his or her taxable year (beginning with the individual's residency starting date and ending with the individual's residency termination date) that falls within such calendar year. Once the individual has established either a fiscal or calendar year taxable year for any period for which the individual is subject to United States income tax, the individual may not change that taxable year without the approval of the Secretary. See section 442.

(b) Examples. The following examples illustrate the operation of this section:

Example 1.

B, a citizen and resident of foreign country F, was engaged in a United States business during 1982 and filed a return on a fiscal year basis. B's fiscal year runs from October 1 to September 30. B comes to the United States on March 8, 1985 and remains in the United States until October 10, 1985, when he returns to country F. B maintains a closer connection to and his tax home in Country F for the remainder of calendar year 1985. B, who is not a United States resident at any time in 1986, is a United States resident for the period that begins on March 8, 1985, and ends on October 10, 1985. B has adopted a fiscal year taxable year for purposes of computing his United States income tax liability. For his fiscal year that ends on September 30, 1985, B will be taxed as a United States resident for the period that begins on March 8, 1985 and ends on September 30, 1985. For his fiscal year that ends on September 30, 1986, B will only be taxed as a United States resident for the period that begins on October 1, 1985 and ends on October 10, 1985.

Example 2.

The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that B's 1982 business was a country F business established on a fiscal year basis and at no time prior to 1985 was B subject to United States income tax. B may adopt a calendar year as his taxable year for United States income tax purposes without requesting a change of accounting period. B continues to use a fiscal year as his taxable year. For his fiscal year that ends on September 30, 1985, B will be taxed as a United States resident for the period that begins on March 8, 1985 and ends September 30, 1985. For his fiscal year that ends on September 30, 1986, B will be taxed as a United States resident for the period that begins on October 1, 1985 and ends on October 10, 1985.

Example 3.

The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that B's 1982 business was a country F business established on a fiscal year basis and at no time prior to 1985 was B subject to United States income tax. B may adopt a calendar year as his taxable year for United States income tax purposes without requesting a change of accounting period. B adopts a calendar year as his taxable year for 1985. For his calendar year taxable year ending on December 31, 1985, B will be taxed as a United States resident for the period that begins on March 8, 1985, and ends on October 10, 1985.

[T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15250, Apr. 27, 1992; 57 FR 28612, June 26, 1992, as amended by T.D. 8996, 67 FR 35012, May 17, 2002]

§ 301.7701(b)-7 Coordination with income tax treaties.

(a) Consistency requirement—(1) Application. The application of this section shall be limited to an alien individual who is a dual resident taxpayer pursuant to a provision of a treaty that provides for resolution of conflicting claims of residence by the United States and its treaty partner. A “dual resident taxpayer” is an individual who is considered a resident of the United States pursuant to the internal laws of the United States and also a resident of a treaty country pursuant to the treaty partner's internal laws. If the alien individual determines that he or she is a resident of the foreign country for treaty purposes, and the alien individual claims a treaty benefit (as a nonresident of the United States) so as to reduce the individual's United States income tax liability with respect to any item of income covered by an applicable tax convention during a taxable year in which the individual was considered a dual resident taxpayer, then that individual shall be treated as a nonresident alien of the United States for purposes of computing that individual's United States income tax liability under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations thereunder (including the withholding provisions of section 1441 and the regulations under that section in cases in which the dual resident taxpayer is the recipient of income subject to withholding) with respect to that portion of the taxable year the individual was considered a dual resident taxpayer.

(2) Computation of tax liability. If an alien individual is a dual resident taxpayer, then the rules on residency provided in the convention shall apply for purposes of determining the individual's residence for all purposes of that treaty.

(3) Other Code purposes. Generally, for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code other than the computation of the individual's United States income tax liability, the individual shall be treated as a United States resident. Therefore, for example, the individual shall be treated as a United States resident for purposes of determining whether a foreign corporation is a controlled foreign corporation under section 957 or whether a foreign corporation is a foreign personal holding company under section 552. In addition, the application of paragraph (a)(2) of this section does not affect the determination of the individual's residency time periods under § 301.7701(b)-4.

(4) Special rules for S corporations. [Reserved]

(b) Filing requirements. An alien individual described in paragraph (a) of this section who determines his or her U.S. tax liability as if he or she were a nonresident alien shall make a return on Form 1040NR on or before the date prescribed by law (including extensions) for making an income tax return as a nonresident. The individual shall prepare a return and compute his or her tax liability as a nonresident alien. The individual shall attach a statement (in the form required in paragraph (c) of this section) to the Form 1040NR. The Form 1040NR and the attached statement, shall be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center, Philadelphia, PA 19255. The filing of a Form 1040NR by an individual described in paragraph (a) of this section may affect the determination by the Immigration and Naturalization Service as to whether the individual qualifies to maintain a residency permit.

(c) Contents of statement—(1) In general—(i) Returns due after December 15, 1997. The statement filed by an individual described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, for a return relating to a taxable year for which the due date (without extensions) is after December 15, 1997, must be in the form of a fully completed Form 8833 (Treaty-Based Return Position Disclosure Under Section 6114 or 7701(b)) or appropriate successor form. See section 6114 and § 301.6114-1 for rules relating to other treaty-based return positions taken by the same taxpayer.

(ii) Earlier returns. For returns relating to taxable years for which the due date for filing returns (without extensions) is on or before December 15, 1997, the statement filed by the individual described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must contain the information in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section in effect prior to December 15, 1997 (see § 301.7701(b)-7(c)(1) as contained in 26 CFR part 301, revised April 1, 1997).

(2) Controlled foreign corporation shareholders. If the taxpayer who claims a treaty benefit as a nonresident of the United States is a United States shareholder in a controlled foreign corporation (CFC), as defined in section 957 or section 953(c), and there are no other United States shareholders in that CFC, then for purposes of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the approximate amount of subpart F income (as defined in section 952) that would have been included in the taxpayer's income may be determined based on the audited foreign financial statements of the CFC.

(3) S corporation shareholders. [Reserved]

(d) Relationship to section 6114(a) treaty-based return positions. The statement required by paragraph (b) of this section will be considered disclosure for purposes of section 6114 and § 301.6114-1(a), but only if the statement is in the form required by paragraph (c) of this section. If the taxpayer fails to file the statement required by paragraph (b) of this section on or before the date prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section, the taxpayer will be subject to the penalties imposed by section 6712. See section 6712 and § 301.6712-1.

(e) Examples. The following examples illustrate the application of this section:

Example 1.

B, an alien individual, is a resident of foreign country X, under X's internal law. Country X is a party to an income tax convention with the United States. B is also a resident of the United States under the Internal Revenue Code. B is considered to be a resident of country X under the convention. The convention does not specifically deal with characterization of foreign corporations as controlled foreign corporations or the taxability of United States shareholders on inclusions of subpart F income, but it provides, in an “Other Income” article similar to Article 21 of the 1981 draft of the United States Model Income Tax Convention (U.S. Model), that items of income of a resident of country X that are not specifically dealt with in the convention shall be taxable only in country X. B owns 80% of the one class of stock of foreign corporation R. The remaining 20% is owned by C, a United States citizen who is unrelated to B. In 1985, corporation R's only income is interest that is foreign personal holding company income under § 1.954A-2 of this chapter. Because the United States-X income tax convention does not deal with characterization of foreign corporations as controlled foreign corporations, United States internal income tax law applies. Therefore, B and C are United States shareholders within the meaning of § 1.951-1(g) of this chapter, corporation R is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of § 1.957-1 of this chapter, and corporation R's income is included in C's income as subpart F income under § 1.951-1 of this chapter. B may avoid current taxation on his share of the subpart F inclusion by filing as a nonresident (i.e., by following the procedure in § 301.7701(b)-7(b)).

Example 2.

The facts are the same as in Example 1, except that B also earns United States source dividend income. The United States-X income tax convention provides that the rate of United States tax on United States source dividends paid to residents of country X shall not exceed 15 percent of the gross amount of the dividends. B's United States tax liability with respect to the dividends would be smaller if he were treated as a resident alien, subject to tax on a net basis (i.e., after the allowance of deductions) than if he were treated as a nonresident alien. If, however, B chooses to file as a nonresident in order to claim treaty benefits with respect to his share of R's subpart F income, his overall United States tax liability, including the portion attributable to the dividends, must be determined as if he were a nonresident alien.

Example 3.

C, a married alien individual with three children, is a resident of foreign country Y, under Y's internal law. Country Y is a party to an income tax convention with the United States. C is also a resident of the United States under the Internal Revenue Code. C is considered to be a resident of country Y under the convention. The convention specifically covers, among other items of income, personal services income, dividends and interest. C is sent by her country Y employer to work in the United States from January 1, 1985 until December 31, 1985. During 1985, C also earns United States source dividends and interest and incurs mortgage interest expenses on her personal residence. The United States-Y treaty provides that remuneration for personal services performed in the United States by a country Y resident is exempt from United States tax if, among other things, the individual performing such services is present in the United States for a period that is not in excess of 183 days. The treaty provides that the rate of United States tax on United States source dividends paid to residents of Y shall not exceed 15 percent of the gross amount of the dividends and it exempts residents of Y from United States tax on United States source interest. In filing her 1985 tax return, C may choose to file either as a resident alien without claiming any treaty benefits or as a nonresident alien if she desires to claim any treaty benefit. C files as a nonresident (i.e. by following the procedure described in § 301.7701(b)-7(b)). Because C does not satisfy the requirements of the United States-Y treaty with regard to exempting personal services income from United States tax, C will be taxed on her personal services income at graduated rates under section 1 of the Code pursuant to section 871(b) of the Code. She will not be entitled to deduct her mortgage interest expenses or to claim more than one personal exemption because she is taxed as a nonresident alien under the Code by virtue of her decision to claim treaty benefits, and section 873 of the Code denies nonresidents the deduction for personal residence mortgage interest expense and generally limits them to only one personal exemption. C will be subject to a tax of 15 percent of the gross amount of her dividend income under section 871(a) of the Code as modified by the treaty, and she will be exempt from tax on her interest income. C is not entitled to file a joint return with her spouse even if he is a resident alien under the Code for 1985.

Example 4.

The facts are the same as in Example 3, except that C does not choose to claim treaty benefits with respect to any items of income covered by the treaty (i.e., she files as a resident). Therefore, she is taxed as a resident under the Code and pays tax at graduated rates on her personal services income, dividends, and interest. In addition, she is entitled to deduct her mortgage interest expenses and to take personal exemptions for her spouse and three children. C will be entitled to file a joint return with her spouse if he is a resident alien for 1985 or, if he is a nonresident alien, C and her spouse may elect to file a joint return pursuant to section 6013.

[T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15251, Apr. 27, 1992; 57 FR 28612, June 26, 1992, as amended by T.D. 8733, 62 FR 53387, Oct. 14, 1997]

§ 301.7701(b)-8 Procedural rules.

(a) Who must file—(1) Closer connection exception. An alien individual who otherwise meets the substantial presence test must file a statement to explain the basis of the individual's claim that he or she is able to satisfy the closer connection exception described in § 301.7701(b)-2.

(2) Exempt individuals and individuals with a medical condition. An alien individual must file a statement to explain the basis of the individual's claim that he or she is able to exclude days of presence in the United States because the individual—

(i) Is an exempt individual as described in § 301.7701(b)-3(b)(3) (teacher/trainee) or (b)(4) (student);

(ii) Is an exempt individual described in § 301.7701 (b)-3(b)(5) (professional athlete); or

(iii) Has a medical condition or problem as described in § 301.7701(b)-3(c).

(3) De minimis presence and residency starting and termination dates. A statement must be filed by an individual who is seeking to establish—

(i) That a period of de minimis presence of ten or fewer days should be disregarded for purposes of the individual's residency starting or termination date; or

(ii) A residency termination date.

(b) Contents of statement—(1) Closer connection exception—(i) Returns due after December 15, 1997. The statement filed by an individual described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, for a return relating to a taxable year for which the due date (without extensions) is after December 15, 1997, must be in the form of a fully completed Form 8840 (Closer Connection Exception Statement) or appropriate successor form.

(ii) Earlier returns. For returns relating to taxable years for which the due date for filing returns (without extensions) is on or before December 15, 1997, the statement filed by the individual described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must contain the information in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section in effect prior to December 15, 1997 (see § 301.7701(b)-8(b)(1) as contained in 26 CFR part 301, revised April 1, 1997).

(2) Exempt individuals and individuals with a medical condition—(i) Returns due after December 15, 1997. The statement filed by an individual described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, for a return relating to a taxable year for which the due date (without extensions) is after December 15, 1997, must be in the form of a fully completed Form 8843 (Statement for Exempt Individuals and Individuals with a Medical Condition) or appropriate successor form.

(ii) Earlier returns. For returns relating to taxable years for which the due date for filing returns (without extensions) is on or before December 15, 1997, the statement filed by the individual described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section must contain the information in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section in effect prior to December 15, 1997 (see § 301.7701(b)-8(b)(2) as contained in 26 CFR part 301, revised April 1, 1997).

(3) De minimis presence and residency starting and termination dates. The statement filed by an individual described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section shall be dated, signed by the individual seeking to exclude de minimis presence for purposes of the individual's residency starting or termination date or to establish a residency termination date, and verified by a declaration that the statement is made under the penalty of perjury. The statement shall contain the information described in paragraphs (b)(1) (i), (ii) and (iii) of this section and the following information (as applicable)—

(i) The first day that the individual was present in the United States during the current year;

(ii) The last day that the individual was present in the United States during the current year;

(iii) Dates of de minimis presence that the individual is seeking to exclude from his or her residency starting or termination dates;

(iv) Sufficient facts to establish that the individual has maintained his or her tax home in and a closer connection to a foreign country during a period of de minimis presence;

(v) Sufficient facts to establish that the individual has maintained his or her tax home in and a closer connection to a foreign country following the individual's last day of presence in the United States during the current year or following the abandonment or rescission of the individual's status as a lawful permanent resident during the current year;

(vi) Date that the individual's status as a lawful permanent resident was abandoned or rescinded; and

(vii) Sufficient facts (including copies of relevant documents) to establish that the individual's status as lawful permanent resident has been abandoned or rescinded.

(c) How to file. Individuals described in paragraph (a) of this section who are required to make a return on Form 1040 or 1040NR pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of § 1.6012-1 of this chapter must attach the statement described in paragraph (b) of this section to their return for the taxable year for which the statement is relevant. An individual who is not required to file either Form 1040 or l040NR must file the statement with the Internal Revenue Service Center, Philadelphia, PA 19255 on or before the date prescribed by law (including extensions) for making an income tax return as a nonresident for the calendar year for which the statement applies. The statement may be signed and filed for the taxpayer by the taxpayer's agent in accordance with § 1.6061-1 of this chapter.

(d) Penalty for failure to file statement—(1) General rule. If an individual is required to file a statement pursuant to paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2)(ii), (a)(2)(iii) or (a)(3) of this section and fails to file such statement on or before the date prescribed by paragraph (c) of this section, the individual will not be eligible for the closer connection exception described in § 301.7701(b)-2 and will be required to include all days of presence in the United States (calculated without the benefit of §§ 301.7701(b)-3(b)(5), 301.7701(b)-3(c), and 301.7701(b)-4(c)(1)) for purposes of the substantial presence test and for determining the individual's residency starting and termination dates. If an individual is considered to be a resident because of this paragraph and the individual is also a resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax convention pursuant to that convention, the individual shall be treated in the manner provided in § 301.7701(b)-7 (a) (relating to the treatment of individuals who are dual residents).

(2) Exception. The penalty described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall not apply if the individual can show by clear and convincing evidence that he or she took reasonable actions to become aware of the filing requirements and significant affirmative steps to comply with those requirements.

(e) Filing requirement disregarded. Notwithstanding paragraph (d) of this section, the Secretary or his or her delegate may in their sole discretion, when it is in the best interest of the government to do so and based on all of the facts and circumstances, disregard the individual's failure to file timely the statement described in paragraph (a) of this section in determining the individual's days of presence in the United States.

[T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15252, Apr. 27, 1992; 57 FR 28612, June 26, 1992; 57 FR 37190, Aug. 18, 1992, as amended by T.D. 8733, 62 FR 53387, Oct. 14, 1997]

§ 301.7701(b)-9 Effective/applicability dates of §§ 301.7701(b)-1 through 301.7701(b)-7.

(a) In general. Except as indicated in paragraph (b) of this section, §§ 301.7701(b)-1 through 301.7701(b)-7 apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1984. For the rules applicable to earlier taxable years, see §§ 1.871-2 through 1.871-5 of this chapter.

(b) Special rules—(1) Green card test-residency starting date. If an alien was a lawful permanent resident throughout 1984 (regardless of whether the individual was physically present in the United States), or was physically present in the United States at any time during 1984 while a lawful permanent resident, the individual will be considered to have been a resident of the United States during 1984 for purposes of applying the provisions of section 7701(b)(2)(A) and § 301.7701(b)-4 such that the individual will, if he meets the substantial presence or green card test in 1985, be considered a resident of the United States as of January 1, 1985, regardless of when the individual was first present in the United States in 1985.

(2) Substantial presence test-years included. For purposes of applying the substantial presence test for calendar years 1985 and 1986, days of presence in 1984 will only be counted for aliens who had been residents under prior law (§§ 1.871-2 through 1.871-5 of this chapter) at the end of calendar year 1984. Days of presence in 1983 will only be counted for aliens who had been residents under prior law at the end of both calendar year 1983 and 1984.

(3) Professional athletes. For purposes of applying the substantial presence test, only days of presence in the United States after October 22, 1986, shall be excluded for individuals described in § 301.7701(b)-3(b)(5) (professional athletes).

(4) Procedural rules and filing requirements. The procedural rules and filing requirements described in §§ 301.7701(b)-7(b) and 301.7701(b)-8 shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1991.

(5) Possessions and territories. For purposes of applying section 7701(b) and the regulations under that section, § 301.7701(b)-1(d) applies to taxable years ending after April 9, 2008.

[T.D. 8411, 57 FR 15253, Apr. 27, 1992, as amended by T.D. 9391, 73 FR 19377, Apr. 9, 2008]

§ 301.7701(i)-0 Outline of taxable mortgage pool provisions.

This section lists the major paragraphs contained in §§ 301.7701(i)-1 through 301.7701(i)-4.

§ 301.7701(i)-1 Definition of a taxable mortgage pool.

(a) Purpose.

(b) In general.

(c) Asset composition tests.

(1) Determination of amount of assets.

(2) Substantially all.

(i) In general.

(ii) Safe harbor.

(3) Equity interests in pass-through arrangements.

(4) Treatment of certain credit enhancement contracts.

(i) In general.

(ii) Credit enhancement contract defined.

(5) Certain assets not treated as debt obligations.

(i) In general.

(ii) Safe harbor.

(A) In general.

(B) Payments with respect to a mortgage defined.

(C) Entity treated as not anticipating payments.

(d) Real estate mortgages or interests therein defined.

(1) In general.

(2) Interests in real property and real property defined.

(i) In general.

(ii) Manufactured housing.

(3) Principally secured by an interest in real property.

(i) Tests for determining whether an obligation is principally secured.

(A) The 80 percent test.

(B) Alternative test.

(ii) Obligations secured by real estate mortgages (or interests therein), or by combinations of real estate mortgages (or interests therein) and other assets.

(A) In general.

(B) Example.

(e) Two or more maturities.

(1) In general.

(2) Obligations that are allocated credit risk unequally.

(3) Examples.

(f) Relationship test.

(1) In general.

(2) Payments on asset obligations defined.

(3) Safe harbor for entities formed to liquidate assets.

(g) Anti-avoidance rules.

(1) In general.

(2) Certain investment trusts.

(3) Examples.

§ 301.7701(i)-2 Special rules for portions of entities.

(a) Portion defined.

(b) Certain assets and rights to assets disregarded.

(1) Credit enhancement assets.

(2) Assets unlikely to service obligations.

(3) Recourse.

(c) Portion as obligor.

(1) In general.

(2) Example.

§ 301.7701(i)-3 Effective dates and duration of taxable mortgage pool classification.

(a) Effective dates.

(b) Entities in existence on December 31, 1991.

(1) In general.

(2) Special rule for certain transfers.

(3) Related debt obligation.

(4) Example.

(c) Duration of taxable mortgage pool classification.

(1) Commencement and duration.

(2) Testing day defined.

§ 301.7701(i)-4 Special rules for certain entities.

(a) States and municipalities.

(1) In general.

(2) Governmental purpose.

(3) Determinations by the Commissioner.

(b) REITs. [Reserved]

(c) Subchapter S corporations.

(1) In general.

(2) Portion of an S corporation treated as a separate corporation.

[T.D. 8610, 60 FR 40088, Aug. 7, 1995]

§ 301.7701(i)-1 Definition of a taxable mortgage pool.

(a) Purpose. This section provides rules for applying section 7701(i), which defines taxable mortgage pools. The purpose of section 7701(i) is to prevent income generated by a pool of real estate mortgages from escaping Federal income taxation when the pool is used to issue multiple class mortgage-backed securities. The regulations in this section and in §§ 301.7701(i)-2 through 301.7701(i)-4 are to be applied in accordance with this purpose. The taxable mortgage pool provisions apply to entities or portions of entities that qualify for REMIC status but do not elect to be taxed as REMICs as well as to certain entities or portions of entities that do not qualify for REMIC status.

(b) In general. (1) A taxable mortgage pool is any entity or portion of an entity (as defined in § 301.7701(i)-2) that satisfies the requirements of section 7701(i)(2)(A) and this section as of any testing day (as defined in § 301.7701(i)-3(c)(2)). An entity or portion of an entity satisfies the requirements of section 7701(i)(2)(A) and this section if substantially all of its assets are debt obligations, more than 50 percent of those debt obligations are real estate mortgages, the entity is the obligor under debt obligations with two or more maturities, and payments on the debt obligations under which the entity is obligor bear a relationship to payments on the debt obligations that the entity holds as assets.

(2) Paragraph (c) of this section provides the tests for determining whether substantially all of an entity's assets are debt obligations and for determining whether more than 50 percent of its debt obligations are real estate mortgages. Paragraph (d) of this section defines real estate mortgages for purposes of the 50 percent test. Paragraph (e) of this section defines two or more maturities and paragraph (f) of this section provides rules for determining whether debt obligations bear a relationship to the assets held by an entity. Paragraph (g) of this section provides anti-avoidance rules. Section 301.7701(i)-2 provides rules for applying section 7701(i) to portions of entities and § 301.7701(i)-3 provides effective dates. Section 301.7701(i)-4 provides special rules for certain entities. For purposes of the regulations under section 7701(i), the term entity includes a portion of an entity (within the meaning of section 7701(i)(2)(B)), unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

(c) Asset composition tests—(1) Determination of amount of assets. An entity must use the Federal income tax basis of an asset for purposes of determining whether substantially all of its assets consist of debt obligations (or interests therein) and whether more than 50 percent of those debt obligations (or interests) consist of real estate mortgages (or interests therein). For purposes of this paragraph, an entity determines the basis of an asset with the assumption that the entity is not a taxable mortgage pool.

(2) Substantially all—(i) In general. Whether substantially all of the assets of an entity consist of debt obligations (or interests therein) is based on all the facts and circumstances.

(ii) Safe harbor. Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, if less than 80 percent of the assets of an entity consist of debt obligations (or interests therein), then less than substantially all of the assets of the entity consist of debt obligations (or interests therein).

(3) Equity interests in pass-through arrangements. The equity interest of an entity in a partnership, S corporation, trust, REIT, or other pass-through arrangement is deemed to have the same composition as the entity's share of the assets of the pass-through arrangement. For example, if an entity's stock interest in a REIT has an adjusted basis of $20,000, and the assets of the REIT consist of equal portions of real estate mortgages and other real estate assets, then the entity is treated as holding $10,000 of real estate mortgages and $10,000 of other real estate assets.

(4) Treatment of certain credit enhancement contracts—(i) In general. A credit enhancement contract (as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section) is not treated as a separate asset of an entity for purposes of the asset composition tests set forth in section 7701(i)(2)(A)(i), but instead is treated as part of the asset to which it relates. Furthermore, any collateral supporting a credit enhancement contract is not treated as an asset of an entity solely because it supports the guarantee represented by that contract.

(ii) Credit enhancement contract defined. For purposes of this section, a credit enhancement contract is any arrangement whereby a person agrees to guarantee full or partial payment of the principal or interest payable on a debt obligation (or interest therein) or on a pool of such obligations (or interests), or full or partial payment on one or more classes of debt obligations under which an entity is the obligor, in the event of defaults or delinquencies on debt obligations, unanticipated losses or expenses incurred by the entity, or lower than expected returns on investments. Types of credit enhancement contracts may include, but are not limited to, pool insurance contracts, certificate guarantee insurance contracts, letters of credit, guarantees, or agreements whereby an entity, a mortgage servicer, or other third party agrees to make advances (regardless of whether, under the terms of the agreement, the payor is obligated, or merely permitted, to make those advances). An agreement by a debt servicer to advance to an entity out of its own funds an amount to make up for delinquent payments on debt obligations is a credit enhancement contract. An agreement by a debt servicer to pay taxes and hazard insurance premiums on property securing a debt obligation, or other expenses incurred to protect an entity's security interests in the collateral in the event that the debtor fails to pay such taxes, insurance premiums, or other expenses, is a credit enhancement contract.

(5) Certain assets not treated as debt obligations—(i) In general. For purposes of section 7701(i)(2)(A), real estate mortgages that are seriously impaired are not treated as debt obligations. Whether a mortgage is seriously impaired is based on all the facts and circumstances including, but not limited to: the number of days delinquent, the loan-to-value ratio, the debt service coverage (based upon the operating income from the property), and the debtor's financial position and stake in the property. However, except as provided in paragraph (c)(5)(ii) of this section, no single factor in and of itself is determinative of whether a loan is seriously impaired.

(ii) Safe harbor—(A) In general. Unless an entity is receiving or anticipates receiving payments with respect to a mortgage, a single family residential real estate mortgage is seriously impaired if payments on the mortgage are more than 89 days delinquent, and a multi-family residential or commercial real estate mortgage is seriously impaired if payments on the mortgage are more than 59 days delinquent. Whether an entity anticipates receiving payments with respect to a mortgage is based on all the facts and circumstances.

(B) Payments with respect to a mortgage defined. For purposes of paragraph (c)(5)(ii)(A) of this section, payments with respect to a mortgage mean any payments on the mortgage as defined in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section if those payments are substantial and relatively certain as to amount and any payments on the mortgage as defined in paragraph (f)(2) (ii) or (iii) of this section.

(C) Entity treated as not anticipating payments. With respect to any testing day (as defined in § 301.7701(i)-3(c)(2)), an entity is treated as not having anticipated receiving payments on the mortgage as defined in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section if 180 days after the testing day, and despite making reasonable efforts to resolve the mortgage, the entity is not receiving such payments and has not entered into any agreement to receive such payments.

(d) Real estate mortgages or interests therein defined—(1) In general. For purposes of section 7701(i)(2)(A)(i), the term real estate mortgages (or interests therein) includes all—

(i) Obligations (including participations or certificates of beneficial ownership therein) that are principally secured by an interest in real property (as defined in paragraph (d)(3) of this section);

(ii) Regular and residual interests in a REMIC; and

(iii) Stripped bonds and stripped coupons (as defined in section 1286(e) (2) and (3)) if the bonds (as defined in section 1286(e)(1)) from which such stripped bonds or stripped coupons arose would have qualified as real estate mortgages or interests therein.

(2) Interests in real property and real property defined—(i) In general. The definition of interests in real property set forth in § 1.856-3(c) of this chapter and the definition of real property set forth in § 1.856-3(d) of this chapter apply to define those terms for purposes of paragraph (d) of this section.

(ii) Manufactured housing. For purposes of this section, the definition of real property includes manufactured housing, provided the properties qualify as single family residences under section 25(e)(10) and without regard to the treatment of the properties under state law.

(3) Principally secured by an interest in real property—(i) Tests for determining whether an obligation is principally secured. For purposes of paragraph (d)(1) of this section, an obligation is principally secured by an interest in real property only if it satisfies either the test set out in paragraph (d)(3)(i)(A) of this section or the test set out in paragraph (d)(3)(i)(B) of this section.

(A) The 80 percent test. An obligation is principally secured by an interest in real property if the fair market value of the interest in real property (as defined in paragraph (d)(2) of this section) securing the obligation was at least equal to 80 percent of the adjusted issue price of the obligation at the time the obligation was originated (that is, the issue date). For purposes of this test, the fair market value of the real property interest is first reduced by the amount of any lien on the real property interest that is senior to the obligation being tested, and is reduced further by a proportionate amount of any lien that is in parity with the obligation being tested.

(B) Alternative test. An obligation is principally secured by an interest in real property if substantially all of the proceeds of the obligation were used to acquire, improve, or protect an interest in real property that, at the origination date, is the only security for the obligation. For purposes of this test, loan guarantees made by Federal, state, local governments or agencies, or other third party credit enhancement, are not viewed as additional security for a loan. An obligation is not considered to be secured by property other than real property solely because the obligor is personally liable on the obligation.

(ii) Obligations secured by real estate mortgages (or interests therein), or by combinations of real estate mortgages (or interests therein) and other assets—(A) In general. An obligation secured only by real estate mortgages (or interests therein), as defined in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, is treated as an obligation secured by an interest in real property to the extent of the value of the real estate mortgages (or interests therein). An obligation secured by both real estate mortgages (or interests therein) and other assets is treated as an obligation secured by an interest in real property to the extent of both the value of the real estate mortgages (or interests therein) and the value of so much of the other assets that constitute real property. Thus, under this paragraph, a collateralized mortgage obligation may be an obligation principally secured by an interest in real property. This section is applicable only to obligations issued after December 31, 1991.

(B) Example. The following example illustrates the principles of this paragraph (d)(3)(ii):

Example.

At the time it is originated, an obligation has an adjusted issue price of $300,000 and is secured by a $70,000 loan principally secured by an interest in a single family home, a fifty percent co-ownership interest in a $400,000 parcel of land, and $80,000 of stock. Under paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, the obligation is treated as secured by interests in real property and under paragraph (d)(3)(i)(A) of this section, the obligation is treated as principally secured by interests in real property.

(e) Two or more maturities—(1) In general. For purposes of section 7701(i)(2)(A)(ii), debt obligations have two or more maturities if they have different stated maturities or if the holders of the obligations possess different rights concerning the acceleration of or delay in the maturities of the obligations.

(2) Obligations that are allocated credit risk unequally. Debt obligations that are allocated credit risk unequally do not have, by that reason alone, two or more maturities. Credit risk is the risk that payments of principal or interest will be reduced or delayed because of a default on an asset that supports the debt obligations.

(3) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of this paragraph (e):

Example 1.

(i) Corporation M transfers a pool of real estate mortgages to a trustee in exchange for Class A bonds and a certificate representing the residual beneficial ownership of the pool. All Class A bonds have a stated maturity of March 1, 2002, but if cash flows from the real estate mortgages and investments are sufficient, the trustee may select one or more bonds at random and redeem them earlier.

(ii) The Class A bonds do not have different maturities. Each outstanding Class A bond has an equal chance of being redeemed because the selection process is random. The holders of the Class A bonds, therefore, have identical rights concerning the maturities of their obligations.

Example 2.

(i) Corporation N transfers a pool of real estate mortgages to a trustee in exchange for Class C bonds, Class D bonds, and a certificate representing the residual beneficial ownership of the pool. The Class D bonds are subordinate to the Class C bonds so that cash flow shortfalls due to defaults or delinquencies on the real estate mortgages are borne first by the Class D bond holders. The terms of the bonds are otherwise identical in all relevant aspects except that the Class D bonds carry a higher coupon rate because of the subordination feature.

(ii) The Class C bonds and the Class D bonds share credit risk unequally because of the subordination feature. However, neither this difference, nor the difference in interest rates, causes the bonds to have different maturities. The result is the same if, in addition to the other terms described in paragraph (i) of this Example 2, the Class C bonds are accelerated as a result of the issuer becoming unable to make payments on the Class C bonds as they become due.

(f) Relationship test—(1) In general. For purposes of section 7701(i)(2)(A)(iii), payments on debt obligations under which an entity is the obligor (liability obligations) bear a relationship to payments (as defined in paragraph (f)(2) of this section) on debt obligations an entity holds as assets (asset obligations) if under the terms of the liability obligations (or underlying arrangement) the timing and amount of payments on the liability obligations are in large part determined by the timing and amount of payments or projected payments on the asset obligations. For purposes of the relationship test, any payment arrangement, including a swap or other hedge, that achieves a substantially similar result is treated as satisfying the test. For example, any arrangement where the timing and amount of payments on liability obligations are determined by reference to a group of assets (or an index or other type of model) that has an expected payment experience similar to that of the asset obligations is treated as satisfying the relationship test.

(2) Payments on asset obligations defined. For purposes of section 7701(i)(2)(A)(iii) and this section, payments on asset obligations include—

(i) A payment of principal or interest on an asset obligation, including a prepayment of principal, a payment under a credit enhancement contract (as defined in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section) and a payment from a settlement at a discount (other than a substantial discount);

(ii) A payment from a settlement at a substantial discount, but only if the settlement is arranged, whether in writing or otherwise, prior to the issuance of the liability obligations; and

(iii) A payment from the foreclosure on or sale of an asset obligation, but only if the foreclosure or sale is arranged, whether in writing or otherwise, prior to the issuance of the liability obligations.

(3) Safe harbor for entities formed to liquidate assets. Payments on liability obligations of an entity do not bear a relationship to payments on asset obligations of the entity if—

(i) The entity's organizational documents manifest clearly that the entity is formed for the primary purpose of liquidating its assets and distributing proceeds of liquidation;

(ii) The entity's activities are all reasonably necessary to and consistent with the accomplishment of liquidating assets;

(iii) The entity plans to satisfy at least 50 percent of the total issue price of each of its liability obligations having a different maturity with proceeds from liquidation and not with scheduled payments on its asset obligations; and

(iv) The terms of the entity's liability obligations (or underlying arrangement) provide that within three years of the time it first acquires assets to be liquidated the entity either—

(A) Liquidates; or

(B) Begins to pass through without delay all payments it receives on its asset obligations (less reasonable allowances for expenses) as principal payments on its liability obligations in proportion to the adjusted issue prices of the liability obligations.

(g) Anti-avoidance rules—(1) In general. For purposes of determining whether an entity meets the definition of a taxable mortgage pool, the Commissioner can disregard or make other adjustments to a transaction (or series of transactions) if the transaction (or series) is entered into with a view to achieving the same economic effect as that of an arrangement subject to section 7701(i) while avoiding the application of that section. The Commissioner's authority includes treating equity interests issued by a non-REMIC as debt if the entity issues equity interests that correspond to maturity classes of debt.

(2) Certain investment trusts. Notwithstanding paragraph (g)(1) of this section, an ownership interest in an entity that is classified as a trust under § 301.7701-4(c) will not be treated as a debt obligation of the trust.

(3) Examples. The following examples illustrate the principles of this paragraph (g):

Example 1.

(i) Partnership P, in addition to its other investments, owns $10,000,000 of mortgage pass-through certificates guaranteed by FNMA (FNMA Certificates). On May 15, 1997, Partnership P transfers the FNMA Certificates to Trust 1 in exchange for 100 Class A bonds and Certificate 1. The Class A bonds, under which Trust 1 is the obligor, have a stated principal amount of $5,000,000 and bear a relationship to the FNMA Certificates (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-1(f)). Certificate 1 represents the residual beneficial ownership of the FNMA Certificates.

(ii) On July 5, 1997, with a view to avoiding the application of section 7701(i), Partnership P transfers Certificate 1 to Trust 2 in exchange for 100 Class B bonds and Certificate 2. The Class B bonds, under which Trust 2 is the obligor, have a stated principal amount of $5,000,000, bear a relationship to the FNMA Certificates (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-1(f)), and have a different maturity than the Class A bonds (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-1(e)). Certificate 2 represents the residual beneficial ownership of Certificate 1.

(iii) For purposes of determining whether Trust 1 is classified as a taxable mortgage pool, the Commissioner can disregard the separate existence of Trust 2 and treat Trust 1 and Trust 2 as a single trust.

Example 2.

(i) Corporation Q files a consolidated return with its two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Corporation R and Corporation S. Corporation R is in the business of building and selling single family homes. Corporation S is in the business of financing sales of those homes.

(ii) On August 10, 1998, Corporation S transfers a pool of its real estate mortgages to Trust 3, taking back Certificate 3 which represents beneficial ownership of the pool. On September 25, 1998, with a view to avoiding the application of section 7701(i), Corporation R issues bonds that have different maturities (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-1(e)) and that bear a relationship (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-1(f)) to the real estate mortgages in Trust 3. The holders of the bonds have an interest in a credit enhancement contract that is written by Corporation S and collateralized with Certificate 3.

(iii) For purposes of determining whether Trust 3 is classified as a taxable mortgage pool, the Commissioner can treat Trust 3 as the obligor of the bonds issued by Corporation R.

Example 3.

(i) Corporation X, in addition to its other assets, owns $110,000,000 in Treasury securities. From time to time, Corporation X acquires pools of real estate mortgages, which it immediately uses to issue multiple-class debt obligations.

(ii) On October 1, 1996, Corporation X transfers $20,000,000 in Treasury securities to Trust 4 in exchange for Class C bonds, Class D bonds, Class E bonds, and Certificate 4. Trust 4 is the obligor of the bonds. The different classes of bonds have the same stated maturity date, but if cash flows from the Trust 4 assets exceed the amounts needed to make interest payments, the trustee uses the excess to retire the classes of bonds in alphabetical order. Certificate 4 represents the residual beneficial ownership of the Treasury securities.

(iii) With a view to avoiding the application of section 7701(i), Corporation X reserves the right to replace any Trust 4 asset with real estate mortgages or guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates. In the event the right is exercised, cash flows on the real estate mortgages and guaranteed pass-through certificates will be used in the same manner as cash flows on the Treasury securities. Corporation X exercises this right of replacement on February 1, 1997.

(iv) For purposes of determining whether Trust 4 is classified as a taxable mortgage pool, the Commissioner can treat February 1, 1997, as a testing day (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-3(c)(2)). The result is the same if Corporation X has an obligation, rather than a right, to replace the Trust 4 assets with real estate mortgages and guaranteed pass-through certificates.

Example 4.

(i) Corporation Y, in addition to its other assets, owns $1,900,000 in obligations secured by personal property. On November 1, 1995, Corporation Y begins negotiating a $2,000,000 loan to individual A. As security for the loan, A offers a first deed of trust on land worth $1,700,000.

(ii) With a view to avoiding the application of section 7701(i), Corporation Y induces A to place the land in a partnership in which A will have a 95 percent interest and agrees to accept the partnership interest as security for the $2,000,000 loan. Thereafter, the loan to A, together with the $1,900,000 in obligations secured by personal property, are transferred to Trust 5 and used to issue bonds that have different maturities (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-1(e)) and that bear a relationship (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-1(f)) to the $1,900,000 in obligations secured by personal property and the loan to A.

(iii) For purposes of determining whether Trust 5 is a taxable mortgage pool, the Commissioner can treat the loan to A as an obligation secured by an interest in real property rather than as an obligation secured by an interest in a partnership.

Example 5.

(i) Corporation Z, in addition to its other assets, owns $3,000,000 in notes secured by interests in retail shopping centers. Partnership L, in addition to its other assets, owns $20,000,000 in notes that are principally secured by interests in single family homes and $3,500,000 in notes that are principally secured by interests in personal property.

(ii) On December 1, 1995, Partnership L asks Corporation Z for two separate loans, one in the amount of $9,375,000 and another in the amount of $625,000. Partnership L offers to collateralize the $9,375,000 loan with $10,312,500 of notes secured by interests in single family homes and the $625,000 loan with $750,000 of notes secured by interests in personal property. Corporation Z has made similar loans to Partnership L in the past.

(iii) With a view to avoiding the application of section 7701(i), Corporation Z induces Partnership L to accept a single $10,000,000 loan and to post as collateral $7,500,000 of the notes secured by interests in single family homes and all $3,500,000 of the notes secured by interests in personal property. Ordinarily, Corporation Z would not make a loan on these terms. Thereafter, the loan to Partnership L, together with the $3,000,000 in notes secured by interests in retail shopping centers, are transferred to Trust 6 and used to issue bonds that have different maturities (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-1(e)) and that bear a relationship (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-1(f)) to the loans secured by interests in retail shopping centers and the loan to Partnership L.

(iv) For purposes of determining whether Trust 6 is a taxable mortgage pool, the Commissioner can treat the $10,000,000 loan to Partnership L as consisting of a $9,375,000 obligation secured by interests in real property and a $625,000 obligation secured by interests in personal property. Under § 301.7701(i)-1(d)(3)(ii)(A), the notes secured by single family homes are treated as $7,500,000 of interests in real property. Under § 301.7701(i)-1(d)(3)(i)(A), $7,500,000 of interests in real property are sufficient to treat a $9,375,000 obligation as principally secured by an interest in real property ($7,500,000 equals 80 percent of $9,375,000).

[T.D. 8610, 60 FR 40088, Aug. 7, 1995; 60 FR 49754, Sept. 27, 1995]

§ 301.7701(i)-2 Special rules for portions of entities.

(a) Portion defined. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section and § 301.7701(i)-1, a portion of an entity includes all assets that support one or more of the same issues of debt obligations. For this purpose, an asset supports a debt obligation if, under the terms of the debt obligation (or underlying arrangement), the timing and amount of payments on the debt obligation are in large part determined, either directly or indirectly, by the timing and amount of payments or projected payments on the asset or a group of assets that includes the asset. Indirect payment arrangements include, for example, a swap or other hedge, or arrangements where the timing and amount of payments on the debt obligations are determined by reference to a group of assets (or an index or other type of model) that has an expected payment experience similar to that of the assets. For purposes of this paragraph, the term payments includes all proceeds and receipts from an asset.

(b) Certain assets and rights to assets disregarded—(1) Credit enhancement assets. An asset that qualifies as a credit enhancement contract (as defined in § 301.7701(i)-1(c)(4)(ii)) is not included in a portion as a separate asset, but is treated as part of the assets in the portion to which it relates under § 301.7701(i)-1(c)(4)(i). An asset that does not qualify as a credit enhancement contract (as defined in § 301.7701(i)-1(c)(4)(ii)), but that nevertheless serves the same function as a credit enhancement contract, is not included in a portion as a separate asset or otherwise.

(2) Assets unlikely to service obligations. A portion does not include assets that are unlikely to produce any significant cash flows for the holders of the debt obligations. This paragraph applies even if the holders of the debt obligations are legally entitled to cash flows from the assets. Thus, for example, even if the sale of a building would cause a series of debt obligations to be redeemed, the building is not included in a portion if it is not likely to be sold.

(3) Recourse. An asset is not included in a portion solely because the holders of the debt obligations have recourse to the holder of that asset.

(c) Portion as obligor—(1) In general. For purposes of section 7701(i)(2)(A)(ii), a portion of an entity is treated as the obligor of all debt obligations supported by the assets in that portion.

(2) Example. The following example illustrates the principles of this section:

Example.

(i) Corporation Z owns $1,000,000,000 in assets including an office complex and $90,000,000 of real estate mortgages.

(ii) On November 30, 1998, Corporation Z issues eight classes of bonds, Class A through Class H. Each class is secured by a separate letter of credit and by a lien on the office complex. One group of the real estate mortgages supports Class A through Class D, another group supports Class E through Class G, and a third group supports Class H. It is anticipated that the cash flows from each group of mortgages will service its related bonds.

(iii) Each of the following constitutes a separate portion of Corporation Z: the group of mortgages supporting Class A through Class D; the group of mortgages supporting Class E through Class G; and the group of mortgages supporting Class H. No other asset is included in any of the three portions notwithstanding the lien of the bonds on the office complex and the fact that Corporation Z is the issuer of the bonds. The letters of credit are treated as incidents of the mortgages to which they relate.

(iv) For purposes of section 7701(i)(2)(A)(ii), each portion described above is treated as the obligor of the bonds of that portion, notwithstanding the fact that Corporation Z is the legal obligor with respect to the bonds.

[T.D. 8610, 60 FR 40091, Aug. 7, 1995]

§ 301.7701(i)-3 Effective dates and duration of taxable mortgage pool classification.

(a) Effective dates. Except as otherwise provided, the regulations under section 7701(i) are effective and applicable September 6, 1995.

(b) Entities in existence on December 31, 1991—(1) In general. For transitional rules concerning the application of section 7701(i) to entities in existence on December 31, 1991, see section 675(c) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

(2) Special rule for certain transfers. A transfer made to an entity on or after September 6, 1995, is a substantial transfer for purposes of section 675(c)(2) of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 only if—

(i) The transfer is significant in amount; and

(ii) The transfer is connected to the entity's issuance of related debt obligations (as defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section) that have different maturities (within the meaning of § 301.7701-1(e)).

(3) Related debt obligation. A related debt obligation is a debt obligation whose payments bear a relationship (within the meaning of § 301.7701-1(f)) to payments on debt obligations that the entity holds as assets.

(4) Example. The following example illustrates the principles of this paragraph (b):

Example.

On December 31, 1991, Partnership Q holds a pool of real estate mortgages that it acquired through retail sales of single family homes. Partnership Q raises $10,000,000 on October 25, 1996, by using this pool to issue related debt obligations with multiple maturities. The transfer of the $10,000,000 to Partnership Q is a substantial transfer (within the meaning of § 301.7701(i)-3(b)(2)).

(c) Duration of taxable mortgage pool classification—(1) Commencement and duration. An entity is classified as a taxable mortgage pool on the first testing day that it meets the definition of a taxable mortgage pool. Once an entity is classified as a taxable mortgage pool, that classification continues through the day the entity retires its last related debt obligation.

(2) Testing day defined. A testing day is any day on or after September 6, 1995, on which an entity issues a related debt obligation (as defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section) that is significant in amount.

[T.D. 8610, 60 FR 40092, Aug. 7, 1995]

§ 301.7701(i)-4 Special rules for certain entities.

(a) States and municipalities—(1) In general. Regardless of whether an entity satisfies any of the requirements of section 7701(i)(2)(A), an entity is not classified as a taxable mortgage pool if—

(i) The entity is a State, territory, a possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, or any political subdivision thereof (within the meaning of § 1.103-1(b) of this chapter), or is empowered to issue obligations on behalf of one of the foregoing;

(ii) The entity issues the debt obligations in the performance of a governmental purpose; and

(iii) The entity holds the remaining interests in all assets that support those debt obligations until the debt obligations issued by the entity are retired.

(2) Governmental purpose. The term governmental purpose means an essential governmental function within the meaning of section 115. A governmental purpose does not include the mere packaging of debt obligations for re-sale on the secondary market even if any profits from the sale are used in the performance of an essential governmental function.

(3) Determinations by the Commissioner. If an entity is not described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, but has a similar purpose, then the Commissioner may determine that the entity is not classified as a taxable mortgage pool.

(b) REITs. [Reserved]

(c) Subchapter S corporations—(1) In general. An entity that is classified as a taxable mortgage pool may not elect to be an S corporation under section 1362(a) or maintain S corporation status.

(2) Portion of an S corporation treated as a separate corporation. An S corporation is not treated as a member of an affiliated group under section 1361(b)(2)(A) solely because a portion of the S corporation is treated as a separate corporation under section 7701(i).

[T.D. 8610, 60 FR 40092, Aug. 7, 1995]

§ 301.7704-2 Transition provisions.

See the regulations under section 7704 contained in part 1 of this chapter for a definition of the “substantial new line of business” that an “existing” publicly traded partnership cannot enter without forfeiting its partnership status under the transition provisions applicable to section 7704.

[T.D. 8450, 57 FR 58710, Dec. 11, 1992]

§ 301.7705-1 Certified professional employer organization.

(a) In general. The definitions set forth in this section apply for purposes of this section, §§ 31.3511-1 and 301.7705-2, and sections 3302(h), 3303(a)(4), 6053(c)(8), and 7528(b)(4).

(b) Definitions—(1) Certified professional employer organization (CPEO) means a person that applies to be certified as a CPEO in accordance with § 301.7705-2(a) and has been certified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) as meeting the requirements of § 301.7705-2. For purposes of § 301.7705-2(g)(2), the term CPEO also includes the person before it applied for certification and while its application is pending with the IRS. For all other purposes, a person is a CPEO as of the effective date of its certification (as specified in the certification notice described in § 301.7705-2(a)(2)) and until its certification is revoked by the IRS (as described in § 301.7705-2(n)) or, if earlier and applicable, until the CPEO voluntarily terminates its certification in the time and manner prescribed by the Commissioner in further guidance.

(2) CPEO applicant means a person that has applied to be certified as a CPEO in accordance with § 301.7705-2(a) and whose application is pending with the IRS.

(3) CPEO contract means a service contract between a CPEO and a customer that is in writing and provides that, with respect to an individual providing services to the customer, the CPEO will—

(i) Assume responsibility for payment of wages to the individual, without regard to the receipt or adequacy of payment from the customer for the services;

(ii) Assume responsibility for reporting, withholding, and paying any applicable federal employment taxes with respect to the individual's wages, without regard to the receipt or adequacy of payment from the customer for the services;

(iii) Assume responsibility for any employee benefits that the service contract may require the CPEO to provide to the individual, without regard to the receipt or adequacy of payment from the customer for such benefits;

(iv) Assume responsibility for recruiting, hiring, and firing the individual in addition to the customer's responsibility for recruiting, hiring, and firing the individual;

(v) Maintain employee records relating to the individual; and

(vi) Agree to be treated as a CPEO for purposes of section 3511 with respect to the individual.

(4) Certified public accountant (CPA) means a certified public accountant who—

(i) With respect to a CPEO applicant or CPEO, is independent of the CPEO applicant or CPEO (as prescribed by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Professional Standards, Code of Professional Conduct, and its interpretations and rulings);

(ii) Is not currently under suspension or disbarment from practice before the IRS;

(iii) Is duly qualified to practice as a CPA in any state;

(iv) Files with the IRS a written declaration that he or she is currently qualified to practice as a CPA in any state; and

(v) Meets such other requirements as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance.

(5) Covered employee means, with respect to a customer, any individual (other than a self-employed individual, as defined in paragraph (b)(14) of this section) who performs services for the customer and who is covered by a CPEO contract between the CPEO and the customer.

(6) Customer—(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this section, a customer is any person who enters into a CPEO contract with a CPEO.

(ii) Persons who are not customers. A provider of payroll services that uses its own EIN for filing federal employment tax returns on behalf of its clients (or that used its own EIN immediately prior to entering into a service contract with the CPEO) is not a customer, even if it has entered into a service contract with the CPEO that meets all of the requirements for a CPEO contract described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section other than being a contract between a CPEO and a customer.

(7) Federal employment taxes mean the taxes imposed by subtitle C of the Internal Revenue Code.

(8) Guidance includes guidance published in the Federal Register or Internal Revenue Bulletin, as well as administrative guidance such as forms, instructions, publications, or other guidance on the irs.gov website.

(9) Partnership means a business entity (as described in § 301.7701-2(a)) that is classified as a partnership for federal tax purposes under §§ 301.7701-1, 301.7701-2, and 301.7701-3. Accordingly, any references to a managing member or general partner of a partnership mean a managing member or general partner of an entity that is classified as a partnership for federal tax purposes.

(10) Precursor entity—(i) In general. A precursor entity means, with respect to a CPEO applicant, any related entity of the CPEO applicant that is or was a provider of payroll services that—

(A) Has made a substantial asset transfer to the CPEO applicant during the calendar year in which the CPEO applicant applies for certification or any of the three preceding calendar years or plans to make such a substantial asset transfer while the application for certification is pending or in the 12-month period following the date of the CPEO applicant's application for certification; or

(B) Has ceased operations or dissolved during the calendar year in which the CPEO applicant applied for certification or any of the three preceding calendar years.

(ii) Related. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(10), a provider of payroll services is considered a related entity of a CPEO applicant if it is a related entity within the meaning of paragraph (b)(12) of this section or if it would be or would have been such a related entity based on the ownership and responsible individuals of the provider of payroll services at the time of its substantial asset transfer, ceasing of operations, or dissolution, as applicable, and the ownership and responsible individuals of the CPEO applicant at the time of its application.

(11) Provider of payroll services means a person that provides federal employment tax administration, payroll services, or other similar federal employment tax-related compliance services to clients, including, but not limited to, collecting, reporting, and paying federal employment taxes with respect to wages or compensation paid by the person to individuals performing services for the clients. A provider of payroll services includes, but is not limited to, a CPEO.

(12) Related entity means, with respect to a CPEO applicant or CPEO, any person that meets one or more of the following criteria:

(i) The person is a member of a controlled group of which the CPEO applicant or CPEO is also a member. Additionally, CPEO applicants and CPEOs that, but for their status as disregarded entities would separately be members of a controlled group, are treated as members of a controlled group for purposes of this paragraph (b)(12)(i). For purposes of this paragraph (b)(12)(i), controlled group has the meaning given to such term by sections 414(b) and (c) and §§ 1.414(b)-1 and 1.414(c)-1 through 1.414(c)-6 of this chapter, except that—

(A) With respect to a person that is not a provider of payroll services “more than 50 percent” will be substituted for “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in section 1563(a) (which is cross-referenced in section 414(b) and § 1.414(c)-2 of this chapter); and

(B) With respect to a person that is a provider of payroll services, “more than 5 percent” will be substituted for “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in section 1563(a) and § 1.414(c)-2 of this chapter; or

(ii) The person is a provider of payroll services and—

(A) A majority of the directors or a majority of the officers (as described in paragraph (b)(13)(ii) of this section) of the CPEO applicant or CPEO are directors or officers (as described in paragraph (b)(13)(ii) of this section), respectively, of the provider of payroll services; or

(B) An individual is a responsible individual of both the provider of payroll services and the CPEO applicant or CPEO by reason of paragraph (b)(13)(i) of this section.

(13) Responsible individual means, with respect to a CPEO applicant or CPEO, (or, for purposes of paragraph (b)(10)(ii) or (b)(12)(ii) of this section, a provider of payroll services), the following individuals:

(i) Any individual who owns, directly or indirectly, applying the constructive ownership rules of section 1563(e) with respect to stock ownership and substituting the term “interest” for the term “stock” and the term “partnership” for the term “corporation” used in that section, as appropriate for purposes of determining whether an interest in a partnership is indirectly owned by any person, 33 percent or more of—

(A) In the case of a corporation, the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of such corporation or the total value of shares of all classes of stock of such corporation; or

(B) In the case of a partnership, the capital interest or profits interest of such partnership.

(ii) Any individual who is a director or an officer. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(13)(ii), a director is a voting member of the governing body (that is, the board of directors or equivalent controlling body authorized under state law to make governance decisions on behalf of the organization), and the officers are determined by reference to the organizing document, bylaws, or resolutions of the governing body, or otherwise designated consistent with state law. Officers may include individuals such as a president, vice-president, secretary, and treasurer.

(iii) Any individual who, regardless of title, has ultimate responsibility for implementing the decisions of the organization's governing body. An individual who serves with the title of chief executive officer, executive director, and/or president has this ultimate responsibility. An individual with this ultimate responsibility may include an individual who is not treated as an employee of the organization. If this ultimate responsibility resides with two or more individuals (for example, co-presidents), who may exercise such responsibility in concert or individually, then each such individual is a responsible individual.

(iv) Any individual who, regardless of title, has ultimate responsibility for supervising the management, administration, or operation of the organization. An individual who serves with the title of chief operating officer has this ultimate responsibility. An individual with this ultimate responsibility may include an individual who is not treated as an employee of the organization. If this ultimate responsibility resides with two or more individuals, who may exercise such responsibility in concert or individually, then each such individual is a responsible individual.

(v) Any individual who, regardless of title, has ultimate responsibility for managing the organization's finances. An individual who serves with the title of chief financial officer or treasurer has this ultimate responsibility. An individual with this ultimate responsibility may include an individual who is not treated as an employee of the organization. If this ultimate responsibility resides with two or more individuals who may exercise the responsibility in concert or individually, then each such individual is a responsible individual.

(vi) In the case of a partnership, any individual who is a managing member or general partner.

(vii) In the case of a sole proprietorship, the sole proprietor.

(viii) In the case of a disregarded entity owned by a corporation or partnership, the responsible individuals of that corporation or partnership.

(ix) In the case of a disregarded entity owned by an individual, the individual owner.

(x) Any other individual with primary responsibility for the organization's federal employment tax compliance.

(14) Self-employed individual means an individual with net earnings from self-employment (as defined in section 1402(a) without regard to the exceptions thereunder) derived from providing services covered by a CPEO contract, whether such net earnings from self-employment are derived from providing services as a non-employee to a customer of the CPEO, from the individual's own trade or business as a sole proprietor customer of the CPEO, or as an individual who is a partner in a partnership that is a customer of the CPEO, but only with regard to such net earnings.

(15) Substantial asset transfer means any transfer of 35 percent or more of the value of the operating assets of the person making the transfer, whether through one or a series of transactions and whether accomplished through sale, lease, gift, assignment, succession, merger, consolidation, corporate separation, or any other means. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(15), operating assets include both tangible and intangible resources related to the conduct of the person's trade or business, including, but not limited to, such intangible assets as contracts, agreements, receivables, employees, and goodwill (which includes the value of a trade or business based on expected continued customer patronage due to its name, reputation, or any other factors). In the case of a contract described in section 7705(e)(2) or a service agreement described in § 31.3504-2(b)(2) of this chapter entered into by a provider of payroll services, even if the contract or agreement is not sold, gifted, assigned, or otherwise formally transferred to a CPEO applicant, it will be considered transferred from the provider of payroll services to the CPEO applicant if the CPEO applicant reports, withholds, or pays, under its employer identification number (EIN), any applicable federal employment taxes with respect to the wages of any individuals covered by the contract or agreement.

(16) Work site means a physical location at which an individual regularly performs services for a customer of a CPEO or, if there is no such location, the location from which the customer assigns work to the individual. A work site may not be the individual's residence or a telework site unless the customer requires the individual to work at that site. For purposes of this paragraph (b)(16), work sites that are contiguous locations will be treated as a single physical location and thus a single work site, and noncontiguous locations will be treated as separate physical locations and thus separate work sites, except as provided in the next sentence. A CPEO customer may treat noncontiguous locations as a single physical location and thus a single work site if each of the locations is separated by less than 35 miles from every other location in the single work site and all locations in the single work site operate in the same industry. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the determination of the industry of a work site is based on the nature of the CPEO customer's work at that work site, irrespective of work performed by other entities at the same site. When treating noncontiguous locations as a single physical location and thus a single work site, one noncontiguous location cannot be included in more than one work site. For example, assume there are three noncontiguous locations, A, B, and C, operating in the same industry and that B is 20 miles east from A and C is 20 miles east from B. A CPEO customer would not be permitted to treat these three locations as a single work site but would be permitted to treat either A and B as a single work site or B and C as a single work site.

(17) Work site employee—(i) In general. A work site employee means, with respect to a customer, a covered employee who performs services for such customer at a work site where at least 85 percent of the individuals performing services for the customer are covered employees of the customer.

(ii) Self-employed individuals. Solely for purposes of determining whether the 85 percent threshold described in paragraph (b)(17)(i) of this section is met, a self-employed individual described in paragraph (b)(14) of this section is treated as a covered employee if such individual would be a covered employee but for the exclusion of self-employed individuals from the definition of covered employee in paragraph (b)(5) of this section.

(iii) Excluded employees. In determining whether the 85 percent threshold described in paragraph (b)(17)(i) of this section is met, an individual who is an excluded employee described in section 414(q)(5) is not treated as either an individual providing services or a covered employee.

(iv) Treatment for calendar quarter. A covered employee will be considered a work site employee for the entirety of a calendar quarter if the employee qualifies as a work site employee at any time during that quarter. C

(v) Separate determination for each work site. The determination of whether a covered employee is a work site employee is made separately with regard to each work site at which the covered employee regularly provides services and for each customer for which the covered employee is providing services. A covered employee may be determined to be a work site employee of more than one work site during a calendar quarter.

(vi) Good faith determination respected. A CPEO's determination that a covered employee is a work site employee will be respected if the CPEO has made a good faith determination that the covered employee meets the requirements of section 7705(e), this paragraph (b)(17), and any further guidance related to work site employee determinations.

(c) Applicability date. The rules in this section apply on and after May 3, 2019.

[T.D. 9860, 84 FR 24382, May 28, 2019]

§ 301.7705-2 CPEO certification process.

(a) Application requirement and certification—(1) Application. To be certified as a certified professional employer organization (CPEO), a person must submit a properly completed and executed application for certification as a CPEO in the time and manner prescribed by, and providing such information as required by, this section and any further guidance issued by the Commissioner. In addition, the applicant's responsible individuals must submit such information as is specified in this section and further guidance.

(2) Notice. A CPEO applicant will be notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) whether its application for certification has been approved or denied, and, if approved, the effective date of certification. If the IRS denies the application, the IRS will inform the CPEO applicant of the reason(s) for denial. If the IRS denies an application for certification, or if the CPEO applicant withdraws an application for certification, the CPEO applicant may reapply for certification in such time and manner, and must include such information, as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance.

(3) Public disclosure of certification. If the IRS approves a CPEO applicant's application for certification, the IRS will make available to the public the name and address of the CPEO, as well as the effective date of its certification, in the time and manner described in further guidance.

(4) Effective date of certification. A CPEO's certification will be effective as of the effective date of certification specified in the notice described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and in the public disclosure described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section and will continue in effect until the effective date of the revocation of the CPEO's certification, if any, as described in paragraph (n) of this section or, if earlier, the date that the CPEO voluntarily terminates its certification in the time and manner prescribed by the Commissioner in further guidance.

(b) Requirements for certification. To receive and maintain certification, a CPEO applicant or CPEO must meet the requirements described in this section, as well as any additional requirements the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance. In addition, any precursor entities, related entities, and responsible individuals of the CPEO applicant or CPEO must meet any requirements applicable to them described in this section and in further guidance. The IRS may deny an application for certification or revoke or suspend a CPEO's certification if a CPEO applicant or CPEO, or one or more of its precursor entities, related entities, or responsible individuals, fails to meet any applicable requirement described in this section or other applicable guidance, and the IRS will do so if the IRS determines, in its sole discretion, that such failure presents a material risk to the IRS's collection of federal employment taxes. In determining whether one or more failures to meet the requirements described in this section presents a material risk to the IRS's collection of federal employment taxes, the IRS generally will consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the size, scope, nature, significance, recurrence, and timing of and reason for the failure and, in the case of a CPEO, any prior failures of the CPEO to meet the requirements of this section.

(c) Suitability—(1) In general. The IRS may deny an application for certification or revoke or suspend a CPEO's certification for any of the following reasons:

(i) The CPEO applicant or CPEO, or any of its precursor entities, related entities, or responsible individuals, has failed to pay any applicable federal, state, or local taxes or file any required federal, state, or local tax or information returns in a timely and accurate manner, unless the failure is determined to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.

(ii) The CPEO applicant or CPEO, or any of its precursor entities, related entities, or responsible individuals, has been charged with or convicted of any criminal offense under the laws of the United States or of a state or political subdivision thereof, or is the subject of an active IRS criminal investigation.

(iii) The CPEO applicant or CPEO, or any of its precursor entities, related entities, or responsible individuals, has been sanctioned, or had a license, registration, or accreditation (including a license, registration, or accreditation relating to its status or ability to operate as a professional employer organization) denied, suspended, or revoked, by a court of competent jurisdiction, licensing board, assurance or other professional organization, or federal or state agency, court, body, board, or other authority for any misconduct that involves dishonesty, fraud, or breach of trust or that otherwise bears upon the suitability of the CPEO applicant or CPEO to perform its professional functions (including, but not limited to, any civil or criminal penalty described in 42 U.S.C. 503(k)(1)(D) imposed by state law).

(iv) The CPEO applicant or CPEO, or any of its precursor entities, related entities, or responsible individuals, is listed on any sanctions list compiled by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) within the Department of Treasury, including, but not limited to, the OFAC Consolidated Sanctions List and the OFAC Specially Designated Nationals List.

(v) The CPEO applicant or CPEO, or any of its precursor entities, related entities, or responsible individuals, fails to demonstrate a history of financial responsibility, which the IRS may assess by checks on credit history and other similar indicators.

(vi) The CPEO applicant or CPEO and the responsible individuals of the CPEO applicant or CPEO fail to demonstrate adequate collective knowledge or experience with respect to:

(A) Federal or state employment tax reporting, depositing, and withholding requirements;

(B) Handling of and accounting for payroll, tax payments, and other funds on behalf of others;

(C) Effective recordkeeping systems;

(D) Retention of qualified personnel and legal advisors as needed; and

(E) General business and risk management.

(vii) The CPEO applicant or CPEO, or any of its responsible individuals, gives false or misleading information (including by intentionally omitting relevant information), or participates in any way in the giving of false or misleading information, to the IRS, knowing, or having reason to know, that the information is false or misleading. For the purpose of this paragraph (c)(1)(vii), “information” includes (but is not limited to) facts or other matters contained in testimony, federal tax returns, and financial statements and opinions regarding such statements; applications for certification (and all accompanying documentation); affidavits, declarations, assertions, attestations, statements, and agreements; and periodic verifications that the requirements of this section continue to be met; and any other information that is required to be provided by this section, section 3511(g), § 31.3511-1 of this chapter, or further guidance.

(2) Must be a business entity or sole proprietorship—(i) In general. A CPEO must be a business entity described in § 301.7701-2(a) or a sole proprietorship. Accordingly, a CPEO may not be an entity classified as a trust under § 301.7701-4.

(ii) Ownership by a United States person. In addition, a sole proprietorship or a business entity that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for federal tax purposes under §§ 301.7701-2 and 301.7701-3 (without regard to the special rule in § 301.7701-2(c)(2)(iv) that provides that such entities are corporations for federal employment tax purposes) must be wholly owned directly (including through one or more disregarded entities organized in the United States, in the case of a business entity) by a United States person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30)).

(iii) Treatment as separate member of a controlled group. Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, a CPEO applicant or CPEO that otherwise qualifies as a member of a controlled group (within the meaning of sections 414(b) and (c) and §§ 1.414(b)-1 and 1.414(c)-1 through 1.414(c)-6 of this chapter) but for its status as an entity disregarded as separate from its owner for federal tax purposes under §§ 301.7701-2 and 301.7701-3, is treated as a separate member of a controlled group for purposes of this section, § 301.7705-1, section 3511, § 31.3511-1 of this chapter, and section 7705.

(3) Authorization to investigate suitability. A CPEO applicant or CPEO, and each of its responsible individuals, must take such actions as are necessary to authorize the IRS to investigate the accuracy of statements and submissions, including waiving confidentiality and privilege when necessary (i.e., in situations in which the IRS is otherwise unable to obtain or confirm information necessary to evaluate a CPEO applicant's or CPEO's qualification for certification), and to conduct comprehensive background checks, including, but not limited to, Federal Bureau of Investigation or other similar criminal background checks, checks on tax compliance, professional experience (including through the contact of third-party references), credit history, and professional sanctions. In addition, a CPEO applicant or CPEO, and any of its responsible individuals, must provide the IRS with such additional information as the IRS may request to facilitate such background investigations. Each responsible individual of a CPEO applicant or CPEO must also submit fingerprints in the time and manner and under the circumstances prescribed by the Commissioner in further guidance.

(d) Business location—(1) State of organization. A CPEO applicant or CPEO must be created or organized in the United States or under the law of the United States or of any state.

(2) Business location in the United States. A CPEO applicant or CPEO must have one or more established, physical business locations in the United States at which regular operations of an activity that constitutes a trade or business within the United States (within the meaning of section 864(b)) take place and at which a significant portion of its CPEO-related functions are carried on and administrative records are kept.

(3) United States responsible individuals. A majority of the CPEO applicant's or CPEO's responsible individuals must be citizens or residents of the United States.

(4) Use of financial institution. A CPEO applicant or CPEO must use only financial institutions described in section 265(b)(5) to hold substantially all of its cash and cash equivalents, receive payments from customers, and pay wages and federal employment taxes.

(e) Financial statements—(1) CPEOs. By the last day of the sixth month after the end of each fiscal year, and beginning with the first fiscal year that ends after the CPEO's effective date of certification, a CPEO must cause to be prepared and provided to the IRS—

(i) A copy of its annual audited financial statements for the fiscal year;

(ii) An opinion of a certified public accountant (CPA) that such financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP); and

(iii) A statement in the Note to the Financial Statements covered by the CPA opinion that the CPEO's annual audited financial statements reflect positive working capital or, only if the CPEO satisfies the requirements of paragraph (e)(3) of this section, reflect negative working capital, with such statement in either case setting forth in detail a calculation of the CPEO's working capital as reflected in the annual audited financial statements (a working capital statement).

(2) CPEO applicants—(i) In general. A CPEO applicant must cause to be prepared and provided to the IRS, with its application, a copy of its annual audited financial statements, an opinion with respect to such financial statements, and a working capital statement (each as described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section) for the most recently completed fiscal year as of the date it applies for certification. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if a CPEO applicant applies for certification before the last day of the sixth month following its most recently completed fiscal year, and the audit of the financial statements for that fiscal year has not yet been completed at the time of application, a CPEO applicant must provide to the IRS, with its application, the financial statements, opinion, and working capital statement described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section for the immediately preceding fiscal year, if any, and must subsequently provide to the IRS the financial statements, opinion, and working capital statement for the most recently completed fiscal year by the last day of the sixth month after such fiscal year ends. In addition, for any fiscal year that ends after the CPEO applicant applies for certification and on or before the effective date of certification, if applicable, the CPEO applicant must provide the audited financial statements, opinion, and working capital statement by the last day of the sixth month after such fiscal year ends. The obligation to provide the annual audited financial statements described in the preceding sentence continues to apply even if the CPEO applicant is certified as a CPEO prior to the date the annual audited financial statements are provided.

(ii) Newly established CPEO applicants. In addition to the requirements in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section, a CPEO applicant that was not operating as a provider of payroll services for all or part of its most recently completed fiscal year as of the date it applies for certification must provide a copy of the annual audited financial statements of any precursor entity, if one exists, an opinion with respect to such financial statements, and a working capital statement (each as described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section) for the precursor entity's most recently completed fiscal year as of the date of the application for certification in such time and manner as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance, as well as such additional information as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance.

(3) Exception to positive working capital requirement. A CPEO applicant or CPEO with annual audited financial statements for a fiscal year that do not reflect positive working capital will not fail to meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section if—

(i) The CPEO applicant or CPEO has negative working capital for no more than two consecutive fiscal quarters of that fiscal year, as demonstrated by the financial statements (for the final fiscal quarter in the fiscal year) and the statements described in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section (for any other fiscal quarter), as applicable;

(ii) The CPEO applicant or CPEO, or its CPA, provides, in such time and manner as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance, an explanation to the IRS describing the reason for the failure; and

(iii) The IRS determines, in its sole discretion, that the failure does not present a material risk to the IRS's collection of federal employment taxes.

(4) Completed fiscal year. For purposes of this paragraph (e), a fiscal year will be considered completed once the last day of that fiscal year has ended, regardless of whether the CPEO applicant or CPEO was in operation or certified for all 12 months of the fiscal year or the fiscal year consisted of fewer than 12 months.

(f) Quarterly assertions and attestations—(1) CPEOs. By the last day of the second month after the end of each calendar quarter, and beginning with the first calendar quarter that ends after the CPEO's effective date of certification, a CPEO must provide the following to the IRS:

(i) An assertion, signed by a responsible individual under penalties of perjury, stating that the CPEO has withheld and made deposits of all federal employment taxes (other than taxes imposed by chapter 23 of the Code) as required by subtitle C for such calendar quarter and an examination level attestation from a CPA stating that such assertion is fairly stated in all material respects.

(ii) A statement signed by a responsible individual under penalties of perjury verifying that the CPEO has positive working capital (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter, as well as such additional financial information that the Commissioner may specify in further guidance.

(2) Exceptions—(i) Immaterial failures. A CPEO will not fail to meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this section if the CPA examination level attestation indicates that the CPEO has failed to withhold or make deposits in certain immaterial respects, provided that—

(A) The attestation provides a summary of the immaterial failures that were found;

(B) The attestation states that the failures were immaterial and isolated and do not reflect a meaningful lapse in compliance with federal employment tax withholding and deposit requirements; and

(C) The IRS determines, in its sole discretion, that the isolated and immaterial failures identified by the CPA do not present a material risk to the IRS's collection of federal employment taxes.

(ii) Negative working capital. A CPEO with negative working capital at the end of a fiscal quarter will not fail to meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section if—

(A) The CPEO does not have negative working capital at the end of the two fiscal quarters immediately preceding such fiscal quarter, as demonstrated by the annual audited financial statements described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, if available, or the statements described in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section;

(B) The CPEO provides an explanation to the IRS describing the reason for such negative working capital in such time and manner as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance; and

(C) The IRS determines, in its sole discretion, that the negative working capital does not present a material risk to the IRS's collection of federal employment taxes.

(3) CPEO applicants—(i) In general. By the last day of the second month after the end of each calendar quarter, beginning with the most recently completed calendar quarter as of the date of a CPEO applicant's application for certification and ending with the most recently completed calendar quarter as of the effective date of certification (if applicable), a CPEO applicant must provide to the IRS the assertion, examination level attestation, and working capital statement described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, subject to the exceptions described in paragraph (f)(2) of this section (though substituting “CPEO applicant” for “CPEO”).

(ii) Newly established CPEO applicants. A CPEO applicant that was not operating as a provider of payroll services during the most recently completed calendar quarter as of the date of its application for certification or during any calendar quarter that ends while its application for certification is pending must provide to the IRS the assertion, examination level attestation, and working capital statement described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section with respect to any precursor entity, if applicable, in such time and manner as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance, as well as such additional information as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance.

(g) Bond—(1) In general. A CPEO must post a bond (or bonds, as described in paragraph (g)(3) of this section) from a qualified surety (as described in paragraph (g)(6) of this section) for the payment of federal employment taxes, issued in the form and containing the terms prescribed by the Commissioner in this paragraph (g) and in further guidance and in an amount described in paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

(2) Bond amount—(i) In general. The amount of the bond (or bonds, as described in paragraph (g)(3) of this section) must be, for each period beginning on April 1 of any calendar year and ending on March 31 of the following calendar year (or, in the case of a newly certified CPEO, beginning with the effective date of certification and ending on the subsequent March 31) (the bond period), at least equal to the greater of—

(A) Five percent of the CPEO's liability under section 3511 (or, if applicable, the liability described in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section) during the calendar year preceding the beginning of the bond period, but not more than $1,000,000; or

(B) $50,000.

(ii) Amount of bond in first and second year as a CPEO. If a CPEO does not have any liability under section 3511 for all or a portion of a preceding calendar year because the CPEO was not certified as a CPEO for all or a portion of that preceding calendar year, the liability applied for purposes of paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) of this section for the entirety or portion of the preceding calendar year during which the CPEO was not certified will be the federal employment tax liability of the CPEO, and of any precursor entity of the CPEO described in § 301.7705-1(b)(10)(i)(A), that results from one or more service agreements described in § 31.3504-2(b)(2) of this chapter. With respect to the federal employment tax liability of such precursor entity during a preceding calendar year, for purposes of paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) of this section, the liability will be applied only to the extent it results from service agreements that have been transferred or are intended to be transferred by the precursor entity to the CPEO at the time the bond amount is determined. For purposes of this paragraph (g)(2)(ii), an entity is considered a precursor entity of a CPEO described in § 301.7705-1(b)(10)(i)(A) if it was determined to be its precursor entity under that section at the time it was a CPEO applicant.

(iii) One continuous obligation. The bond, any riders thereto, and any strengthening bonds posted to satisfy the requirements of this section are considered one continuous obligation of the surety for unpaid tax liabilities accrued by the CPEO under subtitle C from the effective date of the bond until the bond is superseded or cancelled.

(3) Increase in bond amount—(i) In general. A CPEO must determine if an increase in the bond amount is necessary for each new bond period. If a CPEO's liability under section 3511 (or, if applicable, the liability described in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this section) for the preceding calendar year results in a minimum required bond amount specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section that exceeds the current amount of the bond, the CPEO must increase the amount of its bond with respect to the new bond period in order to meet the minimum required bond amount specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section. To increase the bond amount, a CPEO may amend an existing bond through the use of a rider, or post a strengthening, superseding, or new bond, where applicable, and in such time and manner as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance.

(ii) To reflect adjustment or assessment. Subject to the limit in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) of this section, if, during the bond period, the CPEO or the IRS determines that the applicable federal employment tax liability for the preceding calendar year was higher than the amount reported and paid and on which the bond amount for the bond period was based (and the applicable party makes an adjustment or assessment reflecting such determination), a CPEO must increase the amount of its bond to meet the minimum required bond amount specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section through the use of a rider, or by posting a strengthening, superseding, or new bond in such time and manner as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance.

(4) Cancellation—(i) Notice. A bond required under this paragraph (g) must provide that it may be cancelled by the surety only after the surety gives written notice of such cancellation to the IRS and the CPEO in such time and manner as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance.

(ii) New or superseding bond required. If a CPEO either receives notice of cancellation from the surety provider of its bond, or gives notice to the IRS of the CPEO's intent to cancel the bond, the CPEO must post a new or superseding bond for the minimum required bond amount specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section in such time and manner as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance.

(iii) Ongoing liability. A bond required under this paragraph (g) must provide that, if a surety cancels the bond without issuing a superseding bond to the CPEO, the surety will, notwithstanding the cancellation, remain liable for all federal employment tax liability accrued by the CPEO during the period beginning with the effective date of the first bond issued by the surety to the CPEO in any consecutive series of bonds issued by that surety prior to cancellation and ending with the cancellation of the bond (the total bond period), up to the penal amount of the bond at the time of the cancellation. A cancelling surety will remain liable as described in this paragraph (g)(4)(iii) for federal employment tax liability accrued during the total bond period up to the penal amount of the bond for as long as the Commissioner may assess and collect taxes for such period under sections 6501 and 6502.

(5) No posting of collateral—(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (g)(5)(iii) of this section, a CPEO must meet the bond requirements of this paragraph (g) without posting collateral.

(ii) Surety's retention of the right to seek collateral by itself not a violation of paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section. A surety's retention of the right to seek collateral, as long as no collateral is actually required by the surety or posted by the CPEO, does not violate the rule in paragraph (g)(5)(i).

(iii) Exceptions to no collateral requirement. The Commissioner may provide exceptions to the rule in paragraph (g)(5)(i) of this section in further guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

(6) Requirements for surety. Any surety that issues a bond required by this paragraph (g) to a CPEO must be a surety company that holds a certificate of authority from the Secretary as an acceptable surety on federal bonds and meets such other requirements as the Commissioner may prescribe in further guidance.

(7) Bond definitions—(i) Rider. A rider is an amendment to an existing bond that increases the bond amount. The rider must apply to liabilities that arise on or after the effective date of the bond that the rider amends. The surety remains liable under the existing bond, as amended by the rider, for the assessment and collection periods applicable to the CPEO under sections 6501 and 6502, respectively, with respect to any taxable period that occurs during the term of the bond unless and until the bond is superseded.

(ii) Strengthening bond. A strengthening bond is an additional bond posted in the incremental amount of the increase so that the strengthening bond together with the existing bond equal the total minimum required bond amount specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section. The strengthening bond must apply to liabilities that arise on or after the effective date of the bond it strengthens. Both the strengthening bond and the bond it strengthens must remain in effect, and the surety remains liable under both bonds for the assessment and collection periods applicable to the CPEO under sections 6501 and 6502, respectively, with respect to any taxable period that occurs during the term of the bonds, unless and until the bonds are superseded.

(iii) New bond. A new bond is a bond posted for the total required bond amount, and a new bond may only be posted upon the CPEO's initial certification or immediately following cancellation of an existing bond. In the case of a cancellation of an existing bond, the effective date of the new bond must be no later than the effective date of the cancellation of the existing bond, and the surety providing the existing (now cancelled) bond remains liable for liabilities that accrued during the term of the cancelled bond for the assessment and collection periods applicable to the CPEO under sections 6501 and 6502, respectively, with respect to any taxable period that occurred during the term of that bond.

(iv) Superseding bond. A superseding bond is a bond posted for the total minimum required bond amount specified in paragraph (g)(2) of this section, not just for an incremental increase. Upon execution of the superseding bond, the superseded bond is no longer in effect, and the surety that provided the superseded bond is no longer liable under the superseded bond. The superseding bond must apply to liabilities that arise on or after the effective date of the superseded bond.

(h) Controlled group. All CPEO applicants and CPEOs that are members of a controlled group within the meaning of sections 414(b) and (c), and §§ 1.414(b)-1 and 1.414(c)-1 through 1.414(c)-6 of this chapter, will be treated as a single CPEO applicant or CPEO for purposes of paragraphs (e) (other than (e)(1)(iii)), (f) (other than (f)(1)(ii)), and (g) of this section.

(i) Consents to disclose. To receive and maintain certification, a CPEO applicant or CPEO must provide such consents for the IRS to disclose confidential tax information to its customers, and to other persons as necessary to carry out the purposes of these regulations, that relates to its certification and obligations to report, deposit, and pay federal employment taxes as the Commissioner may require in further guidance.

(j) Periodic verification. A CPEO must periodically verify that it continues to meet the requirements of this section in the time and manner prescribed by the Commissioner in further guidance.

(k) Notification of material changes. A CPEO applicant or CPEO must notify the IRS, in the time and manner prescribed by the Commissioner in further guidance, of any change that materially affects the continuing accuracy of any agreement or information that was previously made or provided to the IRS.

(l) Accrual method of accounting. A CPEO must compute its taxable income using an accrual method of accounting or, if applicable, another method that the Commissioner provides for in further guidance.

(m) Compliance with reporting obligations—(1) In general. A CPEO must agree to make reports to the IRS and to its clients as provided in section 3511(g) and § 31.3511-1 of this chapter, including filing all federal employment tax returns and information returns as required.

(2) Filing on magnetic media. A CPEO must file all returns, schedules, reports, and other forms and documents on magnetic media when required by section 3511(g) and § 31.3511-1 of this chapter, other Treasury regulations, or other guidance.

(n) Suspension and revocation—(1) In general. The IRS may suspend or revoke the certification of any CPEO, in the time and manner and under the circumstances prescribed by the Commissioner in this section and in further guidance, as a result of one or more failures to meet any of the requirements for CPEOs described in this section, section 3511(g), § 31.3511-1 of this chapter, and any further guidance and will suspend or revoke certification if the IRS determines, in its sole discretion, that such failure(s) present a material risk to the IRS's collection of federal employment taxes. See paragraph (b) of this section for the factors the IRS will consider in determining whether one or more failures to meet any of the requirements described in this section presents a material risk to the IRS's collection of federal employment taxes.

(2) Suspension. Section 3511 will not apply to any contract described in section 7705(e)(2) into which the CPEO enters while its certification is suspended.

(3) Revocation. If an organization's certification as a CPEO is revoked, the organization will not be considered a CPEO for purposes of section 3511 unless and until it again applies to be certified as a CPEO in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section and is again certified by the IRS as meeting the requirements of this section. An organization whose certification as a CPEO has been revoked may not reapply to be certified as a CPEO until one year has passed after the effective date of its revocation.

(4) Disclosure of suspension and revocation—(i) Notification by the CPEO. An organization whose certification as a CPEO has been suspended or revoked must notify its customers of such suspension or revocation in the time and manner prescribed by the Commissioner in further guidance.

(ii) Disclosure by the IRS. If the IRS suspends or revokes an organization's certification as a CPEO, the IRS will make available to the public the fact of such suspension or revocation in the time and manner described in further guidance. The IRS may also separately notify the organization's customers of such suspension or revocation.

(o) Applicability date. The rules in this section apply on and after May 3, 2019.

[T.D. 9860, 84 FR 24382, May 28, 2019]

General Rules

Application of Internal Revenue Laws

§ 301.7803-1 Security bonds covering personnel of the Internal Revenue Service.

For regulations relating to the procurement of security bonds covering designated personnel of the Internal Revenue Service between January 1, 1956, and June 6, 1972, see 31 CFR part 226.

(Sec. 7805 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (68A Stat. 917; 26 U.S.C. 7805))

[T.D. 7239, 37 FR 28628, Dec. 28, 1972]

§ 301.7805-1 Rules and regulations.

(a) Issuance. The Commissioner, with the approval of the Secretary, shall prescribe all needful rules and regulations for the enforcement of the Code (except where this authority is expressly given by the Code to any person other than an officer or employee of the Treasury Department), including all rules and regulations as may be necessary by reason of any alteration of law in relation to internal revenue.

(b) Retroactivity. The Commissioner, with the approval of the Secretary, may prescribe the extent, if any, to which any regulation or Treasury decision relating to the internal revenue laws shall be applied without retroactive effect. The Commissioner may prescribe the extent, if any, to which any ruling relating to the internal revenue laws, issued by or pursuant to authorization from him, shall be applied without retroactive effect.

(c) Preparation and distribution of regulations, forms, stamps, and other matters. The Commissioner, under the direction of the Secretary, shall prepare and distribute all the instructions, regulations, directions, forms, blanks, stamps, and other matters pertaining to the assessment and collection of internal revenue.

§ 301.7811-1 Taxpayer assistance orders.

(a) Authority To Issue—(1) In general. When an application for a taxpayer assistance order (TAO) is filed by the taxpayer or the taxpayer's authorized representative in the form, manner and time specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the National Taxpayer Advocate (NTA) may issue a TAO if, in the determination of the NTA, the taxpayer is suffering or is about to suffer a significant hardship as a result of the manner in which the internal revenue laws are being administered by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), including action or inaction on the part of the IRS.

(2) The National Taxpayer Advocate defined. The term National Taxpayer Advocate includes any designee of the NTA, such as a Local Taxpayer Advocate.

(3) Issuance without a written application. The NTA may issue a TAO in the absence of a written application by the taxpayer under section 7811(a).

(4) Significant hardship—(i) Determination required. Before a TAO may be issued, the NTA is required to make a determination regarding significant hardship.

(ii) Term defined. The term significant hardship means a serious privation caused or about to be caused to the taxpayer as the result of the particular manner in which the revenue laws are being administered by the IRS. Significant hardship includes situations in which a system or procedure fails to operate as intended or fails to resolve the taxpayer's problem or dispute with the IRS. A significant hardship also includes, but is not limited to:

(A) An immediate threat of adverse action;

(B) A delay of more than 30 days in resolving taxpayer account problems;

(C) The incurring by the taxpayer of significant costs (including fees for professional representation) if relief is not granted; or

(D) Irreparable injury to, or a long-term adverse impact on, the taxpayer if relief is not granted.

(iii) A delay of more than 30 days in resolving taxpayer account problems is further defined. A delay of more than 30 days in resolving taxpayer account problems exists under the following conditions:

(A) When a taxpayer does not receive a response by the date promised by the IRS; or

(B) When the IRS has established a normal processing time for taking an action and the taxpayer experiences a delay of more than 30 days beyond the normal processing time.

(iv) Examples of significant hardship. The provisions of this section are illustrated by the following examples:

Example 1. Immediate threat of adverse action.

The IRS serves a levy on A's bank account. A needs the bank funds to pay for a medically necessary surgical procedure that is scheduled to take place in one week. If the levy is not released, A will lack the funds necessary to have the procedure. A is experiencing an immediate threat of adverse action.

Example 2. Delay of more than 30 days.

B files a Form 4506, “Request for a Copy of Tax Return.” B does not receive the photocopy of the tax return after waiting more than 30 days beyond the normal time for processing. B is experiencing a delay of more than 30 days.

Example 3. Significant costs.

The IRS sends XYZ, Inc. a notice requesting payment of the outstanding employment taxes and penalties owed by XYZ, Inc. The notice indicates that XYZ, Inc. has small employment tax balances with respect to 12 employment tax quarters totaling $10X. XYZ, Inc. provides documentation to the IRS which it contends shows that if all payments were applied to each quarter correctly, there would be no balance due. The IRS requests additional records and documentation. Because there are 12 quarters involved, to comply with this request XYZ, Inc. asserts that it will need to hire an accountant, who estimates he will charge at least $5X to organize all the records and provide a detailed analysis of how to apply the deposits and payments. XYZ, Inc. is facing significant costs.

Example 4. Irreparable injury.

D has arranged with a bank to refinance his mortgage to lower his monthly payment. D is unable to make the current monthly payment. Unless the monthly payment amount is lowered, D will lose his residence to foreclosure. The IRS refuses to subordinate the Federal tax lien, as permitted by section 6325(d), or discharge the property subject to the lien, as permitted by section 6325(b). As a result, the bank will not allow D to refinance. D is facing an irreparable injury if relief is not granted.

(5) Distinction between significant hardship and the issuance of a TAO. A finding that a taxpayer is suffering or about to suffer a significant hardship as a result of the manner in which the internal revenue laws are being administered by the IRS will not automatically result in the issuance of a TAO. After making a determination of significant hardship, the NTA must determine whether the facts and the law support relief for the taxpayer. In cases where any IRS employee is not following applicable published administrative guidance (including the Internal Revenue Manual), the NTA shall construe the factors taken into account in determining whether to issue a TAO in the manner most favorable to the taxpayer.

(b) Generally. A TAO is an order by the NTA to the IRS. The IRS will comply with a TAO unless it is appealed and then modified or rescinded by the NTA, the Commissioner, or the Deputy Commissioner. If a TAO is modified or rescinded by the Commissioner or the Deputy Commissioner, a written explanation of the reasons for the modification or rescission must be provided to the NTA. The NTA may not make a substantive determination of any tax liability. A TAO is also not intended to be a substitute for an established administrative or judicial review procedure, but rather is intended to supplement existing procedures if a taxpayer is about to suffer or is suffering a significant hardship. A request for a TAO shall be made on a Form 911, “Request for Taxpayer Advocate Service Assistance (And Application for Taxpayer Assistance Order)” (or other specified form) or in a written statement that provides sufficient information for the Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) to determine the nature of the harm or the need for assistance. A taxpayer's right to administrative or judicial review will not be diminished or expanded in any way as a result of the taxpayer's seeking assistance from TAS.

(c) Contents of taxpayer assistance orders. After establishing that the taxpayer is facing significant hardship and determining that the facts and law support relief to the taxpayer, the NTA may issue a TAO ordering the IRS within a specified time to—

(1) Release a levy. Release levied property (to the extent that the IRS may by law release such property); or

(2) Take certain other actions. Cease any action, take any action as permitted by law, or refrain from taking any action with respect to a taxpayer pursuant to—

(i) Chapter 64 (relating to collection);

(ii) Chapter 70, subchapter B (relating to bankruptcy and receiverships);

(iii) Chapter 78 (relating to discovery of liability and enforcement of title); or

(iv) Any other provision of the internal revenue laws specifically described by the NTA in the TAO.

(3) Expedite, review, or reconsider an action at a higher level. Although the NTA may not make the substantive determination, a TAO may be issued to require the IRS to expedite, reconsider, or review at a higher level an action taken with respect to a determination or collection of a tax liability.

(4) Examples. The following examples assume the existence of significant hardship:

Example 1.

J contacts a Local Taxpayer Advocate because a wage levy is causing financial difficulties. The NTA determines that the levy should be released as it is causing economic hardship (within the meaning of section 6343(a)(1)(D) and § 301.6343-1(b)(4)). The NTA may issue a TAO ordering the IRS to release the levy in whole or in part by a specified date.

Example 2.

The IRS rejects K's offer in compromise. K files a Form 911, “Request for Taxpayer Advocate Service Assistance (And Application for Taxpayer Assistance Order).” The NTA discovers facts that support acceptance of the offer in compromise. The NTA may issue a TAO ordering the IRS to reconsider its rejection of the offer or to review the rejection of the offer at a higher level. The TAO may include the NTA's analysis of and recommendation for resolving the case.

Example 3.

L files a protest requesting Appeals consideration of IRS's proposed denial of L's request for innocent spouse relief. Appeals advises L that it is going to issue a Final Determination denying the request for innocent spouse relief. L files a Form 911, “Request for Taxpayer Advocate Service Assistance (And Application for Taxpayer Assistance Order).” The NTA reviews the administrative record and concludes that the facts support granting innocent spouse relief. The NTA may issue a TAO ordering Appeals to refrain from issuing a Final Determination and reconsider or review at a higher level its decision to deny innocent spouse relief. The TAO may include the NTA's analysis of and recommendation for resolving the case.

(d) Issuance. A TAO may be issued to any office, operating division, or function of the IRS. A TAO shall apply to persons performing services under a qualified tax collection contract (as defined in section 6306(b)) to the same extent and in the same manner as the order applies to IRS employees. A TAO will not be issued to IRS Criminal Investigation division (CI), or any successor IRS division responsible for the criminal investigation function, if the action ordered in the TAO could reasonably be expected to impede a criminal investigation. CI will determine whether the action ordered in the TAO could reasonably be expected to impede an investigation. Generally, a TAO may not be issued to the Office of Chief Counsel.

(e) Suspension of statutes of limitations—(1) In general. The running of the applicable period of limitations for any action which is the subject of a taxpayer assistance order shall be suspended for the period beginning on the date the Ombudsman receives an application for a taxpayer assistance order in the form, manner, and time specified in paragraph (b) of this section and ending on the date on which the Ombudsman makes a determination with respect to the application, and for any additional period specified by the Ombudsman in an order issued pursuant to a taxpayer's application. For the purpose of computing the period suspended, all calendar days except the date of receipt of the application shall be included.

(2) Date of decision. The “date on which the Ombudsman makes a decision with respect to the application” is the date on which the taxpayer's request for a taxpayer assistance order is denied, or agreement is reached with the involved function of the Service, or a taxpayer assistance order is issued (except that when the taxpayer assistance order is reviewed by an official who may modify or rescind the taxpayer assistance order as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, the decision date is the date on which such review is completed).

(3) Periods suspended. The periods of limitations which are suspended under section 7811(d) are those which apply to the taxable periods to which the application for a taxpayer assistance order relate or the taxable periods specifically indicated in the terms of a taxpayer assistance order.

Example 1.

On August 31, 1989, the Internal Revenue Service levies on funds in the taxpayer's checking account. On September 1, 1989 (at which time 7 months remain before the period of limitations on collection after assessment will expire on April 1, 1990) the Ombudsman receives the taxpayer's written application for a taxpayer assistance order. Subsequently, on September 6, 1989, the Ombudsman determines that the levy has caused a significant hardship and the Internal Revenue Service function which served the levy agrees to release the levy. The levy is released. As a result of the application and the decision by the Ombudsman and the involved function of the Service resolving the hardship, the statute of limitations on collection after assessment is suspended from the date the Ombudsman received the application, September 1, 1989, until the date on which the decision was made to release the levy, September 6, 1989. Therefore, the statute of limitations on collection after assessment will not expire until after April 6, 1990, which is 7 months plus 5 days after the date on which the application for a taxpayer assistance order was received by the Ombudsman.

Example 2.

The facts are the same as in example 1 except that the Internal Revenue Service function which served the levy does not agree to release the levy, and the Ombudsman, having made a determination that the levy is causing a significant hardship, issues a taxpayer assistance order on September 6, 1989, in which the levy is ordered to be released and specifies that the statute of limitations on collection after assessment is suspended for an additional 15 days. The period of limitations on collection after assessment will therefore not expire until after April 21, 1990, which is 7 months and 20 days (5 days plus 15 days) after the application for the taxpayer assistance order was received by the Ombudsman.

Example 3.

The facts are the same as in example 2 except that the Ombudsman does not specifically suspend the statute of limitations on collection after assessment for an additional number of days in the taxpayer assistance order, but rather the function seeks modification or rescission of the taxpayer assistance order and the appropriate official charged with that responsibility completes his consideration of the assistance order on September 8, 1989. The period of limitations on collection after assessment will therefore not expire until after April 8, 1990, which is 7 months and 7 days after the application for the taxpayer assistance order was received by the Ombudsman.

(4) Absence of a written application. The statute of limitations is not suspended in cases where the Ombudsman issues an order in the absence of a written application for relief by the taxpayer or the taxpayer's duly authorized representative.

(f) Effective/applicability date. These regulations are applicable for TAOs issued on or after April 1, 2011, except that paragraph (e) of this section is applicable beginning March 20, 1992.

[T.D. 8246, 54 FR 11700, Mar. 22, 1989, as amended by T.D. 8403, 56 FR 9977, Mar. 23, 1992; T.D. 9519, 76 FR 18060, Apr. 1, 2011]

§ 301.7803-2 Internal Revenue Service Independent Office of Appeals resolution of Federal tax controversies without litigation.

(a) Function of the Internal Revenue Service Independent Office of Appeals. The Internal Revenue Service Independent Office of Appeals (Appeals) resolves Federal tax controversies without litigation on a basis that is fair and impartial to both the Government and the taxpayer, promotes a consistent application and interpretation of, and voluntary compliance with, the Federal tax laws, and enhances public confidence in the integrity and efficiency of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).

(b) Consideration of a Federal tax controversy by Appeals—(1) In general. The Appeals resolution process is generally available to all taxpayers to resolve Federal tax controversies.

(2) Definition of Federal tax controversy. For purposes of this section, a Federal tax controversy is defined as a dispute over an administrative determination with respect to a particular taxpayer made by the IRS in administering or enforcing the internal revenue laws, related Federal tax statutes, and tax conventions to which the United States is a party (collectively referred to as internal revenue laws) that arises out of the examination, collection, or execution of other activities concerning the amount or legality of the taxpayer's income, employment, excise, or estate and gift tax liability; a penalty; or an addition to tax under the internal revenue laws. For purposes of this section, a Federal tax controversy includes, for example, a dispute over an administrative determination made by the IRS concerning a taxpayer's proposed deficiency, a taxpayer's claim for credit or refund, the tax-exempt nature of a particular organization, private foundation, or qualified employee plan under the internal revenue laws, or the status of a tax-exempt or other tax-advantaged bond.

(3) Other administrative determinations treated as Federal tax controversies. Notwithstanding the definition of a Federal tax controversy in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, disputes over administrative determinations made by the IRS with respect to a particular person regarding the following topics are treated as Federal tax controversies for purposes of this section:

(i) Liabilities and penalties administered by the IRS that are outside the Internal Revenue Code (Code), such as a liability or penalty pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 5321 (relating to Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts or Bank Secrecy Act civil penalties);

(ii) A request under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552);

(iii) Application to become, or the sanction of, an Electronic Return Originator or Authorized IRS e-file Provider;

(iv) An IRS-proposed determination to a bond issuer that denies a claim for recovery of an asserted overpayment of arbitrage rebate, yield reduction payment, or penalty in lieu of rebate under section 148 of the Code (relating to arbitrage) with respect to tax-exempt bonds or under section 148 as modified by relevant provisions of the Code with respect to other tax-advantaged bonds;

(v) Administrative costs under section 7430 of the Code (relating to awarding of costs and certain fees); or

(vi) Any other topic that the IRS has determined may be considered by Appeals.

(c) Exceptions to consideration by Appeals. The following are Federal tax controversies that are excepted from consideration by Appeals or matters or issues that are otherwise ineligible for consideration by Appeals because they are neither a Federal tax controversy nor treated as a Federal tax controversy under paragraph (b)(3) of this section. If a matter or issue not eligible for consideration by Appeals is present in a case that otherwise is eligible for consideration by Appeals, the ineligible matter or issue will not be considered by Appeals during resolution of the case. The exceptions are:

(1) Any administrative determination made by the IRS rejecting a position of a taxpayer that the IRS has identified as frivolous for purposes of section 6702(c) of the Code (regarding listing of frivolous positions) and any case solely involving the taxpayer's failure or refusal to comply with the internal revenue laws because of frivolous moral, religious, political, constitutional, conscientious, or similar grounds.

(2) Penalties assessed by the IRS under section 6702 (relating to frivolous tax submissions) or section 6682 of the Code (relating to false information with respect to withholding) or any other penalty imposed for a frivolous position or false information. Appeals, however, may obtain verification that the assessment of the penalties complied with sections 6203 (relating to method of assessment) and 6751(b) (relating to supervisory approval of assessment) of the Code in a collection due process (CDP) hearing under sections 6320 (relating to a hearing upon filing of a notice of lien) and 6330 (relating to a hearing before levy) of the Code. Appeals also may consider a non-frivolous substantive challenge to a section 6702 or section 6682 penalty in a CDP hearing.

(3) Any administrative determination made by the IRS under section 7623 of the Code (relating to awards to whistleblowers).

(4) Any administrative determination issued by an agency other than the IRS, such as a determination by the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB) concerning an excise tax administered by and within the jurisdiction of TTB.

(5) Any decision made by the IRS not to issue a Taxpayer Assistance Order (TAO) under section 7811 of the Code (relating to TAOs).

(6) Any decision made by the IRS concerning material to be deleted from the text of a written determination pursuant to section 6110 of the Code (relating to public inspection of written determinations) unless the written determination is otherwise being considered by Appeals.

(7) Any denial of access under the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a(d)(1)).

(8) Any issue resolved in an agreement described in section 7121 of the Code (regarding closing agreements) that the taxpayer entered into with the IRS, and any decision made by the IRS to enter into or not enter into such agreement. Appeals may consider the question of whether an item or items are covered, and how the item or items are covered, in a closing agreement.

(9) Any case in which the IRS erroneously returns or rejects an offer in compromise (OIC) submitted under section 7122 of the Code (relating to compromises) as nonprocessable or no longer processable and the taxpayer requests Appeals consideration to assert that the OIC should be deemed to be accepted under section 7122(f).

(10) Any case in which a criminal prosecution, or a recommendation for criminal prosecution, is pending against the taxpayer for a tax-related offense, except with the concurrence of the Office of Chief Counsel or the Department of Justice, as applicable.

(11) Any issues relating to allocation among different fee payers of the branded prescription drug and health insurance providers fees in section 9008 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA), Public Law 111-148 (124 Stat. 119 (2010)), as amended by section 1404 of the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (HCERA), Public Law 111-152 (124 Stat. 1029 (2010)), and section 9010 of PPACA, as amended by section 10905 of PPACA, and as further amended by section 1406 of HCERA.

(12) Any certification or issuance of a notice of certification of a seriously delinquent Federal tax debt to the Department of State under section 7345 of the Code (relating to the revocation or denial of a passport in the case of serious tax delinquencies).

(13) Any issue barred from consideration under section 6320 or section 6330, §§ 301.6320-1 and 301.6330-1, or any other administrative guidance related to CDP hearings or equivalent hearings.

(14) Any case, determination, matter, decision, request, or issue that Appeals lacks the authority to settle. The following is a non-exclusive list of examples:

(i) Any case or issue in a case that has been referred to the Department of Justice.

(ii) Any competent authority case (including a competent authority resolution previously accepted by the taxpayer) under a United States tax treaty that is within the exclusive authority of the United States Competent Authority.

(iii) Any decision of the Commissioner of Internal Revenue or the Commissioner's delegate to not rescind a penalty under section 6707A of the Code for a non-listed reportable transaction.

(iv) Any request for relief under section 6015 of the Code (relating to relief from joint and several liability on a joint return) when the nonrequesting spouse is a party to a docketed case in the United States Tax Court (Tax Court) and does not agree to granting full or partial relief under section 6015 to the requesting spouse.

(v) Any criminal restitution-based assessment under section 6201(a)(4) of the Code (relating to certain orders of criminal restitution and restriction on challenge of assessment).

(15) Any adverse action related to the initial or continuing recognition of tax-exempt status, an entity's classification as a foundation, the initial or continuing determination of employee plan qualification, or a determination involving an obligation and the issuer of an obligation under section 103 of the Code. The exception in this paragraph (c)(15) applies only if the tax-exempt recognition, classification, determination of employee plan qualification, or determination involving an obligation and the issuer of an obligation under section 103 is based upon a technical advice memorandum issued by an Office of Associate Chief Counsel before an appeal is requested.

(16) Any case docketed in the Tax Court if the notice of deficiency, notice of liability, or final adverse determination letter is based upon a technical advice memorandum issued by an Office of Associate Chief Counsel in that case involving an adverse action described in paragraph (c)(15) of this section.

(17) Any decision by an Office of Associate Chief Counsel regarding whether to issue a letter ruling or the content of a letter ruling. This includes decisions regarding requests for relief under §§ 301.9100-1 through 301.9100-22 and requests for a change in method of accounting. The subject of the letter ruling may be considered by Appeals if all other requirements in this section are met. For example, if an Office of Associate Chief Counsel issues an adverse letter ruling to a taxpayer, the taxpayer cannot immediately appeal the issuance of the adverse letter ruling. If the taxpayer subsequently files a return taking a position that is contrary to the letter ruling and that position is audited by the IRS, Appeals may consider that Federal tax controversy if all other requirements in this section are met.

(18) Any issue based on a taxpayer's argument that a statute violates the United States Constitution unless there is an unreviewable decision from a Federal court holding that the cited statute is unconstitutional. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(18), an argument that a statute violates the United States Constitution includes any argument that a statute is unconstitutional on its face or as applied to a particular person. The exception in this paragraph (c)(18) does not preclude Appeals from considering a Federal tax controversy based on arguments other than the constitutionality of a statute, such as whether the statute applies to the taxpayer's facts and circumstances. For purposes of this section, the phrase unreviewable decision is a decision of any Federal court regardless of where the taxpayer resides that can no longer be appealed to any Federal court because all appeals in a case have been exhausted or the time to appeal has expired and no appeal was filed.

(19) Any issue based on a taxpayer's argument that a Treasury regulation is invalid unless there is an unreviewable decision from a Federal court invalidating the regulation as a whole or the provision in the regulation that the taxpayer is challenging. The exception in this paragraph (c)(19) does not preclude Appeals from considering a Federal tax controversy based on arguments other than the validity of a Treasury regulation, such as whether the Treasury regulation applies to the taxpayer's facts and circumstances. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(19), the term invalid means any challenge to validity, whether substantively invalid or procedurally invalid in scope. See paragraph (c)(20) of this section for definition of the term procedurally invalid.

(20) Any issue based on a taxpayer's argument that a notice or revenue procedure published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin is procedurally invalid unless there is an unreviewable decision from a Federal court holding it to be invalid. This exception does not preclude Appeals from considering a Federal tax controversy based on arguments other than the procedural validity of a notice or revenue procedure, such as whether the notice or revenue procedure applies to the taxpayer's facts and circumstances. For purposes of this section, the term procedurally invalid is defined as any determination regarding whether a notice or revenue procedure failed to comply with administrative law requirements, such as notice and comment under 5 U.S.C. 553.

(21) Any case or issue designated for litigation, or withheld from Appeals consideration in a Tax Court case, in accordance with guidance regarding designating or withholding a case or issue. For purposes of this section, designated for litigation means that the Federal tax controversy, comprising an issue or issues in a case, will not be resolved without a full concession by the taxpayer or by decision of the court.

(22) Any case docketed in the Tax Court if the notice of deficiency, notice of liability, or other determination was issued by Appeals unless the exception in paragraph (f)(1) of this section (regarding when the Tax Court remands a CDP case for reconsideration) applies.

(23) Any case in which timely Appeals consideration must be requested before a petition is filed in the Tax Court because exhaustion of administrative review, including consideration by Appeals, is a prerequisite for the Tax Court to have jurisdiction, and the taxpayer failed to timely request Appeals consideration. For example, Appeals consideration must be requested before a petition is filed in the Tax Court regarding a declaratory judgment request under section 7428 (relating to declaratory judgment on the classification of specified organizations), section 7476 (relating to declaratory judgment on qualification of certain retirement plans), or section 7477 (relating to declaratory judgment on the value of certain gifts) of the Code.

(24) Any administrative determination made by the IRS to deny or revoke a Certified Professional Employer Organization certification.

(d) Originating office has completed its review—(1) In general. Appeals consideration of a matter or issue is appropriate only after the originating IRS office has completed its action on the Federal tax controversy and issued an administrative determination or a proposed administrative determination accompanied by an offer for consideration by Appeals. If the originating office has not completed its action regarding the Federal tax controversy, the request for Appeals consideration is premature. Appeals may consider the Federal tax controversy if the taxpayer requests consideration after the originating office's action is complete and if all requirements in this section are met.

(2) Exception for early consideration programs. If administrative guidance permits the originating office to engage Appeals prior to completing its action regarding the Federal tax controversy, Appeals may consider the Federal tax controversy under the terms of that administrative guidance, such as mediation under a fast track settlement program or early consideration of some issues under an early referral program.

(e) Procedural and timing requirements are followed—(1) In general. A request for Appeals consideration of a Federal tax controversy must be submitted in the time and manner prescribed in applicable forms, instructions, or other administrative guidance. All procedural requirements must be complied with before Appeals will consider a Federal tax controversy. In addition, there must be sufficient time remaining on the appropriate limitations period for Appeals to consider the Federal tax controversy, as provided in administrative guidance. In a case docketed in the Tax Court, if the Office of Chief Counsel has recalled the case from Appeals or, if not recalled, Appeals has returned the case to the Office of Chief Counsel so that it is received by the Office of Chief Counsel prior to the date of the calendar call for the trial session, further consideration by Appeals will not be available if there is insufficient time for such consideration.

(2) Example. The following example illustrates the application of the rule of insufficient time remaining on the limitations periods for Appeals consideration: The IRS examines Taxpayer X's Form 1040, U.S. Individual Income Tax Return, and determines a deficiency in income tax due to the IRS disallowing some of the deductions reported on the return. Because the expiration date of the assessment period of limitations with respect to the proposed deficiency is imminent, there is insufficient time for Appeals to receive the case and determine whether the case is susceptible to settlement. Consequently, the IRS issues a notice of deficiency under section 6212 of the Code to Taxpayer X. Under section 6213(a) of the Code, the issuance of this notice suspends the running of the assessment period while a taxpayer seeks judicial review of the notice. Taxpayer X timely files a petition with the Tax Court. After the case is docketed in the Tax Court, Taxpayer X generally would have the opportunity to have Appeals consider the case.

(f) One opportunity for consideration by Appeals—(1) In general. If a Federal tax controversy is eligible for consideration by Appeals and the procedural and timing requirements are followed, a taxpayer generally has one opportunity for Appeals to consider such matter or issue in the same case for the same period or in any type of future case for the same period, unless the Tax Court remands for reconsideration in a CDP case. Appeals has considered a Federal tax controversy if the Federal tax controversy was before Appeals for consideration and Appeals issued a determination or made a settlement offer, Appeals decided the Federal tax controversy was not susceptible to settlement, or the person who requested consideration was issued and failed to respond to Appeals' communications and as a result of that failure Appeals issued or made a determination. Appeals also has considered a Federal tax controversy if the taxpayer notified the Office of Chief Counsel or the IRS that the taxpayer wanted to discontinue settlement consideration by Appeals or requested to transfer from Appeals to the Office of Chief Counsel settlement consideration of a Federal tax controversy that is currently before the Tax Court.

(2) Exceptions. Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(1) of this section, taxpayers retain the opportunity for a traditional appeal after participating in an early consideration program as described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section if no agreement was reached between the taxpayer and the IRS originating office. Taxpayers may be able to request post-Appeals mediation under the terms of administrative guidance after a traditional appeal if no agreement was reached between the taxpayer and Appeals. Notwithstanding paragraph (f)(1), taxpayers who provide new factual information to the IRS and who meet the conditions and requirements for audit reconsideration or for reconsideration of issues previously considered by Appeals may have an opportunity for Appeals consideration, as provided in administrative guidance.

(g) Special rules. The following special rules apply to this section:

(1) Appeals reconsideration. Notwithstanding the exception in paragraph (c)(22) of this section, if Appeals issued a notice of deficiency, notice of liability, or other determination without having fully considered one or more issues because of an impending expiration of the statute of limitations on assessment, Appeals may choose to have the Office of Chief Counsel return the case to Appeals for full consideration of the issue or issues once the case is docketed in the Tax Court.

(2) Coordination between Office of Chief Counsel and Appeals. Appeals and the Office of Chief Counsel may determine how settlement authority in a Federal tax controversy that is before the Tax Court is transferred between the two offices.

(h) Applicability date. This section is applicable to requests for consideration by Appeals made on or after February 14, 2025.

[T.D. 10030, 90 FR 3662, Jan. 15, 2025]

§ 301.7803-3 Requests for referral to the Internal Revenue Service Independent Office of Appeals following the issuance of a notice of deficiency.

(a) Notice and protest. If any taxpayer requests consideration by the Internal Revenue Service Independent Office of Appeals (Appeals) of any matter or issue under section 7803(e)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) (relating to limitation on designation of cases as not eligible for referral to Appeals) and the request is denied, the Commissioner of Internal Revenue (Commissioner) or the Commissioner's delegate must provide the taxpayer a written notice that provides a detailed description of the facts involved, the basis for the decision to deny the request, a detailed explanation of how the basis for the decision applies to such facts, and the procedures for protesting the decision to deny the request, but only if the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (5) of this section are met:

(1) Notice of deficiency. The taxpayer received a notice of deficiency authorized under section 6212 of the Code (relating to notice of deficiency) before the taxpayer requested consideration by Appeals.

(2) Frivolous positions. The issue involved is not a frivolous position within the meaning of section 6702(c) of the Code (regarding listing of frivolous positions).

(3) Multiple requests for referral to Appeals. The taxpayer has not previously requested consideration by Appeals, pursuant to section 7803(e)(5), of the same matter or issue in a taxable year or period.

(4) Previous Appeals consideration. Appeals has not previously considered the matter or issue in a taxable year or period that is the subject of the request and determined that the matter or issue could not be settled or a settlement offer was rejected, except as provided in § 301.7803-2(f)(2) with respect to a taxpayer participating in an early consideration program.

(5) Notice of deficiency with more than one matter or issue. If the notice of deficiency for which the taxpayer requests Appeals consideration includes more than one matter or issue in a taxable year or period, the taxpayer must request referral for Appeals consideration and submit all such matters or issues at the same time.

(b) Applicability date. This section is applicable to relevant requests for consideration by Appeals made on or after February 14, 2025.

[T.D. 10030, 90 FR 3662, Jan. 15, 2025]

Miscellaneous Provisions

§ 301.9000-1 Definitions when used in §§ 301.9000-1 through 301.9000-6.

(a) IRS records or information means any material (including copies thereof) contained in the files (including paper, electronic or other media files) of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), any information relating to material contained in the files of the IRS, or any information acquired by an IRS officer or employee, while an IRS officer or employee, as a part of the performance of official duties or because of that IRS officer's or employee's official status with respect to the administration of the internal revenue laws or any other laws administered by or concerning the IRS. IRS records or information includes, but is not limited to, returns and return information as those terms are defined in section 6103(b)(1) and (2) of the Internal Revenue Code (Code), tax convention information as defined in section 6105 of the Code, information gathered during Bank Secrecy Act and money laundering investigations, and personnel records and other information pertaining to IRS officers and employees. IRS records and information also includes information received, generated or collected by an IRS contractor pursuant to the contractor's contract or agreement with the IRS. The term does not include records or information obtained by IRS officers and employees, solely for the purpose of a federal grand jury investigation, while under the direction and control of the United States Attorney's Office. The term IRS records or information nevertheless does include records or information obtained by the IRS before, during, or after a Federal grand jury investigation if the records or information are obtained—

(1) At the administrative stage of a criminal investigation (prior to the initiation of the grand jury);

(2) From IRS files (such as transcripts or tax returns); or

(3) For use in a subsequent civil investigation.

(b) IRS officers and employees means all officers and employees of the United States appointed by, employed by, or subject to the directions, instructions, or orders of the Commissioner or IRS Chief Counsel and also includes former officers and employees.

(c) IRS contractor means any person, including the person's current and former employees, maintaining IRS records or information pursuant to a contract or agreement with the IRS, and also includes former contractors.

(d) A request is any request for testimony of an IRS officer, employee or contractor or for production of IRS records or information, oral or written, by any person, which is not a demand.

(e) A demand is any subpoena or other order of any court, administrative agency or other authority, or the Congress, or a committee or subcommittee of the Congress, and any notice of deposition (either upon oral examination or written questions), request for admissions, request for production of documents or things, written interrogatories to parties, or other notice of, request for, or service for discovery in a matter before any court, administrative agency or other authority.

(f) An IRS matter is any matter before any court, administrative agency or other authority in which the United States, the Commissioner, the IRS, or any IRS officer or employee acting in an official capacity, or any IRS officer or employee (including an officer or employee of IRS Office of Chief Counsel) in his or her individual capacity if the United States Department of Justice or the IRS has agreed to represent or provide representation to the IRS officer or employee, is a party and that is directly related to official business of the IRS or to any law administered by or concerning the IRS, including, but not limited to, judicial and administrative proceedings described in section 6103(h)(4) and (l)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(g) An IRS congressional matter is any matter before the Congress, or a committee or subcommittee of the Congress, that is related to the administration of the internal revenue laws or any other laws administered by or concerning the IRS, or to IRS records or information.

(h) A non-IRS matter is any matter that is not an IRS matter or an IRS congressional matter.

(i) A testimony authorization is a written instruction or oral instruction memorialized in writing within a reasonable period by an authorizing official that sets forth the scope of and limitations on proposed testimony and/or disclosure of IRS records or information issued in response to a request or demand for IRS records or information. A testimony authorization may grant or deny authorization to testify or disclose IRS records or information and may make an authorization effective only upon the occurrence of a precedent condition, such as the receipt of a consent complying with the provisions of section 6103(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. To authorize testimony means to issue the instruction described in this paragraph (i).

(j) An authorizing official is a person with delegated authority to authorize testimony and the disclosure of IRS records or information.

[T.D. 9178, 70 FR 7397, Feb. 14, 2005]

§ 301.9000-2 Considerations in responding to a request or demand for IRS records or information.

(a) Situations in which disclosure shall not be authorized. Authorizing officials shall not permit testimony or disclosure of IRS records or information in response to requests or demands if testimony or disclosure of IRS records or information would—

(1) Violate a Federal statute including, but not limited to, sections 6103 or 6105 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code), the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), or a rule of procedure, such as the grand jury secrecy rule, Fed. R. Crim. P. 6(e);

(2) Violate a specific Federal regulation, including, but not limited to, 31 CFR 103.53;

(3) Reveal classified national security information, unless properly declassified;

(4) Reveal the identity of an informant; or

(5) Reveal investigatory records or information compiled for law enforcement purposes that would permit interference with law enforcement proceedings or would disclose investigative techniques and procedures, the effectiveness of which could thereby be impaired.

(b) Assertion of privileges. Any applicable privilege or protection under law may be asserted in response to a request or demand for testimony or disclosure of IRS records or information, including, but not limited to, the following—

(1) Attorney-client privilege;

(2) Attorney work product doctrine; and

(3) Deliberative process (executive) privilege.

(c) Non-IRS matters. If any person makes a request or demand for IRS records or information in connection with a non-IRS matter, authorizing officials shall take into account the following additional factors in responding to the request or demand—

(1) Whether the requester is a Federal agency, or a state or local government or agency thereof;

(2) Whether the demand was issued by a Federal or state court, administrative agency or other authority;

(3) The potential effect of the case on the administration of the internal revenue laws or any other laws administered by or concerning the IRS;

(4) The importance of the legal issues presented;

(5) Whether the IRS records or information are available from other sources;

(6) The IRS's anticipated commitment of time and anticipated expenditure of funds necessary to comply with the request or demand;

(7) The number of similar requests and their cumulative effect on the expenditure of IRS resources;

(8) Whether the request or demand allows a reasonable time for compliance (generally, at least fifteen business days);

(9) Whether the testimony or disclosure is appropriate under the rules of procedure governing the case or matter in which the request or demand arises;

(10) Whether the request or demand involves expert witness testimony;

(11) Whether the request or demand is for the testimony of an IRS officer, employee or contractor who is without personal knowledge of relevant facts;

(12) Whether the request or demand is for the testimony of a presidential appointee or senior executive and whether the testimony of a lower-level official would suffice;

(13) Whether the procedures in § 301.9000-5 have been followed; and

(14) Any other relevant factors that may be brought to the attention of the authorizing official.

[T.D. 9178, 70 FR 7397, Feb. 14, 2005]

§ 301.9000-3 Testimony authorizations.

(a) Prohibition on disclosure of IRS records or information without testimony authorization. Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, when a request or demand for IRS records or information is made, no IRS officer, employee or contractor shall testify or disclose IRS records or information to any court, administrative agency or other authority, or to the Congress, or to a committee or subcommittee of the Congress without a testimony authorization. However, an IRS officer, employee or contractor may appear in person to advise that he or she is awaiting instructions from an authorizing official with respect to the request or demand.

(b) Exceptions. No testimony authorization is required in the following circumstances—

(1) To respond to a request or demand for IRS records or information by the attorney or other government representative representing the IRS in a particular IRS matter;

(2) To respond solely in writing, under the direction of the attorney or other government representative, to requests and demands in IRS matters, including, but not limited to, admissions, document production, and written interrogatories to parties;

(3) To respond to a request or demand issued to a former IRS officer, employee or contractor for expert or opinion testimony if the testimony sought from the former IRS officer, employee or contractor involves general knowledge (such as information contained in published procedures of the IRS or the IRS Office of Chief Counsel) gained while the former IRS officer, employee or contractor was employed or under contract with the IRS; or

(4) If a more specific procedure established by the Commissioner governs the disclosure of IRS records or information. These procedures include, but are not limited to, those relating to: procedures pursuant to § 601.702(d) of this chapter; Freedom of Information Act requests pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552; Privacy Act of 1974 requests pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a; disclosures to state tax agencies pursuant to section 6103(d) of the Internal Revenue Code (Code); and disclosures to the United States Department of Justice pursuant to an ex parte order under section 6103(i)(1) of the Code.

(c) Disclosures of IRS records or information with or without testimony authorization must be permitted under other applicable law. Any disclosure of IRS records or information that is otherwise permissible under this section must not be prohibited under applicable law. For example, in a case in which returns and return information may be disclosed, the disclosure must be authorized under section 6103, even if any required testimony authorization is obtained. If tax convention information (as defined under section 6105) may be disclosed, in deciding whether the disclosure is authorized, the authorizing official must coordinate the disclosure with the U.S. Competent Authority.

[T.D. 9178, 70 FR 7397, Feb. 14, 2005]

§ 301.9000-4 Procedure in the event of a request or demand for IRS records or information.

(a) Purpose and scope. This section prescribes procedures to be followed by IRS officers, employees and contractors upon receipt of a request or demand in matters in which a testimony authorization is or may be required.

(b) Notification of the Disclosure Officer. Except as provided in paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section, an IRS officer, employee or contractor who receives a request or demand for IRS records or information for which a testimony authorization is or may be required shall notify promptly the disclosure officer servicing the IRS officer's, employee's or contractor's geographic area. The IRS officer, employee or contractor shall await instructions from the authorizing official concerning the response to the request or demand. An IRS officer, employee, or contractor who receives a request or demand in one of the following matters should not notify the disclosure officer, but should follow the instructions in paragraph (c), (d), or (e) of this section, as applicable:

(1) United States Tax Court cases.

(2) Personnel matters, labor relations matters, government contract matters, matters related to informant claims or matters related to the rules of Bivens v. Six Unknown Named Agents of Federal Bureau of Narcotics, 403 U.S. 388 (1971) (Bivens matters), or matters under the Federal Tort Claims Act (FTCA).

(3) IRS congressional matters.

(c) Requests or demands in United States Tax Court cases. An IRS officer, employee or contractor who receives a request or demand for IRS records or information on behalf of a petitioner in a United States Tax Court case shall notify promptly the IRS Office of Chief Counsel attorney assigned to the case. The IRS Office of Chief Counsel attorney shall notify promptly the authorizing official. The IRS officer, employee or contractor who received the request or demand shall await instructions from the authorizing official.

(d) Requests or demands in personnel, labor relations, government contract, Bivens or FTCA matters, or matters related to informant claims. An IRS officer, employee or contractor who receives a request or demand, on behalf of an appellant, grievant, complainant or representative, for IRS records or information in a personnel, labor relations, government contract, Bivens or FTCA matter, or matter related to informant claims, shall notify promptly the IRS Associate Chief Counsel (General Legal Services) attorney assigned to the case. If no IRS Associate Chief Counsel (General Legal Services) attorney is assigned to the case, the IRS officer, employee or contractor shall notify promptly the IRS Associate Chief Counsel (General Legal Services) attorney servicing the geographic area. The IRS Associate Chief Counsel (General Legal Services) attorney shall notify promptly the authorizing official. The IRS officer, employee or contractor who received the request or demand shall await instructions from the authorizing official.

(e) Requests or demands in IRS congressional matters. An IRS officer, employee or contractor who receives a request or demand in an IRS congressional matter shall notify promptly the IRS Office of Legislative Affairs. The IRS officer, employee or contractor who received the request or demand shall await instructions from the authorizing official.

(f) Opposition to a demand for IRS records or information in IRS and non-IRS matters. If, in response to a demand for IRS records or information, an authorizing official has not had a sufficient opportunity to issue a testimony authorization, or determines that the demand for IRS records or information should be denied, the authorizing official shall request the government attorney or other representative of the government to oppose the demand and respectfully inform the court, administrative agency or other authority, by appropriate action, that the authorizing official either has not yet issued a testimony authorization, or has issued a testimony authorization to the IRS officer, employee or contractor that denies permission to testify or disclose the IRS records or information. If the authorizing official denies authorization in whole or in part, the government attorney or other representative of the government shall inform the court, administrative agency or other authority of the reasons the authorizing official gives for not authorizing the testimony or the disclosure of the IRS records or information or take other action in opposition as may be appropriate (including, but not limited to, filing a motion to quash or a motion to remove to Federal court).

(g) Procedure in the event of an adverse ruling. In the event the court, administrative agency, or other authority rules adversely with respect to the refusal to disclose the IRS records or information pursuant to the testimony authorization, or declines to defer a ruling until a testimony authorization has been received, the IRS officer, employee or contractor who has received the request or demand shall, pursuant to this section, respectfully decline to testify or disclose the IRS records or information.

(h) Penalties. Any IRS officer or employee who discloses IRS records or information without following the provisions of this section or § 301.9000-3, may be subject to administrative discipline, up to and including dismissal. Any IRS officer, employee or contractor may be subject to applicable contractual sanctions and civil or criminal penalties, including prosecution under 5 U.S.C. 552a(i), for willful disclosure in an unauthorized manner of information protected by the Privacy Act of 1974, or under section 7213 of the Internal Revenue Code, for willful disclosure in an unauthorized manner of return information.

(i) No creation of benefit or separate privilege. Nothing in §§ 301.9000-1 through 301.9000-3, this section, and §§ 301.9000-5 and 301.9000-6, creates, is intended to create, or may be relied upon to create, any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a party against the United States. Nothing in these regulations creates a separate privilege or basis to withhold IRS records or information.

[T.D. 9178, 70 FR 7397, Feb. 14, 2005]

§ 301.9000-5 Written statement required for requests or demands in non-IRS matters.

(a) Written statement. A request or demand for IRS records or information for use in a non-IRS matter shall be accompanied by a written statement made by or on behalf of the party seeking the testimony or disclosure of IRS records or information, setting forth—

(1) A brief description of the parties to and subject matter of the proceeding and the issues;

(2) A summary of the testimony, IRS records or information sought, the relevance to the proceeding, and the estimated volume of IRS records involved;

(3) The time that will be required to present the testimony (on both direct and cross examination);

(4) Whether any of the IRS records or information is a return or is return information (as defined in section 6103(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (Code)), or tax convention information (as defined in section 6105(c)(1) of the Code), and the statutory authority for the disclosure of the return or return information (and, if no consent to disclose pursuant to section 6103(c) of the Code accompanies the request or demand, the reason consent is not necessary);

(5) Whether a declaration of an IRS officer, employee or contractor under penalties of perjury pursuant to 28 U.S.C. 1746 would suffice in lieu of deposition or trial testimony;

(6) Whether deposition or trial testimony is necessary in a situation in which IRS records may be authenticated without testimony under applicable rules of evidence and procedure;

(7) Whether IRS records or information are available from other sources; and

(8) A statement that the request or demand allows a reasonable time (generally at least fifteen business days) for compliance.

(b) Permissible waiver of statement. The requirement of a written statement in paragraph (a) of this section may be waived by the authorizing official for good cause.

[T.D. 9178, 70 FR 7397, Feb. 14, 2005]

§ 301.9000-6 Examples.

The following examples illustrate the provisions of §§ 301.9000-1 through 301.9000-5:

Example 1.

A taxpayer sues a practitioner in state court for malpractice in connection with the practitioner's preparation of a Federal income tax return. The taxpayer subpoenas an IRS employee to testify concerning the IRS employee's examination of the taxpayer's Federal income tax return. The taxpayer provides the statement required by § 301.9000-5. This is a non-IRS matter. A testimony authorization would be required for the IRS employee to testify. (In addition, the taxpayer would be required to execute an appropriate consent under section 6103(c) of the Code). The IRS would oppose the IRS employee's appearance in this case because the IRS is a disinterested party with respect to the dispute and would consider the commitment of resources to comply with the subpoena inappropriate.

Example 2.

In a state judicial proceeding concerning child support, the child's custodial parent subpoenas for a deposition an IRS agent who is examining certain post-divorce Federal income tax returns of the non-custodial parent. This is a non-IRS matter. The custodial parent submits with the subpoena the statement required by § 301.9000-5 stating as the reason for the lack of taxpayer consent to disclosure that the non-custodial parent has refused to provide the consent (both a consent from the taxpayer complying with section 6103(c) and a testimony authorization would be required prior to the IRS agent testifying at the deposition). If taxpayer consent is obtained, the IRS may provide a declaration or certified return information of the taxpayer. A deposition would be unnecessary under the circumstances.

Example 3.

The chairperson of a congressional committee requests the appearance of an IRS employee before the committee and committee staff to submit to questioning by committee staff concerning the procedures for processing Federal employment tax returns. This is an IRS congressional matter. Even though questioning would not involve the disclosure of returns or return information, the questioning would involve the disclosure of IRS records or information; therefore, a testimony authorization would be required. The IRS employee must contact the IRS Office of Legislative Affairs for instructions before appearing.

Example 4.

The IRS opens a criminal investigation as to the tax liabilities of a taxpayer. This is an IRS matter. During the criminal investigation, the IRS refers the matter to the United States Department of Justice, requesting the institution of a Federal grand jury to investigate further potential criminal tax violations. The United States Department of Justice approves the request and initiates a grand jury investigation. The grand jury indicts the taxpayer. During the taxpayer's trial, the taxpayer subpoenas an IRS special agent for testimony regarding the investigation. The records and information collected during the administrative stage of the investigation, including the taxpayer's tax returns from IRS files, are IRS records and information. A testimony authorization is required for the IRS special agent to testify regarding this information. However, no IRS testimony authorization is required regarding the information collected by the IRS special agent when the IRS special agent was acting under the direction and control of the United States Attorney's Office in the Federal grand jury investigation. That information is not IRS records or information within the meaning of § 301.9000-1(a). Disclosure of that information should be coordinated with the United States Attorney's Office.

Example 5.

The United States Department of Justice attorney representing the IRS in a suit for refund requests testimony from an IRS revenue agent. This is an IRS matter. A testimony authorization would not be required for the IRS revenue agent to testify because the testimony was requested by the government attorney.

Example 6.

In response to a request by the taxpayer's counsel to interview an IRS revenue agent who was involved in a case at the administrative level, the United States Department of Justice attorney representing the IRS in a suit for refund asks that the IRS revenue agent be made available to be interviewed. This is an IRS matter. A testimony authorization would be required for the IRS revenue agent to testify because the testimony was first requested by taxpayer's counsel.

Example 7.

A state assistant attorney general, acting in accordance with a recommendation from his state's department of revenue, is prosecuting a taxpayer under a state criminal law proscribing the intentional failure to file a state income tax return. The assistant attorney general serves an IRS employee with a subpoena to testify concerning the taxpayer's Federal income tax return filing history. This is a non-IRS matter. This is also a state judicial proceeding pertaining to tax administration within the meaning of section 6103(h)(4) and (b)(4). As such, the requirements of section 6103(h)(4) apply. A testimony authorization would be required for the testimony demand in the subpoena.

Example 8.

A former IRS revenue agent is requested to testify in a divorce proceeding. The request seeks testimony explaining the meaning of entries appearing on one party's transcript of account, which is already in the possession of the parties. This is a non-IRS matter. No testimony authorization is required because the testimony requested from the former IRS employee involves general knowledge gained while the former IRS revenue agent was employed with the IRS.

Example 9.

A Department of Justice attorney requests an IRS employee to testify in a refund suit involving Taxpayer A. The testimony may include tax convention information, as defined in section 6105, which was originally obtained by the IRS from a treaty partner in connection with a tax case against Taxpayer B. While no testimony authorization is necessary, because the testimony is being requested by government counsel in a tax matter, the IRS employee may not testify (or otherwise disclose IRS records or information) without coordinating with the U.S. Competent Authority, as disclosure of tax convention information is governed by section 6105. The disclosure must also meet the requirements in section 6103(h)(4).

Example 10.

In a state court tort action, Defendant subpoenas IRS for Plaintiff's federal income tax returns for particular taxable years. This is a non-IRS matter. The Disclosure Officer instructs Defendant that the IRS has established procedures for obtaining copies of Federal income tax returns. Section 601.702(d)(1) of this chapter establishes the procedures for obtaining Federal tax returns by requiring written requests for copies of tax returns using IRS Form 4506, “Request for Copy of Tax Return.” At Defendant's request, Plaintiff executes Form 4506, naming Defendant's counsel as designee, and the form is properly submitted to IRS. A testimony authorization would not be required to disclose Plaintiff's returns to Defendant's counsel.

[T.D. 9178, 70 FR 7397, Feb. 14, 2005]

§ 301.9000-7 Effective date.

These regulations are applicable on February 14, 2005.

[T.D. 9178, 70 FR 7397, Feb. 14, 2005]

§ 301.9001 Statutory provisions; Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act Amendments of 1978.

Section 302 of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act Amendments of 1978 (92 Stat. 629) provides as follows:

Sec. 302. (a) There is hereby established in the Treasury of the United States an Offshore Oil Pollution Compensation Fund in an amount not to exceed $200,000,000, except that such limitation shall be increased to the extent necessary to permit any moneys recovered or collected which are referred to in subsection (b)(2) of this section to be paid into the Fund. The Fund shall be administered by the Secretary 1 and the Secretary of the Treasury as specified in this title. The Fund may sue and be sued in its own name.

1 “Secretary” wherever used in this section means the Secretary of Transportation.

(b) The Fund shall be composed of—

(1) All fees collected pursuant to subsection (d) of this section; and

(2) All other moneys recovered or collected on behalf of the Fund under section 308 or any other provision of this title.

(c) The Fund shall be immediately available for—

(1) Removal costs described in section 301(22):

(2) The processing and settlement claims under section 307 of this title (including the costs of assessing injury to, or destruction of, natural resources); and

(3) Subject to such amounts as are provided in appropriation Acts, all administrative and personnel costs of the Federal Government incident to the administration of this title, including, but not limited to, the claims settlement activities and adjudicatory and judicial proceedings, whether or not such costs are recoverable under section 308 of this title.

The Secretary is authorized to promulgate regulations designating the person or persons who may obligate available money in the Fund for such purposes.

(d)(1) The Secretary shall levy and the Secretary of the Treasury shall collect a fee of not to exceed 3 cents per barrel on oil obtained from the Outer Continental Shelf, which shall be imposed on the owner of the oil when such oil is produced.

(2) The Secretary of the Treasury, after consulting with the Secretary, may promulgate reasonable regulations relating to the collection of the fees authorized by paragraph (1) of this subsection and, from time to time, the modification thereof. Any modification shall become effective on the date specified in the regulation making such modification, but no earlier than the ninetieth day following the date such regulation is published in the Federal Register. Any modification of the fee shall be designed to insure that the Fund is maintained at a level of not less than $100,000,000 and not more than $200,000,000. No regulation that sets or modifies fees, whether or not in effect, may be stayed by any court pending completion of judicial review of such regulation.

(3)(A) Any person who fails to collect or pay any fee as required by any regulation promulgated under paragraph (2) of this subsection shall be liable for a civil penalty not to exceed $10,000, to be assessed by the Secretary of the Treasury, in addition to the fee required to be collected or paid and the interest on such fee at the rate such fee would have earned if collected or paid when due and invested in special obligations of the United States in accordance with subsection (e)(2) of this section. Upon the failure of any person so liable to pay any penalty, fee, or interest upon demand, the Attorney General may, at the request of the Secretary of the Treasury, bring an action in the name of the Fund against that person for such amount.

(B) Any person who falsifies records or documents required to be maintained under any regulation promulgated under this subsection shall be subject to prosecution for a violation of section 1001 of title 18, United States Code.

(4) The Secretary of the Treasury may, by regulation, designate the reasonably necessary records and documents to be kept by persons from whom fees are to be collected pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection, and the Secretary of the Treasury and the Comptroller General of the United States shall have access to such records and documents for the purpose of audit and examination.

(e)(1) The Secretary shall determine the level of funding required for immediate access in order to meet potential obligations of the Fund.

(2) The Secretary of the Treasury may invest any excess in the Fund above the level determined under paragraph (1) of this subsection, in interest-bearing special obligations of the United States. Such special obligations may be redeemed at any time in accordance with the terms of the special issue and pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury. The interest on, and the proceeds from the sale of, any obligations held in the Fund shall be deposited in and credited to the Fund.

(f) If at any time the moneys available in the Fund are insufficient to meet the obligations of the Fund, the Secretary shall issue to the Secretary of the Treasury notes or other obligations in the forms and denominations, bearing the interest rates and maturities, and subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. Redemption of such notes or other obligations shall be made by the Secretary from moneys in the Fund. Such notes or other obligations shall bear interest at a rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, taking into consideration the average market yield on outstanding marketable obligations of comparable maturity. The Secretary of the Treasury shall purchase any notes or other obligations issued under this subsection and, for that purpose, he is authorized to use as a public debt transaction the proceeds from the sale of any securities issued under the Second Liberty Bond Act. The purpose for which securities may be issued under that Act are extended to include any purchase of such notes or other obligations. The Secretary of the Treasury may at any time sell any of the notes or other obligations acquired by him under this subsection. All redemptions, purchases, and sales by the Secretary of the Treasury of such notes or other obligations shall be treated as public debt transactions of the United States.

(Sec. 302(d) of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act Amendments of 1978 (92 Stat. 672) and sec. 7805 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (68A Stat. 917; 26 U.S.C. 7805))

[T.D. 7697, 45 FR 33974, May 21, 1980]

§ 301.9001-1 Collection of fee.

(a) Imposition of fee—(1) In general. Under section 302(d) of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act Amendments of 1978 (Act), the Internal Revenue Service is authorized to collect a fee of not more than 3 cents per barrel on oil that is obtained from the Outer Continental Shelf. This fee is established by the Commandant, United States Coast Guard, and is imposed on the owner of the oil as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The barrels subject to the fee shall be those barrels reported by the owner of the oil (§ 301.9001-1 (a)(2)), or a person authorized to act for the owner, on the monthly royalty reports, Form 9-153, filed with the U.S. Geological Survey as required by 30 CFR 250.94. For the purpose of computing this fee, the owner of the oil shall measure the Outer Continental Shelf oil production by employing the criteria of the U.S. Geological Survey contained in 30 CFR 250.60 and Outer Continental Shelf Gulf of Mexico Order 13. No reduction in the amount due will be permitted by reason of theoretical or actual oil lost in transit. To ensure that the Fund is maintained at a level of not less than $100,000,000 and not more than $200,000,000, the Commandant, United States Coast Guard, may modify the amount of this fee.

(2) Owner of oil. For the purposes of §§ 301.9001-1, 301.9001-2, and 301.9001-3, the owner of oil is the person in whom is vested ownership of the oil as it is produced at the wellhead without regard to the existence of contractual arrangements for the sale or other disposition of the oil between such a person and third parties. Under this rule, the Federal government entitlement to royalty oil does not constitute ownership of oil by the Federal government at the time of production.

(3) Example. The provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this section may be illustrated by the following example:

Example.

X is the owner of oil produced on the Outer Continental Shelf. During one reporting period, 10,000 barrels of oil were obtained from this location. X will use a portion of this oil to make a royalty payment to the United States government. X also has a contract with Y to sell Y the remaining barrels of oil. For the purpose of the Act, X is the owner of the oil and must pay a fee of 3 cents per barrel on all 10,000 barrels of oil.

(4) Cross-references. See § 301.9001-2(a) for the definition of barrel, § 301.9001-2(b) for the definition of oil, and § 301.9001-2(c) for the definition of person.

(5) Effective Date. The provisions of §§ 301.9001-1, 301.9001-2, and 301.9001-3 are effective on July 25, 1979, at 7:00 a.m., local time. If, however, the established practice has been to gauge oil production at a time other than 7:00 a.m., the effective date is July 25, 1979, at the time production has been gauged.

(b) Collection of fee. The Internal Revenue Service shall collect the fee imposed by section 302(d) of the Act. Administrative procedures for the collection of this fee shall be prescribed from time to time by the Commissioner. The Commissioner may designate the reasonably necessary records and documents to be kept by the person or persons from whom the fee is collected. See also the regulations under 33 CFR 135.103 for additional rules relating to the implementation of the Act.

(c) Time and place for payment of the fee—(1) In general. Payment of the fee shall be made in accordance with the rules established in paragraph (c)(2), (3) and (4) of this section. When a deposit is required by these rules, it must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service Center, Austin, Texas 73301 using Form 6008, Fee Deposit for Offshore Oil. Adjustments required in the amount paid during the calendar quarter to reflect the actual amount due for the quarter shall be made on Form 6009, Quarterly Report of Fees Due. Form 6009 must be filed on or before the last day of the month following the end of the calendar quarter with the Austin Service Center. The rules under section 7502, relating to the treatment of timely mailing as timely filing and paying, and section 7503, relating to the time for performance of acts where the last day falls on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday are applicable to the filing of Form 6009.

(2) $100 or less of fees. If the owner of oil is liable in any calendar quarter for $100 or less of fees, the owner or a person authorized to act for the owner may either deposit this amount or pay the full amount of the fee when Form 6009 is filed.

(3) More than $100 of fees. If the owner of oil is liable in the first or second month of the calendar quarter for more than $100 of fees and is not required to make a semimonthly deposit (see paragraph (c)(4) of this section), the owner or a person authorized to act for the owner must deposit the amount on or before the last day of the following month following the month of production.

(4) More than $2000 of fees. The owner of oil who is liable for more than $2000 of fees for any month of a calendar quarter must deposit fees for the following quarter (regardless of amount) on a semimonthly basis. The deposit must be made on or before the ninth day following the semimonthly period for which it is reportable. The first deposit for a month may be reasonably estimated when an accounting of oil production is normally done by the month. Under these circumstances, the second for that month deposit should be adjusted to reflect the total barrels produced in that month.

(d) Responsibility for payment of fee—(1) In general. Form 6009, Quarterly Report of Fees Due, must be filed and the fee must be paid either by the owner of the oil (§ 301.9001-1(a)(2)) or by a person authorized to act for the owner of the oil under an acceptable power of attorney filed with the Austin Service Center. For the purposes of the regulations at §§ 301.9001-1, 301.9001-2, and 301.9001-3, an operating agreement between the operator of the oil-producing facility and the owner of oil is considered an acceptable power of attorney if the operating agreement specifically states that the operator is authorized to pay the fee imposed by section 302(d) of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act Amendments of 1978.

(2) Example. The provisions of this paragraph may be illustrated by the following example:

Example.

W, X, Y, and Z are oil companies that own equal interests in oil produced on the Outer Continental Shelf. W was selected to be the operator of the offshore facility. Additionally, X, Y, and Z authorized W to file Form 6009 and to pay the fee imposed by section 302(d) of the Act on the oil produced at this facility. Pursuant to this authorization, W paid a fee of $16,600. Since the ownership of the oil is divided equally among W, X, Y, and Z, each company's share of the fee is $4,150.

(e) Penalty and Interest. Failure to collect or pay the fee shall result in a civil penalty assessed by the Secretary of the Treasury. The amount of the penalty is not to exceed $10,000 in addition to the fee and the interest on the unpaid fee that would have been earned if paid when due and invested in the special Treasury securities which are to be purchased by the fund. The computation of the rate of interest to be levied on underpayment of fees shall be based on the average interest rate earned by the interest-bearing special obligations of the United States in the fund for each calendar quarter for which there is underpayment. Unless it can be shown that the failure to collect or pay the fee is due to reasonable cause and not due to the willful neglect, the amount of the penalty is the lesser of—

(1) $10,000 or

(2) The amount of the fee.

(Sec. 302(d) of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act Amendments of 1978 (92 Stat. 672) and sec. 7805 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (68A Stat. 917: 26 U.S.C. 7805))

[T.D. 7697, 45 FR 33975, May 21, 1980]

§ 301.9001-2 Definitions.

The terms enumerated in this section are to be defined for the purposes of §§ 301.9001-1, 301.9001-2, and 301.9001-3 in the following manner:

(a) “Barrel” means 42 United States gallons at 60 degrees Fahrenheit.

(b) “Oil” means petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction or residue therefrom, and natural gas condensate, except that the term does not include natural gas.

(c) “Person” means an individual, firm, corporation, association, partnership, consortium, joint venture, or governmental entity.

(d) “Outer Continental Shelf” means all submerged lands lying seaward and outside of the area of lands beneath navigable waters as defined in section 1301 of title 43 and of which the subsoil and seabed appertain to the United States and are subject to its jurisdiction and control;

(Sec. 302(d) of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act Amendments of 1978 (92 Stat. 672) and sec. 7805 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (68A Stat. 917; 26 U.S.C. 7805))

[T.D. 7697, 45 FR 33976, May 21, 1980]

§ 301.9001-3 Cross reference.

See the Coast Guard regulations under 33 CFR parts 135 and 136 for rules relating to the implementation of the Act.

(Sec. 302(d) of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act Amendments of 1978 (92 Stat. 672) and sec. 7805 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (68A Stat. 917; 26 U.S.C. 7805))

[T.D. 7697, 45 FR 33976, May 21, 1980]

§ 301.9100-0 Outline of regulations.

This section lists the paragraphs in §§ 301.9100-1 through 301.9100-3.

§ 301.9100-1 Extensions of time to make elections.

(a) Introduction.

(b) Terms.

(c) General standards for relief.

(d) Exceptions.

(e) Effective dates.

§ 301.9100-2 Automatic extensions.

(a) Automatic 12-month extension.

(1) In general.

(2) Elections eligible for automatic 12-month extension.

(b) Automatic 6-month extension.

(c) Corrective action.

(d) Procedural requirements.

(e) Examples.

§ 301.9100-3 Other extensions.

(a) In general.

(b) Reasonable action and good faith.

(1) In general.

(2) Reasonable reliance on a qualified tax professional.

(3) Taxpayer deemed to have not acted reasonably or in good faith.

(c) Prejudice to the interests of the Government.

(1) In general.

(i) Lower tax liability.

(ii) Closed years.

(2) Special rules for accounting method regulatory elections.

(3) Special rules for accounting period regulatory elections.

(d) Effect of amended returns.

(1) Second examination under section 7605(b).

(2) Suspension of the period of limitations under section 6501(a).

(e) Procedural requirements.

(1) In general.

(2) Affidavit and declaration from taxpayer.

(3) Affidavits and declarations from other parties.

(4) Other information.

(5) Filing instructions.

(f) Examples.

[T.D. 8742, 62 FR 68169, Dec. 31, 1997]

§ 301.9100-1 Extensions of time to make elections.

(a) Introduction. The regulations under this section and §§ 301.9100-2 and 301.9100-3 provide the standards the Commissioner will use to determine whether to grant an extension of time to make a regulatory election. The regulations under this section and § 301.9100-2 also provide an automatic extension of time to make certain statutory elections. An extension of time is available for elections that a taxpayer is otherwise eligible to make. However, the granting of an extension of time is not a determination that the taxpayer is otherwise eligible to make the election. Section 301.9100-2 provides automatic extensions of time for making regulatory and statutory elections when the deadline for making the election is the due date of the return or the due date of the return including extensions. Section 301.9100-3 provides extensions of time for making regulatory elections that do not meet the requirements of § 301.9100-2.

(b) Terms. The following terms have the meanings provided below—

Election includes an application for relief in respect of tax; a request to adopt, change, or retain an accounting method or accounting period; but does not include an application for an extension of time for filing a return under section 6081.

Regulatory election means an election whose due date is prescribed by a regulation published in the Federal Register, or a revenue ruling, revenue procedure, notice, or announcement published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see § 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).

Statutory election means an election whose due date is prescribed by statute.

Taxpayer means any person within the meaning of section 7701(a)(1).

(c) General standards for relief. The Commissioner in exercising the Commissioner's discretion may grant a reasonable extension of time under the rules set forth in §§ 301.9100-2 and 301.9100-3 to make a regulatory election, or a statutory election (but no more than 6 months except in the case of a taxpayer who is abroad), under all subtitles of the Internal Revenue Code except subtitles E, G, H, and I.

(d) Exceptions. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section, an extension of time will not be granted—

(1) For elections under section 4980A(f)(5); or

(2) For elections that are expressly excepted from relief or where alternative relief is provided by a statute, a regulation published in the Federal Register, or a revenue ruling, revenue procedure, notice, or announcement published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see § 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter).

(e) Effective dates. In general, this section and §§ 301.9100-2 and 301.9100-3 apply to all requests for an extension of time submitted to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) on or after December 31, 1997. However, the automatic 12-month and 6-month extensions provided in § 301.9100-2 apply to elections for which corrective action is taken on or after December 31, 1997. For other requests for an extension of time, see §§ 301.9100-1T through 301.9100-3T in effect prior to December 31, 1997 (§§ 301.9100-1T through 301.9100-3T as contained in the 26 CFR part 1 edition revised as of April 1, 1997).

[T.D. 8742, 62 FR 68169, Dec. 31, 1997]

§ 301.9100-2 Automatic extensions.

(a) Automatic 12-month extension—(1) In general. An automatic extension of 12 months from the due date for making a regulatory election is granted to make elections described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section provided the taxpayer takes corrective action as defined in paragraph (c) of this section within that 12-month extension period. For purposes of this paragraph (a), the due date for making a regulatory election is the extended due date of the return if the due date of the election is the due date of the return or the due date of the return including extensions and the taxpayer has obtained an extension of time to file the return. This extension is available regardless of whether the taxpayer timely filed its return for the year the election should have been made.

(2) Elections eligible for automatic 12-month extension. The following regulatory elections are eligible for the automatic 12-month extension described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section—

(i) The election to use other than the required taxable year under section 444;

(ii) The election to use the last-in, first-out (LIFO) inventory method under section 472;

(iii) The 15-month rule for filing an exemption application for a section 501(c)(9), 501(c)(17), or 501(c)(20) organization under section 505;

(iv) The 15-month rule for filing an exemption application for a section 501(c)(3) organization under section 508;

(v) The election to be treated as a homeowners association under section 528;

(vi) The election to adjust basis on partnership transfers and distributions under section 754;

(vii) The estate tax election to specially value qualified real property (where the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has not yet begun an examination of the filed return) under section 2032A(d)(1);

(viii) The chapter 14 gift tax election to treat a qualified payment right as other than a qualified payment under section 2701(c)(3)(C)(i); and

(ix) The chapter 14 gift tax election to treat any distribution right as a qualified payment under section 2701(c)(3)(C)(ii).

(b) Automatic 6-month extension. An automatic extension of 6 months from the due date of a return excluding extensions is granted to make regulatory or statutory elections whose due dates are the due date of the return or the due date of the return including extensions provided the taxpayer timely filed its return for the year the election should have been made and the taxpayer takes corrective action as defined in paragraph (c) of this section within that 6-month extension period. This paragraph (b) does not apply to regulatory or statutory elections that must be made by the due date of the return excluding extensions.

(c) Corrective action. For purposes of this section, corrective action means taking the steps required to file the election in accordance with the statute or the regulation published in the Federal Register, or the revenue ruling, revenue procedure, notice, or announcement published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (see § 601.601(d)(2) of this chapter). For those elections required to be filed with a return, corrective action includes filing an original or an amended return for the year the regulatory or statutory election should have been made and attaching the appropriate form or statement for making the election. Taxpayers who make an election under an automatic extension (and all taxpayers whose tax liability would be affected by the election) must file their return in a manner that is consistent with the election and comply with all other requirements for making the election for the year the election should have been made and for all affected years; otherwise, the IRS may invalidate the election.

(d) Procedural requirements. Any return, statement of election, or other form of filing that must be made to obtain an automatic extension must provide the following statement at the top of the document: “FILED PURSUANT TO § 301.9100-2”. Any filing made to obtain an automatic extension must be sent to the same address that the filing to make the election would have been sent had the filing been timely made. No request for a letter ruling is required to obtain an automatic extension. Accordingly, user fees do not apply to taxpayers taking corrective action to obtain an automatic extension.

(e) Examples. The following examples illustrate the provisions of this section:

Example 1. Automatic 12-month extension.

Taxpayer A fails to make an election described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section when filing A's 1997 income tax return on March 16, 1998, the due date of the return. This election does not affect the tax liability of any other taxpayer. The applicable regulation requires that the election be made by attaching the appropriate form to a timely filed return including extensions. In accordance with paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, A may make the regulatory election by taking the corrective action of filing an amended return with the appropriate form by March 15, 1999 (12 months from the March 16, 1998 due date of the return). If A obtained a 6-month extension to file its 1997 income tax return, A may make the regulatory election by taking the corrective action of filing an amended return with the appropriate form by September 15, 1999 (12 months from the September 15, 1998 extended due date of the return).

Example 2. Automatic 6-month extension.

Taxpayer B fails to make an election not described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section when filing B's 1997 income tax return on March 16, 1998, the due date of the return. This election does not affect the tax liability of any other taxpayer. The applicable regulation requires that the election be made by attaching the appropriate form to a timely filed return including extensions. In accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, B may make the regulatory election by taking the corrective action of filing an amended return with the appropriate form by September 15, 1998 (6 months from the March 16, 1998 due date of the return).

(f) Automatic 6-month extension for certain generation-skipping transfer tax allocations and elections—(1) Availability. Paragraph (b) of this section is not available to obtain an automatic 6-month extension to allocate generation-skipping transfer (GST) exemption to a transfer pursuant to section 2632 or to make an election under section 2632(b)(3) or (c)(5). An automatic 6-month extension to allocate GST exemption under section 2632 or to make an election under section 2632(b)(3) or (c)(5) is available to transferors or the executors of transferors' estates pursuant to § 26.2642-7(i)(1) of this chapter if the requirements of that provision are satisfied.

(2) Applicability date. Paragraph (f) of this section applies to any gift or estate tax return or Form 8939, Allocation of Increase in Basis for Property Acquired from a Decedent, for which the date prescribed for filing is on or after May 6, 2024 (excluding extensions), regardless of the date of the transfer.

[T.D. 8742, 62 FR 68170, Dec. 31, 1997, as amended by T.D. 9996, 89 FR 37127, May 6, 2024]

§ 301.9100-3 Other extensions.

(a) In general. Requests for extensions of time for regulatory elections that do not meet the requirements of § 301.9100-2 must be made under the rules of this section. Requests for relief subject to this section will be granted when the taxpayer provides the evidence (including affidavits described in paragraph (e) of this section) to establish to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that the taxpayer acted reasonably and in good faith, and the grant of relief will not prejudice the interests of the Government.

(b) Reasonable action and good faith—(1) In general. Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3)(i) through (iii) of this section, a taxpayer is deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith if the taxpayer—

(i) Requests relief under this section before the failure to make the regulatory election is discovered by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS);

(ii) Failed to make the election because of intervening events beyond the taxpayer's control;

(iii) Failed to make the election because, after exercising reasonable diligence (taking into account the taxpayer's experience and the complexity of the return or issue), the taxpayer was unaware of the necessity for the election;

(iv) Reasonably relied on the written advice of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS); or

(v) Reasonably relied on a qualified tax professional, including a tax professional employed by the taxpayer, and the tax professional failed to make, or advise the taxpayer to make, the election.

(2) Reasonable reliance on a qualified tax professional. For purposes of this paragraph (b), a taxpayer will not be considered to have reasonably relied on a qualified tax professional if the taxpayer knew or should have known that the professional was not—

(i) Competent to render advice on the regulatory election; or

(ii) Aware of all relevant facts.

(3) Taxpayer deemed to have not acted reasonably or in good faith. For purposes of this paragraph (b), a taxpayer is deemed to have not acted reasonably and in good faith if the taxpayer—

(i) Seeks to alter a return position for which an accuracy-related penalty has been or could be imposed under section 6662 at the time the taxpayer requests relief (taking into account any qualified amended return filed within the meaning of § 1.6664-2(c)(3) of this chapter) and the new position requires or permits a regulatory election for which relief is requested;

(ii) Was informed in all material respects of the required election and related tax consequences, but chose not to file the election; or

(iii) Uses hindsight in requesting relief. If specific facts have changed since the due date for making the election that make the election advantageous to a taxpayer, the IRS will not ordinarily grant relief. In such a case, the IRS will grant relief only when the taxpayer provides strong proof that the taxpayer's decision to seek relief did not involve hindsight.

(c) Prejudice to the interests of the Government—(1) In general. The Commissioner will grant a reasonable extension of time to make a regulatory election only when the interests of the Government will not be prejudiced by the granting of relief. This paragraph (c) provides the standards the Commissioner will use to determine when the interests of the Government are prejudiced.

(i) Lower tax liability. The interests of the Government are prejudiced if granting relief would result in a taxpayer having a lower tax liability in the aggregate for all taxable years affected by the election than the taxpayer would have had if the election had been timely made (taking into account the time value of money). Similarly, if the tax consequences of more than one taxpayer are affected by the election, the Government's interests are prejudiced if extending the time for making the election may result in the affected taxpayers, in the aggregate, having a lower tax liability than if the election had been timely made.

(ii) Closed years. The interests of the Government are ordinarily prejudiced if the taxable year in which the regulatory election should have been made or any taxable years that would have been affected by the election had it been timely made are closed by the period of limitations on assessment under section 6501(a) before the taxpayer's receipt of a ruling granting relief under this section. The IRS may condition a grant of relief on the taxpayer providing the IRS with a statement from an independent auditor (other than an auditor providing an affidavit pursuant to paragraph (e)(3) of this section) certifying that the interests of the Government are not prejudiced under the standards set forth in paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this section.

(2) Special rules for accounting method regulatory elections. The interests of the Government are deemed to be prejudiced except in unusual and compelling circumstances if the accounting method regulatory election for which relief is requested—

(i) Is subject to the procedure described in § 1.446-1(e)(3)(i) of this chapter (requiring the advance written consent of the Commissioner);

(ii) Requires an adjustment under section 481(a) (or would require an adjustment under section 481(a) if the taxpayer changed to the method of accounting for which relief is requested in a taxable year subsequent to the taxable year the election should have been made);

(iii) Would permit a change from an impermissible method of accounting that is an issue under consideration by examination, an appeals office, or a federal court and the change would provide a more favorable method or more favorable terms and conditions than if the change were made as part of an examination; or

(iv) Provides a more favorable method of accounting or more favorable terms and conditions if the election is made by a certain date or taxable year.

(3) Special rules for accounting period regulatory elections. The interests of the Government are deemed to be prejudiced except in unusual and compelling circumstances if an election is an accounting period regulatory election (other than the election to use other than the required taxable year under section 444) and the request for relief is filed more than 90 days after the due date for filing the Form 1128, Application to Adopt, Change, or Retain a Tax Year (or other required statement).

(d) Effect of amended returns—(1) Second examination under section 7605(b). Taxpayers requesting and receiving an extension of time under this section waive any objections to a second examination under section 7605(b) for the issue(s) that is the subject of the relief request and any correlative adjustments.

(2) Suspension of the period of limitations under section 6501(a). A request for relief under this section does not suspend the period of limitations on assessment under section 6501(a). Thus, for relief to be granted, the IRS may require the taxpayer to consent under section 6501(c)(4) to an extension of the period of limitations on assessment for the taxable year in which the regulatory election should have been made and any taxable years that would have been affected by the election had it been timely made.

(e) Procedural requirements—(1) In general. Requests for relief under this section must provide evidence that satisfies the requirements in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, and must provide additional information as required by this paragraph (e).

(2) Affidavit and declaration from taxpayer. The taxpayer, or the individual who acts on behalf of the taxpayer with respect to tax matters, must submit a detailed affidavit describing the events that led to the failure to make a valid regulatory election and to the discovery of the failure. When the taxpayer relied on a qualified tax professional for advice, the taxpayer's affidavit must describe the engagement and responsibilities of the professional as well as the extent to which the taxpayer relied on the professional. The affidavit must be accompanied by a dated declaration, signed by the taxpayer, which states: “Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this request, including accompanying documents, and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the request contains all the relevant facts relating to the request, and such facts are true, correct, and complete.” The individual who signs for an entity must have personal knowledge of the facts and circumstances at issue.

(3) Affidavits and declarations from other parties. The taxpayer must submit detailed affidavits from the individuals having knowledge or information about the events that led to the failure to make a valid regulatory election and to the discovery of the failure. These individuals must include the taxpayer's return preparer, any individual (including an employee of the taxpayer) who made a substantial contribution to the preparation of the return, and any accountant or attorney, knowledgeable in tax matters, who advised the taxpayer with regard to the election. An affidavit must describe the engagement and responsibilities of the individual as well as the advice that the individual provided to the taxpayer. Each affidavit must include the name, current address, and taxpayer identification number of the individual, and be accompanied by a dated declaration, signed by the individual, which states: “Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this request, including accompanying documents, and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the request contains all the relevant facts relating to the request, and such facts are true, correct, and complete.”

(4) Other information. The request for relief filed under this section must also contain the following information—

(i) The taxpayer must state whether the taxpayer's return(s) for the taxable year in which the regulatory election should have been made or any taxable years that would have been affected by the election had it been timely made is being examined by a district director, or is being considered by an appeals office or a federal court. The taxpayer must notify the IRS office considering the request for relief if the IRS starts an examination of any such return while the taxpayer's request for relief is pending;

(ii) The taxpayer must state when the applicable return, form, or statement used to make the election was required to be filed and when it was actually filed;

(iii) The taxpayer must submit a copy of any documents that refer to the election;

(iv) When requested, the taxpayer must submit a copy of the taxpayer's return for any taxable year for which the taxpayer requests an extension of time to make the election and any return affected by the election; and

(v) When applicable, the taxpayer must submit a copy of the returns of other taxpayers affected by the election.

(5) Filing instructions. A request for relief under this section is a request for a letter ruling. Requests for relief should be submitted in accordance with the applicable procedures for requests for a letter ruling and must be accompanied by the applicable user fee.

(f) Examples. The following examples illustrate the provisions of this section:

Example 1. Taxpayer discovers own error.

Taxpayer A prepares A's 1997 income tax return. A is unaware that a particular regulatory election is available to report a transaction in a particular manner. A files the 1997 return without making the election and reporting the transaction in a different manner. In 1999, A hires a qualified tax professional to prepare A's 1999 return. The professional discovers that A did not make the election. A promptly files for relief in accordance with this section. Assume paragraphs (b)(3) (i) through (iii) of this section do not apply. Under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, A is deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith because A requested relief before the failure to make the regulatory election was discovered by the IRS.

Example 2. Reliance on qualified tax professional.

Taxpayer B hires a qualified tax professional to advise B on preparing B's 1997 income tax return. The professional was competent to render advice on the election and B provided the professional with all the relevant facts. The professional fails to advise B that a regulatory election is necessary in order for B to report income on B's 1997 return in a particular manner. Nevertheless, B reports this income in a manner that is consistent with having made the election. In 2000, during the examination of the 1997 return by the IRS, the examining agent discovers that the election has not been filed. B promptly files for relief in accordance with this section, including attaching an affidavit from B's professional stating that the professional failed to advise B that the election was necessary. Assume paragraphs (b)(3) (i) through (iii) of this section do not apply. Under paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section, B is deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith because B reasonably relied on a qualified tax professional and the tax professional failed to advise B to make the election.

Example 3. Accuracy-related penalty.

Taxpayer C reports income on its 1997 income tax return in a manner that is contrary to a regulatory provision. In 2000, during the examination of the 1997 return, the IRS raises an issue regarding the reporting of this income on C's return and asserts the accuracy-related penalty under section 6662. C requests relief under this section to elect an alternative method of reporting the income. Under paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this section, C is deemed to have not acted reasonably and in good faith because C seeks to alter a return position for which an accuracy-related penalty could be imposed under section 6662.

Example 4. Election not requiring adjustment under section 481(a).

Taxpayer D prepares D's 1997 income tax return. D is unaware that a particular accounting method regulatory election is available. D files D's 1997 return without making the election and uses another permissible method of accounting. The applicable regulation provides that the election is made on a cut-off basis (without an adjustment under section 481(a)). In 1998, D requests relief under this section to make the election under the regulation. If D were granted an extension of time to make the election, D would pay no less tax than if the election had been timely made. Assume that paragraphs (c)(2) (i), (iii), and (iv) of this section do not apply. Under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, the interests of the Government are not deemed to be prejudiced because the election does not require an adjustment under section 481(a).

Example 5. Election requiring adjustment under section 481(a).

The facts are the same as in Example 4 of this paragraph (f) except that the applicable regulation provides that the election requires an adjustment under section 481(a). Under paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, the interests of the Government are deemed to be prejudiced except in unusual or compelling circumstances.

Example 6. Under examination by the IRS.

A regulation permits an automatic change in method of accounting for an item on a cut-off basis. Taxpayer E reports income on E's 1997 income tax return using an impermissible method of accounting for the item. In 2000, during the examination of the 1997 return by the IRS, the examining agent notifies E in writing that its method of accounting for the item is an issue under consideration. Any change from the impermissible method made as part of an examination is made with an adjustment under section 481(a). E requests relief under this section to make the change pursuant to the regulation for 1997. The change on a cut-off basis under the regulation would be more favorable than if the change were made with an adjustment under section 481(a) as part of an examination. Under paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section, the interests of the Government are deemed to be prejudiced except in unusual and compelling circumstances because E seeks to change from an impermissible method of accounting that is an issue under consideration in the examination on a basis that is more favorable than if the change were made as part of an examination.

(g) Relief under section 2642(g)(1)—(1) Procedures. The procedures set forth in this section are not applicable for requests for relief under section 2642(g)(1). For requests for relief under section 2642(g)(1), see § 26.2642-7 of this chapter.

(2) Applicability date. This paragraph (g) applies to requests for relief to which section 2642(g)(1) applies that are filed on or after May 6, 2024, regardless of the date of the transfer.

[T.D. 8742, 62 FR 68171, Dec. 31, 1997, as amended by T.D. 9996, 89 FR 37127, May 6, 2024]

§ 301.9100-4T Time and manner of making certain elections under the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981.

(a) Miscellaneous elections—(1) Elections to which this paragraph applies. This paragraph applies to the following elections provided under the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981:

Section of Act Section of code Description of election Availability of election
201(a) 168(b)(3) Different recovery period Property placed in service after 1980.
201(a) 168(d)(2)(A) Inclusion in income of entire proceeds of disposition Property placed in service after 1980.
201(a) 168(e)(2) Exclusion of property from recovery system Property placed in service after 1980.
201(a) 168(f)(2)(C) Different recovery period for property used outside U.S. Property placed in service after 1980.
202(a) 179 Expensing certain depreciable property Taxable years beginning after 1981.
237 474 For small business to use one inventory pool when LIFO is elected Taxable years beginning after 1981.
266(a) Deferral of commencement of amortization period for motor carrier operating authority Taxable years ending after June 30, 1980.
508(c) Application of title V of the Act to all regulated futures contracts or positions held on June 23, 1981 Property held on June 23, 1981.
509 Application of Code sec. 1256 and extension of time for payment of tax for all regulated futures contracts held at any time during taxable year that includes June 23, 1981 Property held during taxable year that includes June 23, 1981.

(2) Time for making elections—(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (a)(2), the elections specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be made by the later of—

(A) The due date (taking extensions into account) of the income tax return for the taxable year for which the election is to be effective, or

(B) April 15, 1982.

(ii) No extension of time for payment. Payments of tax due shall be made in accordance with chapter 62 of the Code.

(iii) Elections under section 508(c) or 509 of the Act. Elections under section 508(c) or 509 of the Act shall be made by the due date (taking extensions into account) of the income tax return for the taxable year for which the election is to be effective.

(3) Manner of making elections. The elections specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be made by attaching a statement to the income tax return (or amended return) for the taxable year for which the election is made. Except as otherwise provided in the return or in the instructions accompanying the return for the taxable year, the statement shall—

(i) Contain the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the electing taxpayer,

(ii) Identify the election,

(iii) Indicate the section of the Code (or, if the provision is not codified, the section of the Act) under which the election is being made,

(iv) Specify the period for which the election is being made and the property to which the election is to apply, and

(v) Provide any information required by the relevant statutory provisions and any information necessary to show that the taxpayer is entitled to make the election.

(b) Designation of principal campaign committee. This paragraph applies to the designation of a principal campaign committee under section 527(h) of the Code, as added by section 128 of the Act. References in this section to “elections” include designations under section 527(h). Under that provision a candidate for Congress may designate one committee as the candidate's principal campaign committee. The political organization taxable income of that committee shall be taxed at the appropriate rates under section 11(b); that income is ordinarily taxed at the highest rate specified in section 11(b). The candidate shall designate the principal campaign committee by filing a statement of designation with the income tax return of the committee for the first taxable year of the committee ending after 1981 for which the designation is to be effective. The return and the statement shall be filed by the due date (taking extensions into account) of the return. The rules of section 21 (relating to effects of changes in rates during a taxable year) shall apply in the case of any taxable year beginning before 1982 for which a designation is made. The statement of designation shall be signed by the candidate and shall—

(1) Contain the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the candidate and of the committee,

(2) Identify the statement as a designation under section 527(h) of the Code, and

(3) Designate the committee as the principal campaign committee of the candidate.

The candidate shall attach to the statement a copy of the statement of designation filed with the Federal Election Commission.

(c) Election to be treated as a qualified fund for purposes of the research credit. This paragraph applies to the election provided under section 44F(e)(4) of the Code, as added by section 221(a) of the Act. The election to be treated as a qualified fund for purposes of the research credit may be made effective as of any date after June 30, 1981, and before January 1, 1986. An organization shall make this election by filing with the service center with which it files its annual return a statement signed by a person authorized to act on behalf of the organization. That statement shall—

(1) Contain the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the electing organization and of the organization that established and maintains the electing organization,

(2) Identify the election as an election under section 44F(e)(4) of the Code,

(3) Specify the date on which the election is to become effective (in the case of elections filed before February 1, 1982, not earlier than the date that is 7 months before the date on which the election is filed; in the case of elections filed after January 31, 1982, not earlier than the date on which the election is filed), and

(4) Provide all information necessary to show that the organization is entitled to make the election.

(d) Election to treat qualified subchapter S trust as grantor trust. This paragraph applies to the election provided under section 1371(g)(2) of the Code, as added by section 234(b) of the Act. The election to treat a qualified subchapter S trust as a grantor trust described in section 1371(e)(1)(A) of the Code is available for taxable years beginning after 1981. The beneficiary of the trust (or the legal representative of the beneficiary) shall make this election by signing and filing with the service center with which the subchapter S corporation files its income tax return a statement that—

(1) Contains the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the beneficiary, the trust, and the subchapter S corporation,

(2) Identifies the election as an election under section 1371(g)(2) of the Code,

(3) Specifies the date on which the election is to become effective (not earlier than 60 days before the date on which the election is filed), and

(4) Provides all information necessary to show that the beneficiary is entitled to make the election.

Note that this election does not itself constitute an election as to the status of the corporation; the corporation must make the election provided in section 1372(a) to be treated as an electing small business corporation.

(e) Election to have Code section 422A apply to options granted before 1981. This paragraph applies to the election provided under section 251(c)(1)(B) of the Act to have Code section 422A apply to certain options granted before 1981. A corporation may make only one election under this provision. Thus, a corporation that makes an election under this provision with respect to certain options granted before 1981 may not make any subsequent election under this provision with respect to other options granted before 1981. An election under this provision shall be made no later than the due date (taking extensions into account) of the income tax return of the corporation for its first taxable year during which either an option subject to the election or an option subject to the rules of section 422A of the Code is exercised. In any event, no election under this provision will be permitted after the due date (taking extensions into account) of the income tax return for the taxable year including December 31, 1982. A corporation shall make this election by attaching to its income tax return (or amended return) a statement that—

(1) Contains the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the corporation,

(2) Identifies the election as an election under section 251(c)(1)(B) of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981,

(3) Specifies the options to which the election applies, and

(4) Provides all information necessary to show that the corporation is entitled to make the election.

(f) Election to increase basis of property on which additional estate tax is imposed. This paragraph applies to the election provided under section 1016(c) of the Code, as amended by section 421(g) of the Act. The election to increase the basis of property on which additional estate tax is imposed is available with respect to the estates of decedents dying after 1981. The qualified heir shall make this election by filing with the Form 706-A (Additional Estate Tax Return) a statement that—

(1) Contains the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the qualified heir and of the estate,

(2) Identifies the election as an election under section 1016(c) of the Code,

(3) Specifies the property with respect to which the election is made, and

(4) Provides any additional information required by the instructions accompanying Form 706-A.

A qualified heir making an election under this paragraph must pay interest on the additional estate tax from the date that is 9 months after the date of the decedent's death to the date of the payment of the additional estate tax.

(g) Revocation of elections. Elections under paragraph (f) of this section are irrevocable. Other elections made under this section may be revoked only with the consent of the Commissioner. An application for consent to revoke an election shall be signed by the applicant and filed with the service center with which the election was filed and shall—

(1) Contain the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of all parties identified in connection with the election,

(2) Identify the election being revoked by reference to the section of the Code or Act under which the election was made,

(3) Specify the scope of the election, and

(4) Explain why the applicant seeks to revoke the election.

(h) Additional information required. If later regulations issued under the section of the Code or Act under which the election was made require the furnishing of information in addition to that which was furnished with the statement of election and an office of the Internal Revenue Service requests the taxpayer to provide the additional information, the taxpayer shall furnish the additional information in a statement filed with that office of the Internal Revenue Service within 60 days after the request is made. This statement shall also—

(1) Contain the name, address, and taxpayer identification numbers of all parties identified in connection with the election,

(2) Identify the election by reference to the section of the Code or Act under which the election was made, and

(3) Specify the scope of the election.

If the additional information is not provided within 60 days after the request is made, the election may, at the discretion of the Commissioner, be held invalid.

(i) Effective date. This section applies to elections made after August 12, 1981.

[T.D. 7793, 46 FR 54538, Nov. 3, 1981. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43895, Sept. 23, 1992. Amended by T.D. 9481, 75 FR 17857, Apr. 8, 2010]

§ 301.9100-5T Time and manner of making certain elections under the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

(a) Miscellaneous elections—(1) Elections to which this paragraph applies. This paragraph applies to the following elections provided under the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

Section of act Section of code Description
of election
Availability
of election
201(c) 58(i)(1) Optional 10-year write off of certain tax preferences Taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1982.
201(c)(1) 58(i)(4) Intangible drilling and development costs Taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1982.
205(a) 48(q) Reduced investment credit in lieu of basis adjustment Generally to period beginning after Dec. 31, 1982.
256(f) 820 Insurance company revocation of election under section 820 Contracts which took effect in 1980 or 1981.

(2) Time for making elections—(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the elections specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be made by the later of—

(A) The due date (taking extensions into account) of the income tax return for the taxable year for which the election is to be effective, or

(B) April 15, 1983.

(ii) No extensions of time for payment. Payments of tax due shall be made in accordance with chapter 62 of the Code.

(iii) Election by insurance companies relating to repeal of section 820. Elections under section 256(f) of the Act, relating to special rule allowing reinsured insurance company to revoke an election under section 820, must be made before March 5, 1983.

(3) Manner of making elections. The elections specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be made by attaching a statement to the income tax return (or amended return) for the taxable year for which the election is made. Except as otherwise provided in the return or in the instructions accompanying the return for the taxable year, the statement shall—

(i) Contain the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the electing taxpayer,

(ii) Identify the election,

(iii) Indicate the section of the Code (or, if the provision is not codified, the section of the Act) under which the election is being made,

(iv) Specify the period for which the election is being made and the property to which the election is to apply, and

(v) Provide any information required by the relevant statutory provisions and any information necessary to show that the taxpayer is entitled to make the election.

(b) Special rules for reduced investment credit in lieu of basis adjustment—(1) Appropriate return. For purposes of section 48(q) of the Code and paragraph (a) (2)(i)(A) and (3) of this section the term “income tax return for the taxable year for which the election is effective” with respect to any property is the tax return for the taxable year in which such property is placed in service, or in the case of property to which an election under section 46(d) (relating to qualified progress expenditures) applies, the appropriate return is the return for the first taxable year for which qualified progress expenditures were taken into account with respect to such property.

(2) Applicability of election. In general, the election under section 48(q) is applicable to periods beginning after December 31, 1982 under rules similar to the rules of section 48(m) of the Code. However, the election does not apply to property excepted by section 205(c)(1)(B) of the Act.

(c) Election by a reinsurer to make installment payments of taxes owed resulting from the repeal of section 820. This paragraph applies to the election by an insurance company provided under section 256(e) of the Act. A reinsurer that is a calendar year tax-payer shall be considered to have made an election under section 256(e) of the Act if by March 15, 1983 it files its income tax return (or an application on Form 7004 for an automatic extension of time to file its income tax return), with the statement required to be filed under this paragraph attached and, unless the reinsurer is making a further election under section 256(e)(2)(B) of the Act, pays one-third of the amount described in section 256(e)(1) of the Act by March 15, 1983. A reinsurer making an election under section 256(e)(2)(B) of the Act must pay one-sixth of the amount described in section 256(e)(1) of the Act by March 15, 1983 and one-sixth of such amount by June 15, 1983. The statement required to be filed under this paragraph shall—

(1) Contain the name, address, and tax-payer identification number of the corporation,

(2) Identify the election as an election under section 256(e) of the Act, and section 256(e)(2)(B) if applicable, and

(3) Provide all information necessary to show the taxpayer is entitled to make the election.

For provisions relating to the use of authorized financial institutions in depositing the taxes, see § 1.6302-1.

(d) [Reserved]

(e) Additional information required. If later regulations issued under the section of the Code or Act under which the election was made require the furnishing of information in addition to that which was furnished with the statement of election and an office of the Internal Revenue Service requests the taxpayer to provide the additional information, the taxpayer shall furnish the additional information in a statement filed with that office of the Internal Revenue Service within 60 days after the request is made. This statement shall also—

(1) Contain the name, address, and taxpayer identification numbers of all parties identified in connection with the election,

(2) Identify the election by reference to the section of the Code or Act under which the election was made, and

(3) Specify the scope of the election.

If the additional information is not provided within 60 days after the request is made, the election may, at the discretion of the Commissioner, be held invalid.

(f) Effective date. This section applies to elections made after September 3, 1982.

[T.D. 7870, 48 FR 1486, Jan. 13, 1983. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43895, Sept. 23, 1992, as amended by T.D. 8952, 66 FR 33832, June 26, 2001]

§ 301.9100-6T Time and manner of making certain elections under the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

(a) Miscellaneous elections—(1) Elections to which this paragraph applies. This paragraph applies to the following elections provided under the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984 (the Act):

Table 1 to Paragraph (a)(1)
Section of act Section of code Description of election Availability of election
31(a) and 31(g)(16) 168(j)(4)(E)(ii) Election by certain 501(c)(12) organizations to be treated as taxable organizations and to have certain arbitrage profits taxed Generally for property placed in service after May 23, 1983, or leased after such date.
31(f) 46(e)(4)(C) Election by section 593 organizations not to apply section 46(e)(4)(A) Generally for property placed in service after Nov. 5, 1983, or leased after such date.
41(a) 1282(b)(2) Election to have section 1281 apply to all short-term obligations acquired on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election relates (but not to obligations acquired before July 19, 1984) Taxable years ending after July 18, 1984, with respect to obligations acquired after such date.
41(a) 1283(c)(2) Election to have section 1283(c)(1) not apply to all obligations acquired on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election relates (but not to obligations acquired before July 19, 1984) Do.
113 48(r) Election by all persons having an ownership interest in a sound recording to treat such recording as 3-yr. recovery property Property placed in service after Mar. 15, 1984.
431(e)(2) 46(c) (8) and (9), 48(d)(6), 47(d) (1) and (2) Election to apply the investment tax credit at risk rules as modified by the Tax Reform Act of 1984 to all transactions covered by sec. 211(f) of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 Generally to property placed in service between Feb. 18, 1981, and July 19, 1984.
712(l)(7)(B) 304 Election to apply certain technical corrections of sec. 304 to all transfers covered by the changes made to sec. 304 by the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 Stock acquired after Aug. 31, 1982, and before June 19, 1984.
712(l)(7)(C)(ii) 304 Election with respect to bank holding companies to apply certain technical corrections of sec. 304 to stock acquired after June 18, 1984 Generally to transfers to bank holding companies formed pursuant to application filed with Federal Reserve Board before June 18, 1984.
1066 163(d) Elections to treat certain income from S corporations, for purposes of sec. 163(d), as such income would have been treated prior to the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982 With respect to S corporation taxable years beginning in 1983 or 1984.
1078 Election to exclude from gross income payments from U.S. Forest Service as result of restricting motorized traffic in the boundary waters canoe area Payments in taxable years beginning after Dec. 31, 1979.

(2) Time for making elections—(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (a)(2), the elections specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be made by the later of—

(A) The due date (taking extensions into account) of the tax return for the first taxable year for which the election is to be effective, or

(B) April 15, 1985 (in which case the election generally must be made by amended return).

(ii) No extension of time for payment. Payments of tax due shall be made in accordance with chapter 62 of the Code.

(iii) [Reserved]

(iv) Time for making the election to exclude from gross income payments received from the U.S. Forest Service as a result of the restriction of motorized traffic in the Boundary Waters Canoe Area. Elections under section 1078 of the Act shall be made by the later of the expiration of the period for making a claim for credit or refund of the tax imposed by chapter 1 of the Code for the taxable year in which the reinvestment of the payment occurred, or July 18, 1985. Amended returns for years after the year for which the election is made must be filed if making this election affects the tax liability for such years.

(3) Manner of making elections—(i) In general. The elections specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be made by attaching a statement to the tax return for the taxable year in which the election is made. If because of paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) the election may be filed after the due date of the tax return for the first taxable year for which the election is to be effective, such election must be attached to a tax return or amended return for the taxable year to which the election relates. Except as otherwise provided in the return or in the instructions accompanying the return for the taxable year, the statement shall—

(A) Contain the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the electing taxpayer,

(B) Identify the election,

(C) Indicate the section of the Code (or, if the provision is not codified, the section of the Act) under which the election is made,

(D) Specify, as applicable, the period for which the election is being made and/or the property or other items to which the election is to apply, and

(E) Provide any information required by the relevant statutory provisions and any information necessary to show that the taxpayer is entitled to make the election.

(ii) Special rules for making the election with respect to sound recordings. The election under section 48(r), as amended by section 113 of the Act, shall be made separately for each sound recording and must be made by all persons having an ownership interest in the sound recording. In the case of an ownership interest held by a partnership or an S corporation, the partnership or S corporation shall make the election. Each person making the election shall do so in accordance with paragraph (a) (2) and (3) of this section, and shall identify in the statement described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section the persons with ownership interests in the sound recording, and shall state that each such person is making the election with respect to that sound recording.

(iii) Special rules for making the election with respect to redemption through use of related corporations. For either election available under section 712(l)(7) of the Act (relating to redemptions through related corporations) to be effective, such election must be made jointly by both the issuing and acquiring corporations. The election is made jointly when both the issuing and acquiring corporations make the election in accordance with paragraph (a) (2) and (3) of this section.

(iv) Special rules for making the election for investment tax credit at risk rules. The election under section 431(e)(2) of the Act is made by filing an amended return for the first taxable year ending after February 18, 1981, during which taxable year property, to which the amendments made by section 211(f) of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 apply, was placed in service. If that taxable year is a closed year, the election is made by filing an amended return for the first succeeding open taxable year, but in such event this election can be made only if the aggregate amount of the investment tax credit that would have been allowable in the closed years had the election been effective for those years is greater than or equal to the amount of the investment tax credits actually claimed in the closed years. In the case of partnerships and S corporations, the election under section 431(e) is made, respectively, at the partner or the shareholder level. Any election made under section 431(e) shall apply to all property of the taxpayer to which the amendments made by section 211(f) of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981 apply. Amended returns must be filed for any year the tax liability for which is affected by making this election.

(4) Revocation. The elections under Act sections 31(a), 31(g)(16), 31(f), 113, 431(e)(2), and 712(l)(7) (B) and (C)(ii) are irrevocable. Elections under Act sections 41(a) (Code sections 1282(b)(2) and 1283(c)(2)), 1066, and 1078 are revocable only with the consent of the Commissioner.

(b) Church or qualified church-controlled organization's election of exemption from social security taxes under chapter 21—(1) In general. This paragraph applies to the election under section 3121(w) of the Code, as added by section 2603(b) of the Act, by a church or qualified church-controlled organization (as defined in section 3121(w)(3)) that service performed in the employ of such church or organization shall be excluded from employment for purposes of title II of the Social Security Act and chapter 21 of the Internal Revenue Code. Any election made under section 3121(w) shall apply to all services performed on or after January 1, 1984, by employees of such church or organization (whether or not they were employees on that date or on the date the election is made). Employees of the electing church or organization are subject to the provisions of chapter 2 of the Code (relating to the tax on self-employment income) as amended by section 2603 (c)(2) and (d)(2) of the Act for service performed for such church or organization on or after January 1, 1984.

(2) Time for making the election. Any election under section 3121(w) by a church or qualified church-controlled organization for which a quarterly employment tax return for the tax imposed under section 3111 is due (or would be due but for the election) on October 31, 1984, must be made on or before October 30, 1984. Any election under section 3121(w) by a church or organization for which the first quarterly employment tax return for the tax imposed under section 3111 is due (or would be due but for this election) after October 31, 1984, must be made on or before the day before the first date that such tax return would be due from the church or organization (disregarding any extension of such due date). A purported election filed after the date prescribed in this paragraph (b)(2) shall be void.

(3) Manner of making the election. To make an election under section 3121(w), a church or qualified church-controlled organization must certify that it is opposed for religious reasons to the payment of the tax imposed by section 3111 (relating to the employer tax) of the Code. The election and certification are made by executing and filing Form 8274 in accordance with the form and its instructions. The form shall be signed by an official authorized to sign tax returns for the church or organization. Where tax imposed by section 3111 is reported (or would be reported but for this election) with respect to more than one church or organization on a single quarterly employment tax return, and the election under section 3121(w) is made, then all of the churches and organizations covered by the last such return filed before such election was made for which the time for making the election has not expired shall be covered by the election unless specifically excluded by stating such exclusion in the election.

(4) Refunds of FICA taxes paid. Where a church or qualified church-controlled organization makes a timely election under section 3121(w), a refund, without interest, shall be made to such church or organization of any taxes paid under sections 3101 and 3111 with respect to service performed after December 31, 1983, covered by the election. However, the refund will be made only if the church or organization agrees on its claim for the refund to pay to each employee covered by the election the portion of the refund attributable to the tax imposed on the wages of the employee by section 3101. The employee may not receive any other refund of such taxes. The claim for refund shall be made by the church or organization by filing Form 843 with the service center where the Form 941 on which the taxes subject to refund was filed. Form 843 shall be executed in accordance with the form and its instructions, and also in accordance with the instructions to Form 8274 that relate to Form 843.

(5) Irrevocability of election except by Commissioner. An election under section 3121 shall be irrevocable by the electing church or organization. The Commissioner, however, shall permanently revoke the election if the church or organization fails to furnish the information required under section 6051 to the Internal Revenue Service for a period of 2 years or more and also fails to furnish such information within 60 days after a written request therefor is made by the Internal Revenue Service.

(c) Election to issue taxable student loan bonds. This paragraph applies to the election by an issuer to issue taxable student loan bonds under section 625(c) of the Act. The election is available for obligations issued after December 31, 1983, and is made by filing a statement and necessary attachments with the Internal Revenue Service Center, Philadelphia, PA 19255, prior to the issuance of such taxable bonds. The statement shall identify the election as made under section 625(c) of the Tax Reform Act of 1984 and shall contain the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the issuer, and the total purchase price, face amount and interest rate of the issue, bond issuance costs, amounts allocated to reasonably required reserve or replacement funds, and the date of issue. The issuer shall attach to the statement of election a copy of previous Internal Revenue Service correspondence relating to the tax exempt status of the issuing authority and a statement containing the total purchase price, face amount, interest rate, bond issuance costs, amounts allocated to reasonably required reserve or replacement funds, and the date of issuance of outstanding tax exempt issues of student loan bonds of the issuer. With respect to outstanding tax exempt issues of student loan bonds of the issuer issued after December 31, 1982, the issuer may alternatively attach copies of the Form 8038 filed with respect to such issues. Each taxable student loan bond must state on its face that the interest paid on such bond is subject to federal income taxation. An election with respect to an issue is irrevocable once made.

(d) [Reserved]

(e) Election not to claim the credit for alcohol used as fuel. The election under section 40(f) (as added by section 474(k) of the Act) not to claim the alcohol fuels credit is available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1983, and shall be made for the taxable year in which such credit is determined by not claiming such credit on an original return or amended return at any time before the expiration of the 3-year period beginning on the last date prescribed by law for filing the return for the taxable year (determined without regard for extensions). The election may be revoked within the 3-year period by filing an amended return and claiming the credit on the return.

(f) Protective election to adopt LIFO method—(1) Time for making the election. A protective election in connection with the enactment of section 95 of the Act to adopt the LIFO method of accounting for inventory under section 472 of the Code can only be made for the taxpayer's first taxable year beginning after July 18, 1984, and must be made on or before the due date (including extensions) of the tax return for such taxable year. Once made, the election is irrevocable unless the Commissioner authorizes the use of another inventory method (see § 1.472-5).

(2) Manner for making a protective election. The protective election is made by completing all line items on a current Form 970 and indicating that the election is a protective election filed in connection with the enactment of section 95 of the Tax Reform Act of 1984. The Form 970 must be attached to the taxpayer's income tax return for the taxable year for which the protective election is made. The LIFO method adopted under the protective election must be consistent in all respects with the taxpayer's LIFO method used in the taxpayer's most recently completed taxable year for which the LIFO method was used. In completing the current Form 970, the taxpayer shall specify the method of inventory valuation that the taxpayer would have used, the opening LIFO inventory for the taxable year for which the protective election is made, and the section 481 adjustment that would be required, as if the taxpayer were not on the LIFO method for the taxable year immediately preceding the taxable year for which the protective election is made.

(g) Election by an estate or trust to recognize gain or loss on the distribution of property (other than cash) to a beneficiary. This paragraph applies to the election made by a trust or estate to recognize gain or loss on the distribution of property (other than cash) to a beneficiary under section 643(d) of the Code as amended by section 81 of the Act. The election is available for distributions made after June 1, 1984, in taxable years ending after such date. The election must be made by the fiduciary who is required to make the return of the estate or trust under section 641 and § 1.641(b)-2. The election shall be made by such fiduciary on the tax return of the estate or trust for the taxable year with respect to which the distribution of property was made and must be filed by the due date (including extensions) of such return. Until the Form 1041, U.S. Fiduciary Income Tax Return is revised, the election should be made by including the gain or loss on the Schedule D (or other appropriate schedule, if applicable) of the Form 1041 and attaching the statement described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section to the tax return on which the election is made and including on that statement the name and taxpayer identification number of the distributee. For distributions made after June 1, 1984, and before July 18, 1984, the election must be filed by the later of the due date (including extentions) of the tax return of the estate or trust for the taxable year with respect to which the distribution was made or January 1, 1985. For those distributions, the fiduciary may make the election in the manner described above on a tax return, or amended return, for the year with respect to which the distribution was made. An election under section 643(d) may be revoked only with the consent of the Commissioner. The request for revocation of an election should be made by the fiduciary in the form of a ruling request and must contain the information required by regulations and revenue procedures pertaining thereto.

(h) Election to treat a stapled foreign entity as a subsidiary. This paragraph applies to the election, provided under section 136(c)(6) of the Act, to treat a foreign corporation which was a stapled entity with a domestic corporation as of June 30, 1983, as being owned (to the extent of its stapled interests) by the domestic corporation with which it is stapled. This treatment, if so elected, is in lieu of the treatment prescribed in section 269B(a)(1) of the Code, as added by the Act. This election may be made by the domestic corporation with which the foreign entity is stapled. The election may not be made by the foreign entity or by shareholders of the domestic corporation. This election must be made no later than January 14, 1985, and may be revoked only with the consent of the Commissioner. This election shall be effective after December 31, 1986. The domestic corporation shall make this election by filing with the service center with which the domestic corporation files its income tax return a statement that—

(1) Contains the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the domestic corporation,

(2) Identifies the election as made under section 136(c)(6) of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, and,

(3) Identifies the foreign entity and the interests in the foreign entity which constitute stapled interests with respect to the stock of the domestic corporation, and specifies the date on which those interests became stapled interests.

If this election is not made, the foreign corporation (interests in which were stapled interests as of June 30, 1983) will be treated as a domestic corporation, effective January 1, 1987, under section 269B(a)(1) of the Code.

(i) Election to treat certain section 1248 amounts as included in gross income under section 951(a)(1)(A). This paragraph applies to the elections, provided under section 133(d)(3) of the Act, to treat amounts included in the gross income of any person as a dividend by reason of section 1248 (a) or (f) after October 9, 1975, and before July 19, 1985, as an amount included in the gross income of such person under section 951(a)(1)(A). The election with respect to transactions to which section 1248(a) applies may be made by the foreign corporation described in section 1248(a) (or its successor in interest). The election with respect to transactions to which section 1248(f) applies may be made by the domestic corporation described in section 1248(f)(1) (or its successor in interest). Neither election may be made by an affected shareholder of any such corporation (unless the shareholder is the successor in interest). This election must be made no later than January 14, 1985, and shall apply with respect to all transactions to which section 1248 (a) or (f) applies that occurred after October 9, 1975, and before July 19, 1984. Once made, the election may be revoked only with the consent of the Commissioner. A foreign corporation shall make this election by filing the statement described in this paragraph with the Internal Revenue Service Center, Philadelphia, PA 19255. A domestic corporation shall make this election by filing the statement described in this paragraph with the service center with which the domestic corporation files its income tax return. In either case, the statement shall—

(1) Contain the name, address, and taxpayer identification number (if any) of the corporation making the election,

(2) Identify the election as made under section 133(d)(3) of the Tax Reform Act of 1984, and

(3) Identify all of the transactions (including the date of each transaction), shareholders involved in those transactions, and amounts to which the election applies.

(j) Special election for computing investment company taxable income. This paragraph applies to the election by a regulated investment company provided under section 1071(b) of the Act, which added section 852(b)(2)(F) to the Code. Under section 852(b)(2)(F), the taxable income of a regulated investment company shall be computed without regard to section 454(b) (relating to short-term obligations issued on a discount basis) if the company so elects. The election may be made only for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1978. A regulated investment company shall make the election by computing taxable income without regard to section 454(b) on its return for the first taxable year for which it desires the election to apply and shall attach the statement described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section to the return on which the election is made. A regulated investment company shall make the election by the time set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. Once made, the election applies to the first taxable year for which it is made and to all subsequent taxable years and cannot be revoked without the consent of the Commissioner.

(k) Election of extension of time for payment of estate tax for interests in certain holding companies. An election under section 6166(b)(8), as added by section 1021(a) of the Act, or under section 1021(d)(2) of the Act, shall be made by including on the notice of election under section 6166 required by § 20.6166-1(b) a statement that an election is being made under section 6166(b)(8) or section 1021(d)(2) of the Act (whichever is applicable) and the facts which formed the basis for the executor's conclusion that the estate qualified for such election. If a taxpayer makes an election described in this paragraph (k), then the special 4-percent interest rate of section 6601(j) and the 5-year deferral of principal payments of section 6166(a)(3) are not available. Thus, the first installment of tax is due on the date prescribed by section 6151(a) and subsequent installments bear interest at the rate determined under section 6621. If the executor makes an election described in this paragraph (k) and the notice of election under section 6166 fails to state the amount of tax to be paid in installments or the number of installments, then the election is presumed to be for the maximum amount so payable and for payment thereof in 10 equal annual installments, beginning on the date prescribed in section 6151(a). The elections described under this paragraph (k) are available for estates of decedents dying after July 18, 1984.

(l) Subchapter S election by commodities dealers and options dealers. This paragraph applies to a commodities dealer or options dealer referred to in section 102(d)(3) of the Act (relating to the election by such a dealer to be an S corporation) whose taxable year is the calendar year and that was a small business corporation (as defined in section 1361(b) of the Code) as of January 1, 1984. The election by such a dealer under section 102(d)(3) of the Act shall be made in the manner prescribed by section 1362 and the regulations thereunder, except that the election under section 102(d)(3) must be made before October 2, 1984. In addition to making the election in the manner prescribed under such section 1362 and the regulations thereunder, the commodities dealer or options dealer must indicate on Form 2553 that the election is made under section 102(d)(3) of the Act. Although section 102(d)(3) of the Act applies to dealers not covered by this paragraph, and such dealers may make an election under such section 102(d)(3), guidelines for making such an election are not provided in this paragraph and are forthcoming.

(m) Election with respect to treatment of S termination year. For the election provided under section 1362(e)(3), as amended by section 721(h) of the Act, see § 18.1362-4 of this chapter.

(n) Election to be an S corporation; certain short taxable years. For the election provided under section 1362(b), as amended by section 721(l) of the Act, see § 18.1362-1(b) of this chapter.

(o) Election with respect to subchapter S passive investment income rules. For the election provided under section 721(i) of the Act which amends section 6(b) of the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982, see § 18.1362-5 of this chapter.

(p) Election with respect to subchapter S distributions during certain post-termination transition periods. For the election provided under section 1371(e), as amended by section 721(o) of the Act, see § 18.1371-1 of this chapter.

(q) No elections for closed year. Any election under this section which is allowed to be made by filing an amended return may only be made if the period for making a claim for refund or credit with respect to the taxable year for which such election is to be effective has not expired. This paragraph shall not apply to the election under paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section with respect to the election under section 1078 of the Act.

(r) Additional information required. Later regulations or revenue procedures issued under provisions of the Code or Act covered by this section may require the furnishing of information in addition to that which was furnished with the statement of election described herein. In such event the later regulations or revenue procedures will provide guidance with respect to the furnishing of such additional information.

[T.D. 7976, 49 FR 35487, Sept. 10, 1984; T.D. 7976, 49 FR 43640, Oct. 31, 1984; 49 FR 43951, Nov. 1, 1984, as amended by T.D. 8062, 50 FR 46004, Nov. 6, 1985. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43895, Sept. 23, 1992; T.D. 9172, 70 FR 296, Jan. 4, 2005: T.D. 9911, 85 FR 64394, Oct. 13, 2020]

§ 301.9100-7T Time and manner of making certain elections under the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

(a) Miscellaneous elections—(1) Elections to which this paragraph applies. This paragraph applies to the elections set forth below provided under the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (the Act). General rules regarding the time for making the elections are provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. General rules regarding the manner for making the elections are provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Special rules regarding the time and manner for making certain elections are contained in paragraphs (a) through (i) of this section. If a special rule applies to one of the elections listed below, a cross-reference to the special rule is shown in brackets at the end of the description of the “Availability of Election.” Paragraph (j) of this section provides that additional information with respect to elections may be required by future regulations or revenue procedures.

Section of Act Section of Code Description of Election Availability of Election
201(a) 168(b)(5) Election to depreciate property using the straight line method of recovery with respect to one or more classes of property for any taxable year Property placed in service after 12-31-86. Election must be made for taxable year in which property is placed in service. Election shall apply to all property in the class placed in service during the taxable year for which the election is made.
201(a) 168(f)(1) Election to exclude certain property from the accelerated cost recovery system Property placed in service after 12-31-86. Election must be made for taxable year in which property is placed in service.
201(a) 168(g)(7) Election to use alternative depreciation system with respect to one or more classes of property for any taxable year (except for residential rental or non-residential real property where the election may be made separately with respect to each property) Property placed in service after 12-31-86. Election must be made for taxable year in which property is placed in service. Except for residential rental or non-residential real property, election shall apply to all property in the class placed in service during the taxable year for which the election is made.
201(a), 1802(a) 168(h)(6)(F)(ii), 168(j) (as in effect before October 22, 1986) Election by a tax-exempt controlled entity to treat any gain recognized by the tax-exempt parent on any disposition of an interest in the tax-exempt controlled entity (and to treat any dividends or interest received or accrued from the tax-exempt controlled entity) as unrelated business taxable income under Code section 511 in order for the tax-exempt controlled entity to not be treated as a tax-exempt entity (or as a successor to a tax-exempt entity) Property placed in service after 9-27-85, but can apply to property placed in service before such date if the tax-exempt controlled entity so elects. [See paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section.]
203(a)(1)(B) Election to apply Act section 201 (including all elections within section 201) Property placed in service after 7-31-86 and before 1-1-87.
204(e) Election to have Act section 201 either (i) not apply to any property placed in service during 1987 or 1988 which is replacement property for property lost, damaged or destroyed in a flood which occurred 11-3-85 through 11-7-85 and which was declared a natural disaster area by the President of the United States, or (ii) apply to all such replacement property placed in service during 1985 or 1986 (i) Property placed in service during 1987 or 1988; or (ii) property placed in service during 1985 or 1986.
243(a) Election to begin the 60 month amortization period with the first month of the taxpayer's first taxable year beginning after 11-19-82 in lieu of the 11-19-82 date or the bus operating authority acquisition date Bus operating authorities held on 11/19/82, or acquired after that date under a written contract that was binding on that date.
243(b) Election to begin the 60 month amortization period on the first month of the taxpayer's first taxable year beginning after the deregulation month in lieu of the deregulation month Freight forwarder operating authorities held at the beginning of the 60 month period applicable to the taxpayer (i.e., the deregulation date or the first month of the first taxable year beginning after the deregulation date).
243 (a), (b) Election by a qualified corporate taxpayer to allocate a portion of the cost basis of a qualified acquiring corporation in the stock of an acquired corporation to the basis of the authority For bus operating authorities: authorities held on 11/19/82, or acquired after that date under a written contract that was binding on that date. For freight forwarders: authorities held at the beginning of the 60-month period applicable to the taxpayer.
252(a) 42(f)(1) Election concerning beginning of credit period for low-income housing credit Buildings placed in service after 12-31-86 and before 1-1-90 (before 1-1-91 for buildings described in Code section 42(n)(2)(B)). [See paragraph (b) of this section.]
252(a) 42(g)(1) Election concerning qualified low-income housing project to either satisfy the 20-50 or the 40-60 occupancy test Buildings placed in service after 12-31-86 and before 1-1-90 (before 1-1-91 for buildings described in Code section 42(n)(2)(B)). [See paragraph (b) of this section.]
252(a) 42(i)(2) Election to reduce eligible basis by outstanding balance of Federal loan subsidy Buildings placed in service after 12-31-86 and before 1-1-90 (before 1-1-91 for buildings described in Code section 42(n)(2)(B)). [See paragraph (b) of this section.]
252(a) 42(j)(5) Election to have certain partnerships treated as the taxpayer eligible for low-income housing credit Buildings placed in service after 12-31-86 and before 1-1-90 (before 1-1-91 for buildings described in Code section 42(n)(2)(B) [See paragraph (b) of this section.]
311(d)(2) Revocation of prior election under Code section 631(a) Election for taxable years beginning before 1-1-87 may be revoked for taxable years ending after 12-31-86.
411(b)(1) 263(i) For intangible drilling and development costs paid or incurred with respect to an oil, gas, or geothermal well located outside the United States, election to include such costs in adjusted basis for purposes of computing the amount of any deduction under Code section 611 (without regard to section 613) Costs paid or incurred after 12-31-86 in taxable years ending after such date. [See paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this section.]
411(b)(2) 616(d) For expenditures paid or incurred with respect to the development of a mine or other natural deposit (other than an oil, gas, or geothermal well) located outside the United States, election to include such expenditures paid or incurred during the taxable year for which made in adjusted basis for purposes of computing the amount of any deduction under Code section 611 (without regard to section 613) Costs paid or incurred after 12-31-86 in taxable years ending after such date. [See paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section.]
411(b)(2) 617(h) For expenditures paid or incurred before the development stage for the purpose of ascertaining the existence, location, extent or quality of any deposit of ore or other mineral deposit (other than an oil, gas or geothermal well) located outside the United States, election to include all such expenditures, paid or incurred during the taxable year with respect to any such deposit, in adjusted basis for purposes of computing the amount of any deduction under Code section 611 (without regard to section 613) Costs paid or incurred after 12-31-86 in taxable years ending after such date. [See paragraph (a)(2)(v) of this section.]
501(a) 469(j)(9) Election to increase basis of property by amount of disallowed credit for purposes of determining gain or loss from a disposition of property used in a passive activity Taxable years beginning after 12-31-86. [See paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of this section.]
614(b) 1059(c)(4) Election to determine whether a dividend is extraordinary by reference to the fair market value of the share of stock with respect to which the dividend was received Dividends declared after July 18, 1986 in taxable years ending after such date.
644(d) 216(b)(3) Election by a cooperative housing corporation to allocate real estate taxes or interest or both to each tenant-stockholder's dwelling unit in a manner which reasonably reflects the cost to the corporation of the tenant-stockholder's dwelling unit Taxable years beginning after 12-31-86. [See paragraph (a)(3)(iv) of this section.]
646 Election by an entity to be treated as a trust under the Internal Revenue Code if such entity was created in 1906 as a common law trust and governed by the trust laws of the State of Minnesota, receives royalties from iron ore leases, and income interests in the entity are publicly traded on a national stock exchange The election is effective beginning on the first day of the first taxable year beginning after October 22, 1986 and following the year in which the election is made. Such election must be made by the board of trustees of such entity and must be accompanied by a written agreement signed by the board of trustees of the entity.
651 4982(e)(4) Election by a regulated investment company to use taxable years ending on 11-30 or 12-31 for purposes of computing capital gain net income under Code section 4982 Calendar years beginning after 12-31-86. [See paragraph (a)(2)(vi) of this section.]
701(a) 56(f)(3)(B) Election to have amount of net book income be equal to amount of earnings and profits Taxable years beginning after 12-31-86.
801(a) 448(d)(4) Election of common parent of an affiliated group that all members of such group be treated as one taxpayer if substantially all the activities of all members of the affiliated group involve performance of services in the same field Taxable years beginning after 12-31-86.
801(d)(2) Election to continue using the cash method of accounting for loans, leases and related party transactions Loans, leases and related party transactions entered into before 9-26-85.
802 474 Election by certain small businesses to use the simplified dollar-value LIFO method Taxable years beginning after 12-31-86. [See paragraph (a)(3)(v) of this section.]
803(a) 263A(d)(3) Election to have rules of Code section 263A (relating to capitalization and inclusion in inventory costs of certain expenses) not apply to any plant or animal produced in any farming business conducted by the electing taxpayer Unless consent is obtained from the Commissioner, the first taxable year beginning after 12-31-86 during which the taxpayer engages in a farming business. [See paragraph (c) of this section.]
806(e)(2)(C) Election to have net income for the short taxable year of a partnership or S corporation which results from the required change in accounting period included entirely in income for such short taxable year Partner and shareholder taxable years beginning after 12-31-86 with or within which the short taxable year created under section 806 of the Act ends. [See paragraph (d) of this section.]
Election to reduce partnership or S corporation income for the short taxable year resulting from a required change in accounting period under section 806 of the Act by an unamortized adjustment amount existing as of October 22, 1986, where such adjustment was required to effectuate a previous accounting period change under Rev. Proc. 72-51, 1972-2 C.B. 832 or Rev. Proc. 83-25, 1983-1 C.B. 689 Short taxable years of partnerships or S corporations beginning after 12-31-86. [See paragraph (e) of this section.]
811(a) 453C(b)(2)(B) Election to compute adjusted bases using depreciation deduction used under Code section 312(k) Taxable years ending after 12-31-86 with respect to dispositions made after 2-28-86.
811(a) 453C(e)(4) Election to have Code section 453C not apply to obligations arising from sales of timeshares and unimproved residential lots to invidividuals Taxable years ending after 12-31-86 with respect to dispositions made after 2-28-86. [See paragraph (a)(3)(vi) of this section.]
905(a) 165(l)(1) Election to treat amount of reasonably estimated loss on a deposit in insolvent or bankrupt qualified financial institution as a loss described in Code section 165(c)(3) and incurred in the taxable year Taxable years beginning after 12-31-81. [See the cross--reference in paragraph (f) of this section.]
905(c) Election to apply Code section 451(f) (relating to treatment of interest on frozen deposits in certain financial institutions) Taxable years beginning after 12-31-82 and before 1-1-87.
1301(b) 141(b)(9) Election by issuer of tax-exempt bonds to treat a portion of an issue as a qualified 501(c)(3) bond if such portion would have qualified as a 501(c)(3) bond had it been issued separately Bonds issued after 8-15-86. [See paragraph (g) of this section.]
1301(b) 142(d)(1) Election by issuer of tax-exempt bonds for residential rental property to satisfy either the 20-50 or the 40-60 occupancy test Bonds issued after 8-15-86. [See paragraph (g) of this section.]
1301(b) 142(d)(4)(B) Election by issuer of tax-exempt bonds for residential rental property to treat the project as a deep rent skewed project Bonds issued after 8-15-86. [See paragraph (g) of this section.]
1301(b) 143(k)(9)(D)(iii) Election to treat limited equity cooperative housing as residential rental property and not as owner-occupied housing Bonds issued after 8-15-86 and before 1-1-89. [See paragraph (g) of this section.]
1301(b) 145(d) Election by issuer of tax-exempt bonds to have Code section 145 not apply to the issue if the issue is an issue of exempt facility bonds or qualified redevelopment bonds, to which the volume cap applies Bonds issued after 8-15-86. [See paragraph (g) of this section.]
1301(b) 147(b)(4)(A) Election by issuer of qualified 501(c)(3) bonds to have such bonds treated as meeting the limitation on maturity requirements of Code section 147(b)(1) if the requirements of section 147(b)(4)(B) are met Bonds issued after 8-15-86. [See paragraph (g) of this section.]
1704(b) Election to revoke prior election under Code section 1402(e) (relating to exemption from social security taxes for certain clergy) Remuneration received in taxable years ending on or after October 22, 1986. [See paragraph (h) of this section.]
1801(a) 168(i) (as in effect before October 22, 1986) Election to make finance leasing rules inapplicable to property which would otherwise be subject to them under the transitional rules of section 12(c)(1) of the Tax Reform Act of 1984 Personal property leased under certain lease agreements effective on or after 1-1-84. [See paragraph (a)(3)(vii) of this section.]
1804(e)(4) Election by a common parent of an affiliated group to apply amendments made by the Tax Reform Act of 1984 for taxable years beginning after 12-31-83 Groups which include a corporation which on 6-22-84 is a member of the group which files a consolidated return for such corporation's taxable year which includes 6-22-84.
1807(a)(7) 468B Election to treat a qualified payment made to a court-ordered fund as a payment made to a designated settlement fund Generally, liabilities arising out of personal injury, death or property damage that are incurred after 7-18-84 under law in effect before the enactment of Code section 461(h). Election is made for the taxable year in which qualified payments are made to a designated settlement fund.
1809(e)(2) 48(b)(2) Election by lessee and lessor not to apply the rule of Code section 48(b)(2) concerning the date leased property is treated as originally placed in service Property originally placed in service after 4-11-84 (as determined under Code section 48(b) prior to its amendment by section 114(a)of the Tax Reform Act of 1984). [See paragraph (a)(3)(viii) of this section.]
1810(1)(4) 7701(b) Election to be treated as a resident alien Taxable years beginning after December 31, 1984. [See paragraph (a)(3)(ix) of this section.]
1879(p)(1) 83(c)(3) Election to treat certain stock acquired upon the exercise of nonqualified stock options as subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture by reason of Code section 83(c)(3) even though the transfer of stock pursuant to such exercise occurred before 1-1-82, the effective date of section 83(c)(3) Transfers of stock described in section 1879(p)(1) of the Act. [See paragraph (a)(2)(vii) and(a)(3)(x) of this section.]
1882(c) 3121(w)(2) Election to revoke prior election under Code section 3121(w) (relating to exemption from social security taxes for certain churches and qualified church-controlled organizations) Remuneration paid after 12-31-86 unless such electing church or church-controlled organization had withheld and paid over all employment taxes due, as if such election had never been in effect during the period from the stated effective date of the election being revoked through 12-31-86. [See paragraph (i) of this section.]

(2) Time for making elections—(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the elections specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be made by the later of—

(A) The due date (taking extensions into account) of the tax return for the first taxable year for which the election is to be effective, or

(B) April 15, 1987 (in which case the election generally must be made by amended return).

(ii) No extension of time for payment. Payments of tax due shall be made in accordance with chapter 62 of the Code.

(iii) Time for making the election with respect to foreign intangible drilling costs. With respect to the election under Act section 411(b)(1) (Code section 263(i)(2)(A)), the election shall be made on a property-by-property basis for each oil, gas, or geothermal property (as defined in Code section 614). The election shall be made by the due date (taking extensions into account) of the income tax return for the first taxable year in which the taxpayer pays or incurs any cost with respect to the development of such property for which the election is available.

(iv) Time for making the election with respect to foreign development expenditures. With respect to the election under Act section 411(b)(2) (Code section 616(d)(2)(A)), the election shall be made for each mine or other natural deposit not later than the time prescribed by law for filing the income tax return (taking extensions into account) for the taxable year to which such election is applicable.

(v) Time for making the election with respect to foreign exploration expenditures. With respect to the election under Act section 411(b)(2) (Code section 617(h)(2)(A)), the election may be made at any time before the expiration of the period prescribed for filing a claim for credit or refund of the tax imposed by chapter 1 of the Code for the first taxable year for which the taxpayer desires the election to be applicable.

(vi) Time for making certain elections by regulated investment companies. The election under Act section 651 (Code section 4982(e)(4)) shall be made on a statement attached to the form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service which is used to report and pay the excise tax liability under section 4982. The election shall be filed on or before the later of—

(A) March 15 of the first calendar year beginning after the end of the first excise tax period for which the election is to be effective, or

(B) If the regulated investment company has been granted an extension of time to file a return for the excise tax under Code section 4982 for such excise tax period, the due date (including extensions thereof) for such return.

The statement of election under section 4982(e)(4) shall be attached to the prescribed form regardless of whether the regulated investment company is liable for the excise tax imposed by section 4982 for the excise tax period in question.

(vii) Time for making the election with respect to certain nonqualified stock options. The election under section 1879(p)(1) of the Act (Code section 83(c)(3)) shall be made—

(A) By April 21, 1987, in any case in which the operation of any law or rule of law on or before such date would prevent the credit or refund of any overpayment of tax resulting from such election, and

(B) By no later than any date after April 21, 1987 on which the operation of any law or rule of law would prevent the credit or refund of any overpayment of tax resulting from such election.

(3) Manner of making elections—(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the elections specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be made by attaching a statement to the tax return for the taxable year for which the election is to be effective. If because of paragraph (a)(2)(i)(B) of this section the election may be filed after the due date of the tax return for the first taxable year for which the election is to be effective, such statement must be attached to a tax return or amended return for the taxable year to which the election relates. Except as otherwise provided in the return or in the instructions accompanying the return for the taxable year, the statement shall—

(A) Contain the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the electing taxpayer,

(B) Identify the election,

(C) Indicate the section of the Code (or, if the provision is not codified, the section of the Act) under which the election is made,

(D) Specify, as applicable, the period for which the election is being made and/or the property or other items to which the election is to apply, and

(E) Provide any information required by the relevant statutory provisions and any information necessary to show that the taxpayer is entitled to make the election.

(ii) Special rules for making the transitional rule elections with respect to certain tax-exempt controlled entities. The irrevocable election under Act sections 201(a) and 1802(a) (Code sections 168(h)(6)(F)(ii) and 168(j), as in effect before October 22, 1986), shall be made by the tax-exempt controlled entity at the time and in the manner described in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3)(i) of this section. A copy of the election statement filed by the tax-exempt controlled entity shall also be attached to the Federal tax returns (e.g., Form 990 or 5500) of each of the tax-exempt shareholders or beneficiaries of the controlled entity.

(iii) Special rule for making the election with respect to gain or loss from a disposition of property used in a passive activity. The election under Act section 501(a) (Code section 469(j)(9)) shall be made on the form prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service for computing the taxpayer's passive activity loss and credit for the taxable year in which the property is disposed.

(iv) Special rules for making the election with respect to cooperative housing corporations. The election under Act section 644(d) (Code section 216(b)(3)(B)(ii)) may be made by a cooperative housing corporation with respect to its real estate taxes or interest or both. The election is available for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986, if the cooperative housing corporation has, by January 31 of the year following the first calendar year that includes any period to which the election applies, furnished to each tenant-stockholder during that period a written statement showing the amount of the allocation (or allocations) under section 216(b)(3)(B)(i) attributable to such tenant-stockholder's dwelling unit (or units) for that period. Any cooperative housing corporation making the election shall do so in accordance with paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this section and shall identify in the statement described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section whether the election is for real estate taxes or interest or both.

(v) Special rules for making the election with respect to the simplified dollar-value LIFO method. The election under Act section 802 (Code section 474) may be made only if the taxpayer files with the taxpayer's income tax return for the taxable year as of the close of which the method is first to be used a statement of the taxpayer's election to use the simplified dollar-value LIFO inventory method. The statement shall be on Form 970 pursuant to the instructions to the form and to the requirements of the regulations under section 474, or in such other manner as may be acceptable to the Commissioner.

(vi) Special rules for making the election to have section 453C not apply to obligations arising from sales of timeshares and unimproved residential lots to individuals. The election under Act section 811(a) (Code section 453C(e)(4)) to have section 453C not apply to obligations arising from sales of timeshares and unimproved residential lots to individuals may be made with respect to any obligation, or with respect to a class of such obligations. In the case of an election made with respect to a class of obligations, such election shall describe the class of obligations with such specificity as to make the class readily identifiable.

(vii) Special rules for making certain finance leasing transitional rule elections. The election relating to finance leases under Act section 1801(a)(1) (Code section 168(i) as in effect before October 22, 1986) shall be made by the lessor under a lease agreement subject to the finance lease rules of section 168(i) of the Code, as in effect before October 22, 1986, by noting this election in the books and records relating to the lease agreement within 12 months after February 5, 1987.

(viii) Special rules for making the election relating to the date leased property is treated as originally placed in service. The election under Act section 1809(e)(2) (Code section 48(b)(2)) must be made jointly by the lessee and the lessor. The election is made jointly when both the lessee and the lessor make the election in accordance with paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3)(i) of this section. In addition to the other information required to be provided under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, the statement described therein shall include a copy of the lease agreement and shall be signed by both the lessee and the lessor.

(ix) Special rules for making the election to be treated as a resident alien. The election under Act section 1810(l)(4) (Code section 7701(b)) to be treated as a resident under Code section 7701(b) shall be made by an alien individual by attaching a statement to the individual's income tax return (Form 1040), for the taxable year for which the election is to be in effect (the election year). The alien individual may not make this election until such time as he has satisfied the substantial presence test of Code section 7701(b)(1)(A)(ii) for the year following the election year. If an alien individual has not satisfied the substantial presence test for the year following the election year as of the due date (without regard to extensions) of the tax return for the election year, the alien individual may request an extension of time for filing the return until after he has satisfied such test, provided that he pays with his extension application the amount of tax he expects to owe for the election year, computed as if he were a non-resident alien throughout the election year. The statement shall include the name and address of the alien individual and contain a signed declaration that the election is being made. It must specify—

(A) That the alien individual was not a resident in the year immediately preceding the election year;

(B) That the alien individual is a resident in the year immediately following the election year under the substantial presence test and the individual's number of days of presence in the United States during such year;

(C) The date or dates of the alien individual's 31 consecutive day period of presence and continuous presence in the United States during the election year; and

(D) The date or dates of absence from the United States during the election year that are deemed to be days of presence.

(x) Special rules for making the election with respect to the treatment of the exercise of certain nonqualified stock options. The election under Act section 1879(p)(1) (Code section 83(c)(3)) is made by filing on Form 1040X a claim for credit or refund of the overpayment of tax resulting from the election. In order to satisfy the requirements of § 301.6402-2(b)(1) (relating to grounds set forth in claim), the claim for credit or refund must set forth)—

(A) The date on which the option was granted,

(B) The name of the corporation which granted the option,

(C) The date on which the stock was transferred pursuant to the exercise of the option,

(D) The fair market value of such stock on December 4, 1973,

(E) The fair market value on July 1, 1974 of the stock received upon the reorganization of the corporation which granted the option, and

(F) The date on which the taxpayer sold substantially all of the stock received in such reorganization. The taxpayer shall file a single claim for credit or refund of the entire overpayment of tax resulting from the election under Act section 1879(p)(1).

(4) Revocation—(i) Irrevocable elections. The elections described in this section under:

Act Sections Code Sections
201(a) 168(b)(5), 168(f)(1), 168(g)(7), 168(h)(6)(F)(ii)
203(a)(1)(B), 252(a) 42(f)(1), 42(g)(1), 42(i)(2), 42(j)(5)
411(b)(1) 263(i)
411(b)(2)(A) 616(d)(2)(A)
501(a) 469(j)(9)
801(d)(2), 905(c), 1301(b) 141(b)(9), 142(d)(1), 142(d)(4)(B) 143(k)(9)(D)(iii), 145(d), 147(b)(4)(A)
1704(b), 1802(a) 168(j) as in effect before October 22, 1986
1804(e)(4), 1879(p)(1) 83(c)(3)
1882(c) 3121(w)(2)

are irrevocable.

(ii) Elections revocable with the consent of the Commissioner. The elections described in this section under:

Act Sections Code Sections
204(e), 243(a), 243(b), 243(a)(b), 411(b)(2)(B) 617(h)(2)(A)
614(b) 1059(c)(4)
644(d) 216(b)(3)
646, 651 4982(e)(4)(B)
701(a) 56(f)(3)(B)
801(a) 448(d)(4)
802 474
803(a) 263A(d)(3)
806(e)(2)(C) and the election described in H.R. Rep. No. 99-841 at II-320, 811(a) 453C(b)(2)(B)(i), 453C(e)(4)
905(a) 165(l)(1)
1801(a) 168(i) as in effect before October 22, 1986
1807(a)(7) 468B)
1809(e)(2) 48(b)(2)
1810(l)(4) 7701(b)

are revocable only with the consent of the Commissioner.

(iii) Freely revocable election. The election described in this section under Act section 311(d)(2) is freely revocable.

(b) Elections with respect to the low-income housing credit. The elections under Act section 252(a) (Code sections 42(f)(1), 42(g)(1), 42(i)(2), and 42(j)(5)) must be made for the taxable year in which the project is placed in service and shall be made in the certification required to be filed pursuant to section 42(l)(1).

(c) Election to have the rules of section 263A (relating to capitalization and inclusion in inventory costs of certain expenses) not apply to any plant or animal produced in any farming business conducted by the electing taxpayer—(1) In general. This paragraph applies to the election under Act section 803(a) (Code section 263A(d)(3)) to have the rules of section 263A (relating to capitalization and inclusion in inventory costs of certain expenses) not apply to any plant or animal produced in any farming business conducted by the electing taxpayer. The election is available to taxpayers engaged in the business of farming, including producers of agricultural crops, livestock, nursery stock, sod, trees bearing fruit, nuts or other crops, and ornamental trees (for purposes of section 263A, an evergreen tree that is more than 6 years old at the time it is severed from the roots shall not be treated as an ornamental tree). The election is not available to a corporation, partnership, or tax shelter that is required to use the accrual method of accounting under section 447 or section 448(a)(3), or farming syndicates (as defined in section 464(c)), or with respect to the planting, cultivation, maintenance or development of pistachio trees. In addition, the election does not apply with respect to costs incurred for the planting, cultivation, maintenance or development of any citrus or almond grove incurred during the 4-taxable-year period beginning with the taxable year in which such grove was planted. If a citrus or almond grove is planted in more than one taxable year, the portion of the grove planted in one taxable year is treated as a separate grove for this purpose.

(2) Time and manner of making the election. Unless consent is obtained from the Commissioner, the election may only be made for the taxpayer's first taxable year that begins after December 31, 1986, and during which the taxpayer engages in a farming business. The election shall be made on the Schedule E, F or other schedule required to be attached to the income tax return for the first taxable year for which the election is effective. In the case of a partnership or S corporation, the election must be made at the partner or shareholder level.

(3) Election treated as if made if certain requirements satisfied. A taxpayer eligible to make the election under section 263A(d)(3) shall be treated as having made the election if such taxpayer reports income and expense, in accordance with the rules under the election on a timely filed income tax return.

(4) Revocation. Once the election is made, it is revocable only with the consent of the Commissioner.

(5) Special rules for treatment of expenses. If the election is made, the plant or animal produced is treated as section 1245 property and gain is recaptured (treated as ordinary income) in the amount of deductions which, but for the election, would have been required to be capitalized with respect to the plant or animal. If the taxpayer or a related person makes the election, a non-accelerated method of depreciation (as defined in section 168(g)(2)) shall be applied to all property used predominantly in any farming business of the taxpayer or related person and placed in service in any taxable year during which the election is in effect. For purposes of this election, related party means: (i) The members of the taxpayer's family (defined for this purpose to include the spouse of the taxpayer and any of his or her children who have not reached the age of 18 as of the last day of the taxable year); (ii) any corporation (including an S corporation) 50 percent or more of the value of which is owned directly or indirectly (through the application of section 318) by the taxpayer or members of the taxpayer's family; (iii) any corporation that is a member of the same controlled group (within the meaning of section 1563) as the taxpayer; and (iv) any partnership if 50 percent or more of the value of the interests in such partnership is owned directly or indirectly (through the application of section 318) by the taxpayer or members of the taxpayer's family.

(d) Election with respect to the treatment of net income for the short taxable year resulting from a required change in accounting period. This paragraph applies to the election under section 806(e)(2)(C) of the Act. Net income for the short taxable year resulting from a required change in accounting period under the provisions of section 806 of the Act which is to be included ratably in the partners' and S corporation shareholders' income for the first four taxable years (including the short taxable year) beginning after December 31, 1986, or included entirely in income for the short taxable year at the election of the partner or shareholder, shall be taken into account in accordance with section 702 (with respect to partners) and section 1366 (with respect to S corporation shareholders).

(e) Election with respect to reducing partnership or S corporation income for the short taxable year resulting from a required change in accounting period under section 806 of the Act by an unamortized adjustment amount existing as of October 22, 1986—(1) In general. This paragraph applies to the election described in H.R. Rep. No. 99-841 at II-320.

(2) Partnerships or S corporations that make the election to reduce income for the short taxable year by an unamortized adjustment amount existing as of October 22, 1986. Where a partnership or S corporation elects to reduce its income for the short taxable year required under the provisions of section 806 of the Act by the unamortized adjustment amount existing as of October 22, 1986, in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, the income for the short taxable year (reduced by the unamortized adjustment amount) may then be subject to the election, under section 806(e)(2)(C) of the Act, by partners and S corporation shareholders to include all the net income for the short taxable year entirely in income for the partners' or shareholders' taxable year with or within which the short taxable year ends.

(3) Partnerships or S corporations that do not make the election to reduce income for the short taxable year by an unamortized adjustment amount existing as of October 22, 1986. Where a partnership or S corporation does not elect to reduce its income for the short taxable year created by the provisions of section 806 of the Act by the unamortized adjustment amount existing as of October 22, 1986, as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, the short taxable year required under the provisions of section 806 of the Act shall be considered one taxable year for purposes of amortizing the adjustment amount under the requirements of Rev. Proc. 72-51, 1972-2 C.B. 832, or Rev. Proc. 83-25, 1983-1 C.B. 689. The net income of the partnership or S corporation after reduction by the adjustment amount for the short taxable year may then be subject to the election under section 806(e)(2)(C) of the Act by partners or S corporation shareholders to include all the net income for the short taxable year entirely in income for the partners' or shareholders' taxable year with or within which the short taxable year of the partnership or S corporation ends.

(f) Cross-reference. See § 301.9100-8(d) for rules on both the election under section 905(a) of the Act, relating to section 165(l)(1), and the related election under section 165(l)(5), added by section 1009(d) of the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988, 102 Stat. 3342. An election under section 165(l) is available only to qualified individuals and, in general, applies to reasonably estimated losses on deposits in an insolvent or bankrupt financial institution.

(g) Elections with respect to certain bonds. The elections under Act section 1301(b) (Code sections 141(b)(9), 142(d)(1), 142(d)(4)(B), 143(k)(9)(D)(iii), 145(d), and 147(b)(4)(A)) must be made in the bond indenture or a related document (as defined in § 1.103-13(b)(8)) on or before the date of issue. With respect to obligations issued on or before March 9, 1987 these elections must be made on or before March 9, 1987 and need not be made in the bond indenture or a related document, but must be made in writing and retained as part of the issuer's books and records.

(h) Revocation of the election for exemption from social security taxes by certain clergy—(1) In general. This paragraph applies to the election under Act section 1704(b) to revoke an election under section 1402(e)(1) of the Code by a duly ordained, commissioned, or licensed minister of a church, a member of a religious order (other than a member of a religious order who has taken a vow of poverty as a member of such order), or a Christian Science practitioner. Only elections which are effective for the taxable year containing October 22, 1986 may be revoked under this paragraph.

(2) Time for revoking the election. The election shall be revoked by filing Form 2031 before the date on which the individual becomes entitled to benefits under sections 202(a) or 223 of the Social Security Act (without regard to sections 202(j)(1) or 223(b) of such Act), and not later than the due date of the Federal income tax return (including any extension thereof) for the individual's first taxable year beginning after October 22, 1986.

(3) Manner of revoking the election. To revoke an election under section 1402(e)(1), the individual shall file Form 2031 in accordance with the instructions accompanying that form. The revocation shall be made effective, as designated by the individual on the form, either with respect to the individual's first taxable year ending on or after October 22, 1986, or with respect to the individual's first taxable year beginning after October 22, 1986.

(4) Special rules for payment of self-employment taxes with respect to certain taxable years ending on or after October 22, 1986—(i) Elections filed after the due date of the Federal income tax return. If Form 2031 is filed on or after the due date of the Federal income tax return (including any extension thereof) for the individual's first taxable year ending on or after October 22, 1986, and the election made therein is effective with respect to that taxable year, Form 2031 shall be accompanied by an amended Federal income tax return for such taxable year together with payment in full of an amount equal to the total of the taxes that would have been imposed by section 1401 of the Code with respect to all of the individual's income derived in that taxable year which would have constituted net earnings from self-employment for purposes of chapter 2 of subtitle A of the Code (notwithstanding paragraph (4) or (5) of section 1402(c)) but for the exemption under section 1402(e)(1).

(ii) Elections filed before the due date of the Federal income tax return. If Form 2031 is filed before the due date of the Federal income tax return (including any extension thereof) for the individual's first taxable year ending on or after October 22, 1986, and the election is effective with respect to that taxable year, payment in full of an amount equal to the total of the taxes that would have been imposed by section 1401 of the Code with respect to all of the individual's income derived in that taxable year which would have constituted net earnings from self-employment for purposes of chapter 2 of subtitle A of the Code (notwithstanding paragraph (4) or (5) of section 1402(c)) but for the exemption under section 1402(e)(1) shall be made:

(A) In the case of Forms 2031 that are filed on or before the date on which the individual's Federal income tax return for such first taxable year is filed, with the individual's Federal income tax return for such taxable year; and

(B) In the case of Forms 2031 that are filed after the date on which the individual's Federal income tax return for such first taxable year is filed, with an amended Federal income tax return for that taxable year filed on or before the due date for the individual's Federal income tax return (including any extension thereof) for such taxable year.

(iii) Interest on amounts paid after the due date of the Federal income tax return. If any amount of tax imposed by section 1401 for an individual's taxable year with respect to which an election under this paragraph (h) is effective is paid after the due date of the individual's Federal income tax return (without regard to extensions) for such taxable year, interest will be assessed on such tax from the due date of such return (without regard to extensions) to the date on which such tax is paid.

(5) Revocability of the revocation of the election. Once having filed Form 2031, the individual may not thereafter file an application for an exemption under section 1402(e)(1).

(6) Effective date of this provision. This provision shall apply with respect to remuneration received in the taxable years for which the individual designates the revocation to be effective, as described in paragraph (h)(3) of this section, and with respect to monthly insurance benefits payable under title II of the Social Security Act on the basis of the wages and self-employment income of any individual for months in or after the calendar year in which such individual's application for revocation is effective (and lump-sum death payments payable under such title on the basis of such wages and self-employment income in the case of deaths occurring in or after such calendar year).

(i) Revocation of the election for exemption from social security taxes by certain churches on qualified church-controlled organizations—(1) In general. This paragraph applies to the election under Act section 1882 (Code section 3121 (w)(2)) to revoke an election under section 3121(w) by a church or qualified church-controlled organization (as defined in section 3121(w)(3)).

(2) Time and manner of revoking the election. The revocation described in this paragraph (i) shall be made by filing a Form 941 on or before the due date for filing Form 941 (without regard to extensions) for the first quarter for which the revocation is to be effective, accompanied by payment in full of the taxes that would be due for that quarter had there been no election under section 3121(w). See paragraph (i)(4) of this section for the effective date of revocations made under this paragraph (i).

(3) Revocability of the revocation of the election. Once an election under section 3121(w) is revoked under this paragraph (i), a new election under section 3121(w) may not be made.

(4) Effective date of this paragraph. A revocation made under this paragraph (i) shall be effective for the quarter of the calendar year covered by the Form 941 on which the revocation is made in accordance with paragraph (i)(2) of this section and all subsequent quarters. However, no revocation shall be effective prior to January 1, 1987 unless such electing church or church-controlled organization had withheld and paid over all employment taxes due, as if such election had never been in effect, during the period from the effective date of the election being revoked through December 31, 1986.

(j) Additional information required. Later regulations or revenue procedures issued under provisions of the Code or Act covered by this section may require the furnishing of information in addition to that which was furnished with the statement of election described in this section. In such event, the later regulations or revenue procedures will provide guidance with respect to the furnishing of such additional information.

[T.D. 8124, 52 FR 3624, Feb. 5, 1987; 52 FR 8405, Mar. 17, 1987; 52 FR 10085, Mar. 30, 1987, as amended by T.D. 8180, 53 FR 6147, Mar. 1, 1988; T.D. 8267, 54 FR 38980, Sept. 22, 1989. Redesignated and amended by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43895, 43896, Sept. 23, 1992; T.D. 8513, 58 FR 68764, 68765, Dec. 29, 1993; T.D. 8530, 59 FR 12844, Mar. 18, 1994; T.D. 8644, 60 FR 66926, Dec. 27, 1995]

§ 301.9100-8 Time and manner of making certain elections under the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988.

(a) Miscellaneous elections—(1) Elections to which this paragraph applies. This paragraph applies to the elections set forth below provided under the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988, 102 Stat. 3342 (the Act). General rules regarding the time for making the elections are provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. General rules regarding the manner for making the elections are provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. Special rules regarding the time and manner for making certain elections are contained in paragraphs (a) through (i) of this section. In this paragraph (a)(1), a cross-reference to a special rule applicable to an election is shown in brackets at the end of the description of the “Availability of Election.” Paragraph (j) of this section lists certain elections provided under the Act that are not addressed in this section. Paragraph (k) of this section provides that additional information with respect to elections may be required by future regulations or revenue procedures.

Section of act Section of code Description of election Availability of election
1002 (a)(11)(A) 168(b)(2) Election to depreciate property using the 150 percent declining balance method for one or more classes of property for any taxable year For property placed in service after December 31, 1986, the election must be made for the taxable year in which the property is placed in service. For taxable years ending before January 1, 1989, taxpayers have until January 22, 1990, to amend their returns to elect the 150 percent declining balance method, regardless of whether the taxpayer had used or elected to use a different method for property placed in service during those taxable years. The election will apply to all property in the class placed in service during the taxable year for which the election is made.
1002(a)(23)(B) 168(d)(3)(B) Election to disregard property placed in service and disposed of in the same taxable year in applying the 40 percent test to determine if the mid-quarter convention applies Available for property placed in service in taxable years beginning on or before March 31, 1988. Election will apply to all property placed in service and disposed of during the taxable year for which the election is made.
1002(l)(1)(A) 42(b)(2)(A)(ii) Election to use the applicable percentage for a month other than the month in which a building is placed in service Available for qualified buildings placed in service after December 31, 1987, and with respect to which either a binding agreement is made as to the allocable credit dollar amount or tax-exempt bonds are issued. [See paragraph (b) of this section.]
1002(l)(2)(B) 42(f)(1) Election to defer the beginning of the credit period for the low-income housing credit Available for qualified buildings placed in service after December 31, 1986.
1002(l)(4) 42(d)(3)(B) Election to exclude excess costs of disproportionate units Available for qualified buildings placed in service after December 31, 1986.
1002(l)(12) 42(g)(3)(B)(i) Election to aggregate buildings in a low-income housing project to satisfy the minimum set-aside requirement elected under section 42(g)(1) of the Code Available for qualified buildings placed in service after December 31, 1986.
1002(l)(19)(B) 42(i)(2)(B) Election to reduce eligible basis by outstanding balance of Federal loan subsidy or proceeds of tax-exempt obligation Available for qualified buildings placed in service after December 31, 1986.
1005(c)(11) 469,163 Election to treat certain carryovers of disallowed investment interest expense as passive activity deductions for the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986 Available for investment interest that is disallowed for the last taxable year beginning before January 1, 1987, and is properly allocable to a passive activity for the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. [See paragraph (c) of this section.]
1006(d)(15) 382 As a general rule, a firm commitment underwriter of an offering of a loss corporation's stock made before September 19, 1986 (January 1, 1989, for an institution described in section 591) is not treated as acquiring underwritten stock if it is disposed of pursuant to the offering on or before 60 days after the initial offering. The loss corporation may elect not to apply the general rule Available to any loss corporation to which the general rule would otherwise apply. The election is to be made by filing a statement with the District Director with whom the loss corporation would file its Federal income tax return. The statement must identify the election as an election under section 1006(d)(15) of the Act and must (1) contain the taxpayer's name, address, and employee identification number, (2) identify the transaction to which the election relates, (3) represent that the conditions for making the election have been satisfied, and (4) be signed by a person authorized to sign the Federal income tax return of the loss corporation.
1006(j)(1)(C) 171(e) Election to reduce interest payments received on certain bonds by allocable bond premium in accordance with section 171(e) of the Code Available for obligations acquired after October 22, 1986, and before January 1, 1988.
1006(t)(18)(B) 860F(e) Election not treat a REMIC (real estate mortgage investment conduit) as a partnership for purposes of determining who may sign the REMIC return Available for REMICs with a start-up date (as defined in section 860G(a)(9) of the Code, as in effect on November 9, 1988) before November 10, 1988. The election is made by attaching a statement to the amended tax return for tax year 1987 or to the tax return for the first taxable year for which the election is to be effective.
1008(c)(4)(A) 460(b)(3) Election not to discount an amount received or accrued after completion of a contract to its value as of the completion of the contract for purposes of applying the look-back method Effective as if included in the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (1986 Act) (available for contracts entered into after February 28, 1986). The election must be made on a contract-by-contract basis by attaching a statement to the tax return for the first year after completion in which the taxpayer includes in income any adjustments to the contract price or deducts any adjustments to contract costs (or, if later, the first tax return filed after October 23, 1989).
1009(d) 165(1) Election to treat amount of reasonably estimated loss on a deposit in an insolvent or bankrupt qualified financial institution as a loss described in either section 165(c) (2) or (3) of the Code and incurred in the taxable year for which the election is made Available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1981. [See paragraph (d) of this section.]
1010(f)(1) 831(b)(2)(A) Election for insurance companies other than life to use alternative tax under certain circumstances Available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986.
1010(f)(2) 835(a) Election for an interinsurer or reciprocal underwirter mutual insurance company subject to section 831(a) of the Code to be subject to section 835(b) limitation Available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986.
1011(a) 219(g)(4) Election to treat a married individual as not married for purposes of certain contributions made to an individual retirement plan for 1987 Available to a married individual who (1) was an active participant during 1987, (2) lived apart from the other spouse during the entire 1987 calendar year, (3) filed a separate income tax return for 1987, (4) had adjusted gross income of not more than $35,000 for 1987, and (5) made a contribution to an individual retirement plan for 1987.
1012(d)(4) 865(f) Election to treat an affiliate and its wholly-owned subsidiaries as one corporation Shareholder-level election, available, subject to certain conditions, to United States residents selling stock in an affiliate which is a foreign corporation. Available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986.
1012(d)(6) 865(g)(3) Election to treat a corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries as one corporation Shareholder-level election, available only to individual bona fide residents of Puerto Rico, if the corporate group is engaged in active trade or business in Puerto Rico and meets a gross income test. Available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986.
1012(d)(8) 865(h)(2) Election to apply treaty source rule to treat gain from a sale of an intangible or of stock in a foreign corporation as foreign source Taxpayer election for treatment of gain on the disposition of certain stocks and intangibles. Available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986.
1012(1)(2) 245(a)(10) Election to apply treaty source rules to treat dividends received from a qualified 10-percent owned foreign corporation as foreign source Available to corporations for distributions out of earnings and profits for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986.
1012(n)(3) 936 Election to reduce the amount of qualified possession source investment income for certain corporations that fail the 75 percent active trade or business income requirement of section 936(a)(2)(B) of the Code due to section 1231(d) of the 1986 Act Corporate-level election, available for any taxable year beginning in 1987 or 1988.
1012(bb)(4) 904(g)(10) Election to apply treaty source rules (in lieu of rules in section 904(g) of the Code) to treat an amount derived from a U.S.-owned foreign corporation as foreign source Available generally beginning July 18, 1984 (the amendment is to take effect as if included in the amendment made in section 121 of the Tax Reform Act of 1984).
1014(c)(1) 664(b) Election by a beneficiary of a trust to which section 664 of the Code applies to obtain certain benefits of section 1403(c)(2) of the 1986 Act, relating to the ratable inclusion of certain income over 4 taxable years Available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986, provided the trust was required to change its taxable year under section 1403(a) of the 1986 Act. Election is made by attaching a statement to an amended return for the trust beneficiary's first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Amended return must be filed on or before January 22, 1990. If no such election is filed, the benefits of section 1403(c)(2) are waived.
1014(c)(2) 652, 662 Election by any trust beneficiary (other than a beneficiary of a trust to which section 664 of the Code applies), to waive the benefits of section 1403(c)(2) of the 1986 Act Available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986. Election is made by attaching a statement to an amended return for the trust beneficiary's first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Amended return must be filed on or before January 22, 1990.
1014(d)(3)(B), 1014(d)(4) 643(g)(2) Election to have certain payments of estimated tax made by a trust or estate treated as paid by the beneficiary Available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1986. In the case of an estate, the election is available only for a taxable year reasonably expected to be the estate's last taxable year. Election must be made by the fiduciary of the trust or estate on or before the 65th day after the close of the taxable year for which the election is made. The election must be made by that date by filing Form 1041-T with the Internal Revenue Service Center where the trust's return for such taxable year is required to be filed. The trust's return (or amended return) for that year must include a copy of the Form 1041-T.
2004(j)(1) 1503(e) Election, made by an affiliated group filing a consolidated return upon the disposition of intragroup stock on or before December 15, 1987, to reduce the disposing member's basis in the indebtedness of the subsidiary member whose stock has been disposed of, in lieu of taking into account as negative basis the “unrecaptured amount” allocable to the stock disposed of Available to an affiliated group filing a consolidated return in which a member disposes of intragroup stock on or before December 15, 1987.
2004(m)(5) 384 Election to have amendments (to the limitation on use of preacquisition losses to offset corporate built-in gains) made by section 2004(m) of the Act not apply in any case where the acquisition date is before March 31, 1988 Available when the acquisition date is before March 31, 1988. Election must be made not later than the later of the due date (including extensions) for filing the return for the taxable year of the acquiring corporation in which the acquisition date occurs or March 10, 1989.
4004(a) 42(j)(5)(B) Election to have certain partnerships not treated as the taxpayer to which the low-income housing credit is allowable Available for qualified buildings placed in service after December 31, 1986, and owned by partnerships with 35 or more partners. [See paragraph (b) of this section.]
4008(b) 41(h) Election to have the research credit under secction 41 of the Code not apply for any taxable year Available in any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1988. The election is made by not claiming the research credit on an original return, or by filing an amended return on which no research credit is claimed, at any time before the expiration of the 3-year period beginning on the last day prescribed by law for filing the return for the taxable year (determined without regard to extensions). The election may be revoked within the above-described 3-year period by filing an amended return on which the credit is claimed.
5012(e)(4) 7002A(c)(3) 72(e) Election to recognize gain on exchange of life insurance contracts to avoid the characterization of life insurance contract as a modified endowment contract Available for contracts entered into after June 20, 1988, and before November 6, 1988, which are exchanged before February 10, 1989.
5031(a) 7520(a) Election to use 120 percent of the Applicable Federal Midterm rate for either of the two months preceding a valuation date in valuing certain interests transferred to charity for which an income, estate, or gift tax charitable deduction is allowable Available in cases where the valuation date occurs on or after May 1, 1989. The election is made by attaching a statement to the last income, estate, or gift tax return filed before the due date, or if a timely return is not filed, the first return filed after the due date. The statement shall contain the following: (1) A statement that an election under section 7520(a) is being made; (2) the transferor's name and taxpayer identification number as they appear on the return; (3) a description of the interest being valued; (4) the recipients, beneficiaries, or donees of the transferred interest; (5) the date of the transfer; (6) the Applicable Federal Midterm rate that is used to value the transferred interest and the month to which the rate pertains.
5033(a)(2) 2056(d) Election to treat a trust for the benefit of a surviving spouse who is not a U.S. citizen as a Qualified Domestic Trust, transfers to which are deductible under section 2056(a) of the Code Available in the case of estates of decedents dying after November 11, 1988. The election is made by the executor on the last Federal estate tax return filed by the executor before the due date of the return, or if a timely return is not filed by the executor, on the first estate tax return filed by the executor after the due date. However, elections made on or after May 5, 1991, may not be made on any return filed more than one year after the time prescribed for filing the return (including extensions).
6006(a) 1(i)(7) Election to include certain unearned income of a child on the parent's return Available for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1988. The election must be made in the manner prescribed by the appropriate forms for the parent's return for the year for which the election is effective. The election must be made by the due date (taking extensions into account) of such tax return.
6011 121(d)(9) Election to exclude gain on the sale of a principal residence by certain incapacitated taxpayers age 55 or over Election may be made for a sale or exchange after September 30, 1988, by a taxpayer who becomes physically or mentally incapable of self-care and meets the required use rule provided in section 121(d)(9) of the Code. For the time and manner of making the election see § 1.121-4 of the Income Tax Regulations.
6026(a) 263A(h) Election for certain authors, photographers, and artists to apply the exemption from the uniform capitalization rules for the first taxable year ending after November 10, 1988 Available for the first taxable year ending after November 10, 1988. An eligible taxpayer will be treated as having made the election if the taxpayer reports income and expenses for the first taxable year ending after November 10, 1988 in accordance with the exemption from section 263A of the Code.
6026(b)(1) 263A(d)(1) Revocation of prior election under section 263A(d)(3) of the Code (relating to the capitalization of certain expenses for the production of animals) Election for any taxable year beginning before January 1, 1989, may be revoked for the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1988.
6026(c) 263A(d)(3)(B) Election by eligible taxpayers not to have section 263A of the Code apply to costs incurred in the planting, cultivation, maintenance, or development of pistachio trees Available without the consent of the Commissioner for the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986, during which the taxpayer engages in the planting, cultivation, maintenance, or development of pistachio trees. Consent must be obtained from the Commissioner for the election to be made for any subsequent taxable year.
6152(a), 6152(c)(3) 2056(b)(7)(C)(ii) Election to treat a survivor annuity payable to a surviving spouse that is otherwise deductible under section 2056(b)(7)(C) of the Code as a nondeductible terminable interest Available in the case of estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1981, and in no event will the time for making the election expire before November 11, 1990. [See paragraph (e) of this section.]
6152(b), 6152(c)(3) 2523(f)(6)(B) Election to treat a joint and survivor annuity in which the donee spouse has a survivorship interest that is otherwise deductible under section 2523(f)(6)(A) of the Code as a nondeductible terminable interest Available in the case of transfers made after December 31, 1981, and in no event will the time for making the election expire before November 11, 1990. [See paragraph (f) of this section.]
6152(c)(2) 2056(b)(7)(C)(ii), 2523(f)(6)(B) Election to treat as deductible for estate or gift tax purposes under sections 2056(b)(7)(C) or 2523(f)(6) of the Code, respectively, a survivor's annuity payable to a surviving spouse reported on an estate or gift tax return filed prior to November 11, 1988, as a nondeductible terminable interest Available to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 1981, or to transfers made after December 31, 1981, where: (1) the estate or gift tax return was filed prior to November 11, 1988; (2) the annuity was not deducted on the return as qualified terminable interest property under sections 2056(b)(7) or 2523(f) of the Code; and (3) the executor or donor elects to treat the interest as a deductible terminable interest under sections 2056(b)(7)(C) or 2523(f)(6) prior to November 11, 1990. [See paragraph (g) of this section.]
6180(b)(1) 142(i)(2) Election by a nongovernmental owner of a highspeed intercity rail facility not to claim any deduction under section 167 or 168 of the Code and any credit under subtitle A, in order for the facility to be described in section 142(a)(11) Available for bonds issued after November 10, 1988. [See paragraph (h) of this section.]
6181(c)(2) 148(f)(4)(A) One-time election by the issuer of tax-exempt bonds outstanding as of November 11, 1988, other than private activity bonds, to apply the amendments made by section 148(b) of the Code to amounts deposited after such date in bona fide debt service funds Available for bonds outstanding as of November 11, 1988. The election must be made in writing on the later of March 21, 1990, or the first date any payment is required under section 148(f) of the Code. The election should be retained as part of the issuer's books and records (as defined in § 1.103-10(b)(2)(vi) of the regulations) of the bond issue to which it relates.
6277 382, 383 Election by a loss corporation that otherwise qualifies for the exception of section 621(f)(5) of the 1986 Act not to apply that exception. That exception provides for the inapplicability, in certain situations, of the amendments to sections 382 and 383 of the Code made by the 1986 Act (relating to limitation of corporate attributes after an ownership change). That exception applies with respect to a loss corporation's ownership change resulting from a reorganization described in section 368(a)(1)(G) of the Code or from an exchange of debt for stock in a title 11 or similar case if a petition was filed with the court before August 14, 1986 Available for ownership changes described in section 621(f)(5) of the 1986 Act, if a petition was filed with the court before August 14, 1986. The election is to be made by filing a statement with the District Director with whom the loss corporation would file its Federal income tax return. The statement must identify the election as an election under section 6277 of the Act and must (1) contain the taxpayer's name, address, and employee identification number, (2) identify the transaction to which the election relates, (3) represent that the conditions for making the election have been satisfied, and (4) be signed by a person authorized to sign the Federal income tax return of the loss corporation.
8007(a)(1) 3127 Election to be exempted from the taxes imposed by sections 3101 and 3111 of the Code An individual employer and an employee, both of whom are members of a recognized religious sect or a division thereof described in section 1402(g)(1) of the Code and adherents of established tenets or teachings of such sect or division, may, if both qualify and make elections, obtain exemptions from the taxes imposed by sections 3101 and 3111. [See paragraph (i) of this section.]

(2) Time for making elections—(i) In general. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the elections described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be made by the later of—

(A) The due date (taking into account any extensions of time to file obtained by the taxpayer) of the tax return for the first taxable year for which the election is effective, or

(B) January 22, 1990 (in which case the election generally must be made by amended return).

(ii) No extension of time for payment. Payments of tax due must be made in accordance with chapter 62 of the Code.

(3) Manner of making elections. Except as otherwise provided in this section, the elections described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be made by attaching a statement to the tax return for the first taxable year for which the election is to be effective. If such tax return is filed prior to the making of the election, the statement must be attached to an amended tax return of the first taxable year for which the election is to be effective. Except as otherwise provided in the return or in the instructions accompanying the return for the taxable year, the statement must—

(i) Contain the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the electing taxpayer;

(ii) Identify the election;

(iii) Indicate the section of the Code (or, if the provision is not codified, the section of the Act) under which the election is made;

(iv) Specify, as applicable, the period for which the election is being made and the property or other items to which the election is to apply; and

(v) Provide any information required by the relevant statutory provisions and any information requested in applicable forms and instructions, such as the information necessary to show that the taxpayer is entitled to make the election.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an amended return need not be filed for an election made prior to October 23, 1989, if the taxpayer made the election in a reasonable manner.

(4) Revocation—(i) Irrevocable elections. The elections described in this section that are made under the following sections of the Act are irrevocable: 1002(a)(11)(A) (Code section 168(b)(2)), 1002(a)(23)(B), 1002(l)(1)(A) (Code section 42(b)(2)(A)(ii)), 1002 (l)(2)(B) (Code section 42(f)(1)), 1005(c)(11), 1008(c)(4)(A) (Code section 460(b)(3)), 1014(c)(1), 1014(c)(2), 1014(d)(3)(B) and 1014(d)(4) (Code section 643(g)(2)), 2004(m)(5), 4004(a) (Code section 42(j)(5)(B)), 5033(a)(2) (Code section 2056A(d)), 6006(a) (Code section 1(i)(7)), 6026(a) (Code section 263A(h)), 6026(b)(1) (Code section 263A(d)(1)), 6152(a) and 6152(c)(3) (Code section 2056(b)(7)(C)(ii)), 6152(b) and 6152(c)(3) (Code section 2523(f)(6)(B)), 6152(c)(2) (Code sections 2056(b)(7)(C)(ii) and 2523(f)(6)(B)), and 6180(b)(1) (Code section 142(i)(2)).

(ii) Elections revocable with the consent of the Commissioner. The elections described in this section that are made under the following sections of the Act are revocable only with the consent of the Commissioner: 1006(d)(15), 1006(j)(1)(C), 1006(t)(18)(B), 1009(d) (Code section 165(l)), 1010(f)(1) (Code section 831(b)(2)(A)), 1010(f)(2) (Code section 835(a)), 1012(d)(4) (Code section 865(f)), 1012(d)(6) (Code section 865(g)(3)), 1012(d)(8) (Code section 865(h)(2)), 1012(l)(2) (Code section 245(a)(10)), 1012(n)(3), 1012(bb)(4) (Code section 904(g)(10)), 2004(j)(1), 5031(a) (Code section 7520(a)), 6026(c) (Code section 263A(d)(3)(B)), and 6277.

(iii) Freely revocable elections. The election described in this section that is made under section 6011 of the Act is revocable without the consent of the Commissioner. (See section 121(c) of the Code and § 1.121-4 of the regulations.)

(b) Elections with respect to the low-income housing credit. The elections under sections 42(d)(3)(B), 42(f)(1), 42(g)(3)(B)(i), 42(i)(2)(B), and 42(j)(5)(B) of the Code generally must be made for the taxable year in which the building is placed in service, or the succeeding taxable year if the section 42(f)(1) election is made to defer the start of the credit period, and must be made in the certification required to be filed pursuant to section 42(l) (1) and (2), as amended by the Act. The election under section 42(j)(5)(B) of the Code must be made by the later of the due date of the certification or January 22, 1990. The election under section 42(b)(2)(A)(ii) must be made in accordance with the requirements of Notice 89-1, 1989-2 I.R.B. 10.

(c) Election to treat certain carryovers of disallowed investment interest expense as passive activity deductions. The requirements of paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this section do not apply to an election under section 1005(c)(11) of the Act. Instead, the election must be made at the time and in the manner prescribed in Notice 89-36, 1989-13 I.R.B. 6. Thus, the election must be made before the filing deadline specified in Notice 89-36 by amending previously filed returns to reflect any change in the computation of tax liability that results from the election.

(d) Election with respect to the treatment of reasonably estimated losses in an insolvent or bankrupt financial institution—(1) In general. This paragraph (d) applies to an election under section 905(a) of the 1986 Act, and to an election under section 1009(d) of the Act, both relating to section 165(l) of the Code. If—

(i) As of the close of the taxable year, it can reasonably be estimated that there is a loss on a deposit (within the meaning of section 165(l)(4)) of a qualified individual (as defined in section 165(l)(2)) in a qualified financial institution (as defined in section 165(l)(3)), and

(ii) Such loss is on account of the bankruptcy or insolvency of such institution, then the qualified individual may elect under either section 165(l)(1) or (5) (but not both), to treat the amount (subject to the applicable limitations if under section 165(l)(5)) so estimated for that taxable year as a loss described in either section 165(c)(3), relating to casualty losses, or section 165(c)(2), relating to transactions entered into for profit, and incurred during the taxable year.

The election will apply to all losses of the qualified individual on deposits in the institution with respect to which an election is made. For additional information and examples of the application of the election rules, see Notice 89-28, 1989-12 I.R.B. 72.

This paragraph (d) includes the procedural and the principal substantive rules first issued in Notice 89-28. For specific rules relating to an election under section 165(1)(5), see paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(2) Specific rules relating to the section 165(1)(5) election—(i) Applicability. An election under section 165(1)(5) of the Code may be made only if no part of the taxpayer's deposits in the financial institution is federally insured. Generally, this requirement will be met only in cases in which none of the deposits in the financial institution are federally insured.

(ii) Dollar limitations. An election under section 165(1)(5) of the Code is limited to $20,000 ($10,000 in the case of a separate return by a married individual) in aggregate losses on deposits in any one financial institution. The applicable dollar limit must be reduced by the amount of any insurance proceeds that can reasonably be expected to be received under any state law.

(3) Time and manner of determining loss and making the election—(i) Year of election and determination of loss. A qualified individual may make an election under section 165(1) of the Code either for the first taxable year in which a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made or for a later taxable year that is prior to the taxable year in which the loss is sustained. The amount of the loss is determined by the difference between a taxpayer's basis in the deposits and the amount that is reasonably estimated to be recovered, taking into account all facts and circumstances reasonably available to the taxpayer as of the date the election is made. A reasonable estimate might be based, for example, on the percentage of total deposits likely to be recovered by the depositors according to a determination made by the regulatory authority or trustee having responsibility over the institution. In addition, the taxpayer's basis in the deposits must be reduced to the extent that a loss is claimed.

(ii) Time and manner of making election. A qualified individual may make an election under section 165(1) of the Code on—

(A) The income tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the taxpayer made a reasonable estimate of the loss;

(B) An amended income tax return for a taxable year described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, if the period prescribed for filing a claim for refund or credit for that taxable year has not yet expired; or, if applicable,

(C) An amended income tax return for a taxable year (beginning after December 31, 1981) described in paragraph (d)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, whether or not the claim for refund or credit is barred by another provision of law, but only if the amended return is properly filed on or before November 9, 1989.

(iii) Information to include with election. The election should include any information requested in the applicable forms and instructions (e.g., Form 4684, Casualties and Thefts). If the applicable form(s) and instructions do not make reference to or request information concerning this election, the taxpayer should, on an appropriate line or space clearly indicate the name of the financial institution, include the following language: “Insolvent Financial Institution Election,” and include the calculation of the reasonably estimated loss claimed.

(4) Revocability of the election—(i) In general. If a taxpayer desires to revoke an election under section 165(l) of the Code, the taxpayer must request, in writing, the consent of the Secretary setting forth the pertinent facts surrounding the election and the reasons for requesting a revocation.

(ii) Exception. With respect to an election made under section 165(l)(1) of the Code prior to November 9, 1989, a qualified individual may revoke such election without securing the prior consent of the Secretary but only if the taxpayer makes an election under section 165(l)(5) by November 9, 1989, in the manner prescribed in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.

(5) Effective date. Paragraph (d) of this section is generally effective for elections made under section 165(1) of the Code on or after November 10, 1988. However, an election filed prior to February 24, 1989, that is made in any reasonable manner will be effective.

(e) Election to treat a survivor annuity payable to a surviving spouse as a nondeductible terminable interest. Where the time for making the election under section 2056(b)(7)(C)(ii) of the Code to treat the survivor annuity as nondeductible otherwise expires before November 11, 1990, the election may be made before November 11, 1990, by filing with the Service Center where the original return was filed supplemental information under § 20.6081-1(c) of the Estate Tax Regulations containing:

(1) A statement that the election under section 2056(b)(7)(C)(ii) of the Code is being made;

(2) The applicable revised schedules;

(3) A recomputation of the tax due; and

(4) Payment of any additional tax due.

(f) Election to treat a joint and survivor annuity in which the donee spouse has a survivor interest as a nondeductible terminable interest. Where the time for making the election under section 2523(f)(6)(B) of the Code to treat the interest as nondeductible otherwise expires before November 11, 1990, the election may be made before November 11, 1990, by filing with the appropriate Service Center an original return (or an amended return if an original return was filed) containing:

(1) A statement that the election under section 2523(f)(6)(B) is being made;

(2) A recomputation of the tax due; and

(3) Payment of any additional tax due.

(g) Election to treat survivor's annuity payable to the surviving spouse as qualified terminable interest property deductible under sections 2056(b)(7)(C) or 2523(f)(6) of the Code in the case of a return filed prior to November 11, 1988. (1) In the case of an estate tax election under section 2056(b)(7)(C) the election is made by filing with the Service Center where the estate tax return was filed supplemental information under § 20.6081-1(c) of the Estate Tax Regulations (and timely claim for refund under section 6511 of the Code, if applicable) containing:

(i) A statement that the election under section 6152(c)(2) of the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988 is being made;

(ii) The applicable revised schedules; and

(iii) A recomputation of the estate's tax liability showing the amount of any refund due.

(2) In the case of a gift tax election under section 2523(f)(6) of the Code, the election is made by filing with the Service Center where the original return was filed an amended return (and timely claim for refund under section 6511, if applicable) containing:

(i) A statement that the election under section 6152(c)(2) of the Technical and Miscellaneous Revenue Act of 1988 is being made;

(ii) The applicable revised schedules; and

(iii) A recomputation of the gift tax liability showing the amount of any refund due.

(h) Elections with respect to certain nongovernmentally owned rail facilities—(1) In general. This paragraph applies to the election under section 6180(b)(1) of the Act (Code section 142(i)(2)) not to claim a deduction under section 167 or 168 of the Code or any credit with respect to certain bond-financed property. An electing owner that is not a governmental unit must make the election at the time the loan agreement with the issuer of the bond is executed. The election must be signed by the owner and include—

(i) A description of the property with respect to which the election is being made;

(ii) The name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the issuing authority;

(iii) The name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the electing owner; and

(iv) The date and face amount of the issue used to provide the property.

(2) Other requirements. The electing owner must provide a copy of the election to the issuing authority and to any person purchasing the facilities during the period the bonds are outstanding or within 6 years after the last bond that is part of the issue is retired. The electing owner, purchaser, and all successors in interest to the electing owner or purchaser must each retain the original election document or a copy thereof in its records until 6 years after the later of the date the last bond that is part of the issue is retired or the date such owner, purchaser or successor in interest ceases to own the facilities. The issuer must retain a copy of the election until 6 years after the date the last bond that is part of the issue is retired. In addition, while the facilities are nongovernmentally owned, any publicly recorded document with respect to the facilities must state that neither the electing owner, nor any person purchasing the facilities during the period the bonds are outstanding or within 6 years after the date the last bond that is part of the issue is retired, nor any successor in interest to the electing owner or such purchaser, may claim any deduction under section 167 or 168 of the Code or any credit with respect to the facilities.

(3) Election is binding on purchasers and successors. The election is binding at all times on any person purchasing the facilities during the period the bonds are outstanding or within 6 years after the date the last bond that is part of the issue is retired and on all successors in interest to the electing owner and such purchaser.

(i) Election under section 3127 of the Code to be exempted from the taxes imposed by sections 3111 and 3101—(1) Application for exemption. To be exempt from the taxes imposed under section 3111 and 3101 of the Code with regard to wages paid after December 31, 1988, an individual who is an employer and his or her employee must each file an application on the prescribed form with the Internal Revenue Service office designated in the instructions relating to the application for exemption.

(2) Approval of application for exemption. The application for exemption by the individual employer or the employee will be approved only if:

(i) The application contains or is accompanied by the evidence described in section 1402(g)(1)(A) of the Code and a waiver described in section 1402(g)(1)(B);

(ii) The Secretary of Health and Human Services makes the findings described in section 1402(g)(1) (C), (D), and (E) with respect to the religious sect or division described in section 1402(g)(1) of which the individual employer and employee are members; and

(iii) No benefit or other payment referred to in section 1402(g)(1)(B) became payable (or, but for sections 203 or 222(b) of the Social Security Act, would have become payable) to the employee filing the application at or before the time of the filing.

(3) Effective period of exemption. The election provided in paragraph (h)(1) of this section will apply with respect to wages paid by such individual employer during the period commencing with the first day of the first calendar quarter, after the quarter in which such application is filed, throughout which such individual employer or employee meets the applicable requirements specified in paragraphs (h)(2) and (h)(3).

(4) Termination of election. The exemption granted under section 3127 of the Code will end on the last day of the calendar quarter preceding the first calendar quarter thereafter in which:

(i) Such individual employer or the employee involved ceases to meet the applicable requirements of paragraphs (h)(2) and (h)(3), or

(ii) The sect or division thereof of which such individual employer or employee is a member is found by the Secretary of Health and Human Services to have failed to meet the requirements of section 3127(b)(2).

(5) Both the individual employer and employee must qualify and elect. The exemption from the taxes imposed under sections 3101 and 3111 of the Code is applicable only if both the individual employer and the employee qualify and make the election under the provisions of section 3127.

(j) Certain elections not addressed in this section. Elections under the Act that are not addressed in this section include:

(1) An election relating to the effective date of certain source rules under section 861(a) of the Code (section 1012(g)(1) of the Act);

(2) An election relating to transitional rules for interest allocation under 864(e) of the Code (section 1012(h)(7) of the Act);

(3) An election relating to the chain deficit rules under section 952(c)(1)(C) of the Code (section 1012(i)(25) of the Act);

(4) An election relating to the definition of a passive foreign investment company in section 1296 of the Code (section 1012(p)(27) of the Act);

(5) An election by a shareholder of a qualified electing fund under section 1291(d)(2)(B) of the Code (section 1012(p)(28) of the Act);

(6) An election to be treated as a qualified electing fund under section 1295 of the Code (section 6127 of the Act);

(7) An election relating to treatment of an insurance branch as a separate corporation under section 964(d) of the Code (section 6129 of the Act);

(8) An election relating to certain regulated futures contracts and nonequity options under section 988(c)(1)(D) of the Code (section 6130(b) of the Act);

(9) An election relating to certain qualified funds under section 988(c)(1)(E) of the Code (section 6130(b) of the Act);

(10) An election under section 952(c)(1)(B) of the Code to apply section 953(a) without regard to the same country exception (section 6131(a) of the Act);

(11) An election relating to treatment of a foreign insurance company as a domestic corporation under section 953(d) of the Code (section 6135 of the Act).

Guidance concerning the elections described in this paragraph (j) will generally be provided in regulations to be issued under the relevant Code sections. With respect to certain elections described in this paragraph (j), preliminary guidance has been published. See Notice 88-125, 1988-52 I.R.B. 4, for guidance with respect to the election described in paragraph (j)(6) of this section, relating to the qualified electing fund election. See Notice 88-124, 1988-51 I.R.B. 6, for guidance with respect to the elections described in paragraph (j) (8) and (9) of this section, relating to section 988(c)(1) (D) and (E) of the Code.

(k) Additional information required. Later regulations or revenue procedures issued under provisions of the Code or Act covered by this section may require the furnishing of information in addition to that which was furnished with the statement of election described in this section. In that event, the later regulations or revenue procedures will provide guidance with respect to the furnishing of additional information.

[T.D. 8267, 54 FR 38980, Sept. 22, 1989; 54 FR 41243, 41364, Oct. 6, 1989. Redesignated and amended by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43895, 43896, Sept. 23, 1992; 57 FR 47373, Oct. 15, 1992]

§ 301.9100-9T Election by a bank holding company to forego grandfather provision for all property representing pre-June 30, 1968, activities.

(a) In general. For purposes of sections 1101 through 1103 and 6158 of the Code, a bank holding company may elect under section 1103(g) to have the determination of whether property is prohibited property or is property eligible to be distributed without recognition of gain under section 1101(b)(1) made under the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.) as if the Act did not contain the proviso of section 4(a)(2) thereof.

(b) Manner of making election. The election under section 1103(g) shall be made in a written statement filed with the Federal Reserve Board indicating that by resolution of its board of directors, the bank holding company is electing to apply the provisions of section 1103(g). In addition, the bank holding company shall indicate on its income tax return for each taxable year in which the election applies to a distribution or sale of property (in the manner specified in the Internal Revenue Service's instructions for the preparation of the return) that it has made the election under section 1103(g). The election shall be considered to be made on the date on which the written statement is received by the Federal Reserve Board.

(c) Scope of election. The election under section 1103(g) applies to all determinations of whether property is prohibited property or is property eligible to be distributed without recognition of gain under section 1101(b)(1).

(d) Election; binding effect. An election made under section 1103(g) is irrevocable.

(e) Final certification. An election under section 1103(g) shall not apply unless the final certification referred to in section 1101(e) or section 6158(c)(2), as the case may be, includes a certification by the Federal Reserve Board that the bank holding company has disposed of either all banking property or all nonbanking property (including property described in the proviso of section 4(a)(2) of the Bank Holding Company Act).

(f) Conditional certification. A certification by the Federal Reserve Board under section 1101 (a)(1)(B), 1101 (b)(1)(B), 1101 (c)(2)(C), 1101 (c)(3)(C), or 6158(a) that is conditioned upon the bank holding company's making an election under section 1103(g) shall not be considered to be made before the distribution or sale unless the certification and the election are made before the distribution or sale.

[T.D. 7570, 43 FR 52057, Nov. 8, 1978. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43896, Sept. 23, 1992]

§ 301.9100-10T Election by certain family-owned bank holding companies to divest all banking or nonbanking property.

(a) In general. For purposes of sections 1101 through 1103 and 6158 of the Code, a bank holding company may elect under section 1103(h) to have the determination of whether property is prohibited property or is property eligible to be distributed without recognition of gain under section 1101(b)(1) made under the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.) as if the Act did not contain clause (ii) of section 4(c) thereof.

(b) Manner of making election. The election under section 1103(h) shall be made in a written statement filed with the Federal Reserve Board indicating that by resolution of its board of directors, the bank holding company is electing to apply, the provisions of section 1103(h). In addition, the bank holding company shall indicate on its income tax return for each taxable year in which the election applies to a distribution or sale of property (in the manner specified in the Internal Revenue Service's instructions for the preparation of the return) that it has made the election under section 1103(h). The election shall be considered to be made on the date on which the written statement is received by the Federal Reserve Board.

(c) Scope of election. The election under section 1103(h) applies to all determinations of whether property is prohibited property or is property eligible to be distributed without recognition of gain under section 1101(b)(1).

(d) Election; binding effect. An election made under section 1103(h) is irrevocable.

(e) Final certification. An election under section 1103(h) shall not apply unless the final certification referred to in section 1101(e) or section 6158(c)(2), as the case may be, includes a certification by the Federal Reserve Board that the bank holding company has disposed of either all banking property or all nonbanking property.

(f) Conditional certification. A certification by the Federal Reserve Board under section 1101 (a)(1)(B), 1101 (b)(1)(B), 1101 (c)(2)(C), 1101 (c)(3)(C), or 6158(a) that is conditioned upon the bank holding company's making an election under section 1103(h) shall note considered to be made before the distribution or sale unless the certification and the election are made before the distribution or sale.

[T.D. 7570, 43 FR 52057, Nov. 8, 1978. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43896, Sept. 23, 1992]

§ 301.9100-11T Election by a qualified bank holding corporation to pay in installments the tax attributable to sales under the Bank Holding Company Act.

(a) In general. Under section 6158(a) of the Code, a qualified bank holding corporation may elect to pay in installments the tax under chapter I of the Code attributable to the sale of bank property or prohibited property (as those terms are defined in section 6158(f) (2) and (3)) if—

(1) It meets the conditions described in paragraph (b) of this section, and

(2) It files an election in accordance with the rules set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.

(b) Conditions. (1) The sale of bank property or prohibited property must take place after July 7, 1970.

(2) The Federal Reserve Board must certify before the sale of the bank property or prohibited property that the divestiture of such property is necessary or appropriate to effectuate section 4 or the policies of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841 et seq.).

(3) If bank property is sold, the qualified bank holding corporation (or a corporation having control of it or a subsidiary of it) must not have—

(i) Previously elected to apply section 6158 to a sale of prohibited property, or

(ii) Previously distributed prohibited property under section 1101(a).

(4) If prohibited property is sold, the qualified bank holding corporation (or a corporation having control of it or a subsidiary of it) must not have—

(i) Previously elected to apply section 6158 to a sale of bank property, or

(ii) Previously distributed bank property under section 1101(b).

(5) The qualified bank holding corporation must not have elected to return the income from the sale under the installment provisions of section 453.

(c) Time and manner of making election. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a qualified bank holding corporation shall make the election under section 6158(a) by—

(i) Attaching a statement to its income tax return for the taxable year in which the prohibited property or bank property is sold showing the tax computation under paragraph (f) of this section and the amount of the installment paid with the return, and

(ii) Entering the amount of the installment payment followed by the words “computed under section 6158” in the appropriate place on the tax return.

(2) If the qualified bank holding corporation filed its income tax return for the year of sale before February 6, 1979 (without electing under section 6158(a)), then it shall make the election under section 6158(a) by attaching a statement to its claim for credit or refund (amended tax return) for its overpayment of income tax attributable to the application of section 6158 showing the tax computation under paragraph (f) of this section and entering the amount of the credit or refund followed by the words “attributable to the application of section 6158” in the appropriate place on the claim. In order for the election to be effective, the claim must be filed before the earlier of—

(i) The expiration of the period of limitation for the filing of the claim, or

(ii) February 6, 1979.

(d) Scope of election. An election under section 6158 will apply only to the particular sale or sales of property with respect to which the election is being made.

(e) Special rule for certifying sales. For purposes of section 6158(a) and paragraph (b)(2) of this section, in the case of a sale which takes place after July 7, 1970, and before January 1, 1977, a certification by the Federal Reserve Board shall be treated as made before the sale if application for such certification was made before January 1, 1977.

(f) Tax attributable to sales. The tax under chapter I of the Code attributable to sales with respect to which an election under section 6158 has been made shall be the amount, if any, by which the tax under chapter I on the taxable income of the qualified bank holding corporation (computed without regard to section 6158) for the taxable year during which the sales occur exceeds the greater of—

(1) The tax under chapter I for such year on the taxable income of the corporation exclusive of gains on sales of property with respect to which an election under section 6158 has been made, or

(2) The tax under chapter I for such year on the taxable income of the corporation exclusive of gains and losses on all sales of the type of property (either bank property or prohibited property) with respect to which an election under section 6158 has been made.

[T.D. 7570, 43 FR 52057, Nov. 8, 1978. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43896, Sept. 23, 1992]

§ 301.9100-12T Various elections under the Tax Reform Act of 1976.

(a) Elections covered by temporary rules. The sections of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, or of the Tax Reform Act of 1976, to which this section applies and under which an election or notification may be made pursuant to the procedures described in paragraphs (b) and (d) are as follows:

(1) FIRST CATEGORY

Section Description of election Availability of election
167(o) of Code Substantially rehabilitated historic property Additions to capital account occurring after June 30, 1976, and before July 1, 1981.
172(b)(3)(E) of Code Forego of carryback period Any taxable year ending after December 31, 1975.
402(e)(4)(L) of Code Lump sum distributions from qualified plans Distributions and payments made after December 31, 1975, in taxable years beginning after such date.
812(b)(3) of Code Forego of carryback period by life insurance companies Any taxable year ending after December 31, 1975
819A of Code Contiguous country branches of domestic life insurance companies All taxable years beginning after December 31, 1975.
825(d)(2) of Code Forego of carryback period by mutual insurance companies Any taxable year ending after December 31, 1975.
911(e) of Code Foregoing of benefits of section 911 All taxable years beginning after December 31, 1975.
(2) SECOND CATEGORY
185(d) of Code Amortization of railroad grading and tunnel bores All taxable years beginning after December 31, 1974.
1057 of Code Transfer to foreign trusts etc Any transfer of property after October 2, 1975.

(b) Time for making election or serving notice—(1) Category (1). A taxpayer may make an election under any section referred to in paragraph (a)(1) of this section for the first taxable year for which the election is required to be made or for the taxable year selected by the taxpayer when the choice of the taxable year is optional. The election must be made by the later of the time, including extensions thereof, prescribed by law for filing income tax returns for such taxable year or March 8, 1977.

(2) Category (2). A taxpayer may make an election under any section referred to in paragraph (a)(2) for the first taxable year for which the election is allowed or for the taxable year selected by the taxpayer when the choice of the taxable year is optional. The election must be made (i) for any taxable year ending before December 31, 1976, for which a return has been filed before January 31, 1977, by filing an amended return, provided that the period of limitation for filing claim for credit or refund of overpayment of tax, determined from the time the return was filed, has not expired or (ii) for all other years by filing the income tax return for the year for which the election is made not later than the time, including extensions thereof, prescribed by law for filing income tax returns for such year.

(c) Certain other elections. The elections described in this paragraph shall be made in the manner and within the time prescribed herein and in paragraph (d) of this section.

(1) The following elections under the Tax Reform Act of 1976 shall be made:

(i) Section 207(c)(3) of Act; change from static value method of accounting; all taxable years beginning after December 31, 1976.

by filing Form 3115 with the National Office of the Internal Revenue Service before October 5, 1977.

(ii) Section 604 of Act; travel expenses of State legislators; all taxable years beginning before January 1, 1976.

by filing an amended return for any taxable year for which the period for assessing or collecting a deficiency has not expired before October 4, 1976, by the last day for filing a claim for refund or credit for the taxable year but in no event shall such day be earlier than October 4, 1977.

(iii) Section 804(e)(2) of Act; retroactive applications of amendments to property described in section 50(a) of Code; certain taxable years beginning before January 1, 1975.

by filing amended returns before October 5, 1977, for all taxable years to which applicable for which the period of limitation for filing claim for credit or refund for overpayment of tax has not expired.

(iv) Section 1608(d)(2) of Act; election as a result of determination as defined in section 859(c) of the Code; determinations made after October 4, 1976.

by filing a statement with the district director for the district in which the taxpayer maintains its principal place of business within 60 days after such determination.

(v) Section 2103 of Act; treatment of certain 1972 disaster losses. Any taxable year in which payment is received or indebtedness is foregiven.

by filing a return for the taxable year or an amended return by the last day for making a claim for credit or refund for the taxable year but in no event shall such day be earlier than October 4, 1977.

(2) [Reserved]

(3) The election provided for in section 167(e)(3) of the Code shall be made in accordance with § 1.167(e)-1(d) except that the election shall be applicable for the first taxable year of the taxpayer beginning after December 31, 1975.

(d) Manner of making election. Unless otherwise provided in the return or in a form accompanying a return for the taxable year, the elections described in paragraphs (a) and (c) (except paragraphs (c)(1)(i), and (c)(5)) shall be made by a statement attached to the return (or amended return) for the taxable year. The statement required when making an election pursuant to this section shall indicate the section under which the election is being made and shall set forth information to identify the election, the period for which it applies, and the taxpayer's basis or entitlement for making the election.

(e) Effect of election—(1) Consent to revoke required. Except where otherwise provided by statute or except as provided in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph, an election to which this section applies made in accordance with this section shall be binding unless consent to revoke the election is obtained from the Commissioner. An application for consent to revoke the election will not be accepted before the promulgation of the permanent regulations relating to the section of the Code or Act under which the election is made. Such regulations will provide a reasonable period of time within which taxpayers will be permitted to apply for consent to revoke the election.

(2) Revocation without consent. An election to which this section applies, made in accordance with this section, may be revoked without the consent of the Commissioner not later than 90 days after the permanent regulations relating to the section of the Code or Act under which the election is made are filed with the Office of the Federal Register, provided such regulations grant taxpayers blanket permission to revoke that election within such time without the consent of the Commissioner. Such blanket permission to revoke an election will be provided by the permanent regulations in the event of a determination by the Secretary or his delegate that such regulations contain provisions that may not reasonably have been anticipated by taxpayers at the time of making such election.

(f) Furnishing of supplementary information required. If the permanent regulations which are issued under the section of the Code or Act referred to in this section to which the election relates require the furnishing of information in addition to that which was furnished with the statement of election filed pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, the taxpayer must furnish such additional information in a statement addressed to the district director, or the director of the regional service center, with whom the election was filed. This statement must clearly identify the election and the taxable year for which it was made. If such information is not provided the election may, at the discretion of the Commissioner, be held invalid.

(Sec. 191(b), Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (90 Stat. 1916, 26 U.S.C. 191(b))

[T.D. 7459, 42 FR 1469, Jan. 7, 1977]

§ 301.9100-14T Individual's election to terminate taxable year when case commences.

(a) Scope. The regulations prescribed in this section provide rules for making the election under section 1398(d)(2) to terminate the taxable year of an individual taxpayer.

(b) Availability of election. This election is available to an individual taxpayer in a case commenced after March 24, 1981, under chapter 7 (relating to liquidations) or chapter 11 (relating to reorganizations) of title 11 of the United States Code. If the case is dismissed, the taxpayer cannot make the election, and an election previously made will be void. For purposes of this section, a partnership is not treated as an individual. If the taxpayer making the election is married (within the meaning of section 143), the election is available to the taxpayer's spouse, but only if the spouse is eligible to file, and does file, a joint return with the taxpayer for the taxable year ended as a result of the election.

(c) Effect of election. The election terminates the taxable year of the taxpayer (and of a spouse who joins in the election) on the day before the commencement date of the case. A new taxable year begins on the commencement date and (unless terminated earlier) ends on the date on which the taxpayer's taxable year in which the case commenced would have ended if the election had not been made.

(d) Time and manner. A taxpayer to whom the election is available makes the election by filing a return for the short taxable year ending the day before commencement of the case (the “first short taxable year”) on or before the 15th day of the fourth full month following the end of that first short taxable year. The spouse of such a taxpayer makes the election by making a joint return with the taxpayer for that first short taxable year within the time prescribed in the preceding sentence. To facilitate processing, the taxpayer should write “Section 1398 Election” at the top of the return. A taxpayer may also make the election by attaching a statement of election to an application for extension of time for filing a return that satisfies the requirements under section 6081 for the first short taxable year. The application for extension must be submitted under section 6081 on or before the due date of the return for the first short taxable year. The statement must state that the taxpayer elects under section 1398(d)(2) to close his or her taxable year as of the day before commencement of the case. If the taxpayer's spouse elects to close his or her taxable year, the spouse must join in the application for extension and in the statement of election. If a joint return is not filed for the first short taxable year, the election of the spouse made with the application is void.

(e) Irrevocability of election. The election is irrevocable.

(f) Subsequent bankruptcy case of debtor's spouse. If a case under chapter 7 or chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code commences with respect to the spouse of a debtor to whom an election under this section was available, the spouse can make an election under this section even if the spouse's case commences in the same taxable year in which the debtor's case commences. The spouse can make the election whether or not the spouse previously joined in the debtor's election. If the spouse joined in the debtor's election, or if the debtor did not make the election, the debtor may join in the spouse's election, assuming the debtor is otherwise eligible to file a joint return with the spouse.

(g) Examples.

Example.

(1) Assume that husband and wife are calendar-year taxpayers, that a bankruptcy case involving only the husband commences on March 1, 1982, and that a bankruptcy case involving only the wife commences on October 10, 1982.

(2) If the husband does not make an election, his taxable year would not be affected; i.e., it does not terminate on February 28. If the husband does make an election, his first short taxable year would be January 1 through February 28; his second short taxable year would begin March 1. The tax return for his first short taxable year would be due on June 15. The wife could join in the husband's election, but only if they file a joint return for the taxable year January 1 through February 28.

(3) The wife could elect to terminate her taxable year on October 9. If she did, and if the husband had not made an election or if the wife had not joined in the husband's election, she would have two taxable years in 1982—the first from January 1 through October 9, and the second from October 10 through December 31. The tax return for her first short taxable year would be due on February 15, 1983. If the husband had not made an election to terminate his taxable year on February 28, the husband could join in an election by his wife, but only if they file a joint return for the taxable year January 1 through October 9. If the husband had made an election but the wife had not joined in the husband's election, the husband could not join in an election by the wife to terminate her taxable year on October 9, since they could not file a joint return for such year.

(4) If the wife makes the election relating to her own bankruptcy case, and had joined the husband in making an election relating to his case, she would have two additional taxable years with respect to her 1982 income and deductions—the second short taxable year would be March 1 through October 9, and the third short taxable year would be October 10 through December 31. The husband could join in the wife's election if they file a joint return for the second short taxable year. If the husband joins in the wife's election, they could file joint returns for the short taxable year ending December 31, but would not be required to do so.

[T.D. 7775, 46 FR 25292, May 6, 1981; 46 FR 30495, June 9, 1981. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43896, Sept. 23, 1992]

§ 301.9100-15T Election to use retroactive effective date.

(a) Scope. The regulations prescribed in this section provide rules for making the election to use a retroactive effective date under section 7(f) of the Bankruptcy Tax Act of 1980.

(b) Availability of election. The election is available to the debtor (or debtors) in a case under title 11 of the United States Code (or a receivership, foreclosure, or similar proceeding in a Federal or State court) that commences after September 30, 1979, and before January 1, 1981. The court must approve the election. For purposes of this paragraph (b), a receivership, foreclosure, or similar proceeding before a Federal or State agency involving a financial institution to which section 585 or 593 applies shall be treated as a proceeding before a court.

(c) Effect of election—(1) In general. An election under this section changes the effective date of certain amendments to the Code made by the Bankruptcy Tax Act of 1980. The amendments affected by an election under this section are listed in paragraph (c) (2) and (3) of this section. If the election is made, all of the amendments listed in paragraph (c) (2) and (3) of this section apply to all transactions in the case (or similar proceeding) and to all parties in respect of all transactions in the case (or similar proceeding). Thus, the debtor may not elect to have only certain of the amendments apply to transactions in the case (or similar proceeding) and may not elect to have the amendments apply only to certain transactions in the case (or similar proceeding). An election under this section will not make the amendments listed in paragraph (c) (2) and (3) applicable to transactions occurring prior to commencement of the case (or similar proceeding) or transactions not in the case (or similar proceeding).

(2) Amendments affected. An election under this section changes the effective date of the amendments to the following sections:

(i) 111, relating to recovery of bad debts, prior taxes, and delinquency amounts,

(ii) 302, relating to the repeal of special treatment for certain railroad redemptions,

(iii) 312, relating to the effect of debt discharge on earnings and profits,

(iv) 337, relating to the application of the 12-month liquidation rule,

(v) 351, relating to certain transfers to controlled corporations,

(vi) 354 (other than the amendment made by section 6(i)(2) of the Bankruptcy Tax Act of 1980), 355, 357, 368, and 381, relating to corporate reorganizations,

(vii) 382, relating to special limitations on net operating loss carryover,

(viii) 542, relating to the personal holding company tax, and

(ix) 703, relating to elections of partnerships.

(3) Other amendments affected in part. Subject to the transitional rule of section 7(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Tax Act of 1980, an election under this section changes the effective date of the amendments to sections 108 and 1017, relating to the tax treatment of discharge of indebtedness.

(4) Substitution of effective dates. The election under this section changes the effective date of the amendments listed in paragraph (c) (2) and (3) of this section by substituting “September 30, 1979” for “December 31 1980” wherever it appears in section 7(a), (c), and (d) of the Bankruptcy Tax Act of 1980.

(d) Time and manner—(1) Time and place. A debtor makes the election under this section by filing the written statement and evidence of court approval required under paragraph (d) (2) and (3) of this section on or before November 2, 1981, with the District Director or the Director of the Internal Revenue Service Center with whom an income tax return for the debtor would be filed if it were due on the date the election is filed. The election shall be considered to be made on the date on which the written statement and evidence of court approval is filed. The debtor should attach a copy of the statement and evidence of court approval to the next income tax return filed on or after the date the election is made.

(2) Statement. The written statement must be signed by the debtor (or a person duly authorized to sign the income tax return of the debtor) and must contain the following:

(i) The name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the debtor,

(ii) A statement that the debtor is making the election under section 7(f) of the Bankruptcy Tax Act of 1980, and

(iii) Information (including the date of commencement) sufficient to identify the bankruptcy case or similar proceeding.

(3) Evidence of court approval. The evidence of court approval (or of approval of an agency in certain proceedings described in paragraph (b) of this section) must be a copy of an order or other document properly signed by the judge or other presiding officer. In addition to information identifying the debtor and the case or proceeding over which the officer presides, the order or other document must state that the court (or agency, as the case may be) approves the election of the debtor under section 7(f) of the Bankruptcy Tax Act of 1980.

(e) Revocability. An election under this section may be revoked only with the consent of the Commissioner. A request for revocation can be made only with approval of the court (or agency).

[T.D. 7775, 46 FR 25292, May 6, 1981. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43896, Sept. 23, 1992]

§ 301.9100-16T Election to accrue vacation pay.

(a) In general. Section 463 provides that taxpayers whose taxable income is computed under an accrual method of accounting may elect without the consent of the Commissioner, to deduct certain amounts with respect to vacation pay which, because of contingencies, would not otherwise be deductible. Such election must apply to the liability for all vacation pay accounts maintained by the taxpayer within a single trade or business if the liability is contingent when vacation pay is earned.

(b) Time for making election. (1) In the case of a taxpayer who established or maintained a vacation pay account pursuant to I.T. 3956 and who continued to maintain such account pursuant to section 97 of the Technical Amendments Act of 1958, as amended, for its last taxable year ending before January 1, 1973, the election must be made for each trade or business for which such account was maintained on or before the later of (i) July 21, 1975, or (ii) the due date for filing the income tax return (determined with regard to any extensions of time granted the taxpayer for filing such return) for the first taxable year beginning after December 31, 1973. The election pursuant to this paragraph shall be effective with respect to an account described in this paragraph (b)(1) for taxable years ending after December 31, 1972. Failure to file such election shall constitute a change in the method of accounting for vacation pay for the first taxable year ending after December 31, 1972. Such change in accounting method will be considered a change initiated by the taxpayer.

(2) In the case of a trade or business of a taxpayer to which paragraph (b)(1) does not apply, the election provided for in this section may be made for any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1973, by making the election not later than (i) July 21, 1975, or (ii) the due date for filing the income tax return (determined with regard to any extensions of time granted the taxpayer for filing such return) for the first taxable year for which the election is made.

(3) A taxpayer who elects under section 463 to treat vacation pay as provided in this section and who wishes to revoke such election may only do so with the consent of the Commissioner. Such revocation shall constitute a change in the method of accounting.

(c) Manner of making election. (1) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the election provided for in this section must be made by means of a statement attached to a timely filed income tax return. The statement shall indicate that the taxpayer is electing to apply the provisions of section 463, and shall contain the following information:

(i) The taxpayer's name and a description of each vacation pay plan to which the election is to apply.

(ii) A schedule with appropriate explanations showing—

(A) In the case of a vacation pay account established or maintained pursuant to I.T. 3956 and section 97 of the Technical Amendments Act of 1958, as amended,

(1) The balance of each such vacation pay account maintained by the taxpayer, and

(2) The amount, determined as if the taxpayer had maintained a vacation pay account for the last taxable year ending before January 1, 1973, representing the taxpayer's liability for vacation pay earned by employees, before the close of the taxable year and payable during such taxable year or within 12 months following the close of such taxable year.

(B) In the case of other vacation pay accounts, the amount of the closing balances the taxpayer would have had for the taxpayer's 3 taxable years immediately preceding the taxable year for which the election was made, had the taxpayer maintained an account representing the taxpayer's liability for vacation pay earned by the employees before the close of the taxable year and payable during the taxable year or within 12 months following the close of the taxable year throughout the 3 immediately preceding taxable years.

(iii) The amounts accrued and deducted for prior years for vacation pay but not paid at the close of the taxable year preceding the year for which the election is made.

(2) Where a taxpayer has filed its return for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1973 prior to July 21, 1975, and has not made the election pursuant to this section, the election may be made by filing an amended return (showing adjustments, in any) for such year and attaching the statement required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section on or before July 21, 1975.

(d) The time for making the election may be illustrated by the following examples:

Example (1).

X, whose taxable year begins on February 1, files, its return based on the accrual method of accounting. X has continuously accrued and deducted for income tax purposes contingent amounts of vacation pay, pursuant to I.T. 3956. Pursuant to section 463 and these regulations, in order for X to continue accruing and deducting its vacation pay amounts, X must elect to account for vacation pay under section 463 by attaching the election to its timely filed return for its taxable year ending on January 31, 1975, or if X has already filed such return by July 21, 1975, without such election, by filing the election statement with an amended return by July 21, 1975. If X does not make the election under section 463, X will be treated as having initiated a change in its method of accounting for vacation pay in its taxable year ending on January 31, 1973.

Example (2).

Y, a calendar year taxpayer files its returns based on the accrual method of accounting. Y deducted its vacation pay amounts only when paid since such amounts were contingent when earned and Y was not entitled to the benefits of I.T. 3956, Y may elect for its taxable year ending on December 31, 1974, to deduct certain amounts with respect to contingent vacation pay which were not otherwise deductible, by filing an election pursuant to these regulations with its timely filed income tax return for such year or if such return was already filed by [insert date 90 days after publication of this document as a Treasury decision], without such election, by filing the election with an amended return filed by July 21, 1975. If Y does not make the election for its taxable year ending on December 31, 1974, Y may make the election with respect to any subsequent taxable year by filing an election with its return for such year.

[T.D. 7353, 40 FR 17554, Apr. 21, 1975; 40 FR 25590, June 17, 1975. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43896, Sept. 23, 1992]

§ 301.9100-17T Procedure applicable to certain elections.

(a) Elections covered by temporary rules. The sections of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, or of the Tax Reform Act of 1969, to which paragraph (b) of this section applies and under which an election or notification may be made pursuant to the procedures prescribed in such paragraph are as follows:

Section Description of election Availability of election
(1) First category:
231(d)(2) of Act Moving expenses Expenses paid or incurred before July 1, 1970, if employee was notified of move by employer on or before Dec. 19, 1969.
503(c)(2) of Act Carved-out mineral production payments All mineral production payments carved out of mineral properties after beginning of last taxable year ending before Aug. 7, 1969.
516(d)(3) of Act Contingent payments by transferee of franchise, trademark, or trade name Payments made in taxable years ending after Dec. 31, 1969, and beginning before Jan. 1, 1980, on transfers made before Jan. 1, 1970.
642(c)(1) of Code Charitable contributions of estates or trusts paid in following year Amounts paid in any taxable year beginning after Dec. 31, 1969.
1251(b)(4) of Code No additions to excess deductions account of taxpayers electing to compute taxable income from farming in certain manner Any taxable year beginning after Dec. 31, 1969.
(2) Second category:
184(b) of Code Amortization of qualified railroad rolling stock Any taxable year beginning after Dec. 31, 1969, in which rolling stock was placed in service (or succeeding taxable year).
(3) Third category:
504(d)(2) of Act Notification not to have sec. 615(e) election treated as a sec. 617(a) election Exploration expenditures paid or incurred after Dec. 31, 1969.

(b) Manner of making election or serving notice—(1) In general. (i) Except as provided in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph, a taxpayer may make an election under any section referred to in paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section for the first taxable year for which the election is required to be made or for the taxable year selected by the taxpayer when the choice of a taxable year is optional. The election must be made not later than (a) the time, including extensions thereof, prescribed by law for filing the income tax return for such taxable year or (b) 90 days after the date on which the regulations in this section are filed with the Office of the Federal Register, whichever is later.

(ii) The election shall be made by a statement attached to the return (or an amended return) for the taxable year, indicating the section under which the election is being made and setting forth information to identify the election, the period for which it applies, and the facility, property, or amounts to which it applies.

(2) Additional time for certain elections. An election under section 503(c)(2) of the Act or section 642(c)(1) of the Code must be made in accordance with subparagraph (1) of this paragraph but not later than (i) the time, including extensions thereof, prescribed by law for filing the income tax return for the taxable year following the taxable year for which the election is made or (ii) 90 days after the date on which the regulations in this section are filed with the Office of the Federal Register, whichever is later.

(3) Notification as to section 615(e) election. (i) The notification referred to in paragraph (a)(3) of this section in respect of an election under section 615(e) which was made before the date on which the regulations in this section are filed with the Office of the Federal Register shall be made in a statement attached to the taxpayer's income tax return for the first taxable year in which expenditures are paid or incurred after December 31, 1969, which would be deductible by the taxpayer under section 617 if he so elects. The statement shall indicate the first taxable year for which such election was effective and the district director, or the director of the regional service center, with whom the election was filed.

(ii) The notification referred to in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, in respect of an election under section 615(e) which is made on or after the date on which the regulations in this section are filed with the Office of the Federal Register, shall be made in the statement of election required by paragraph (a)(2) of § 15.1-1 of this chapter (Temporary Income Tax Regulations Relating to Exploration Expenditures in the Case of Mining).

(iii) The serving of notice pursuant to this subparagraph shall not preclude the subsequent making of an election under section 617(a). A failure to serve notice pursuant to this subparagraph shall be treated as an election under section 617(a) and paragraph (a)(1) of § 15.1-1 of this chapter with respect to exploration expenditures paid or incurred after December 31, 1969, whether or not the taxpayer subsequently revokes his election under section 615(e) with respect to exploration expenditures paid or incurred before January 1, 1970.

(iv) For rules relating to the revocation of an election under section 615(e), including such an election which is treated pursuant to this subparagraph as an election under section 617(a), see paragraph (a) of § 15.1-2 of this chapter (T.D. 6907, C.B. 1967-1, 531, 535).

(c) Effect of election—(1) Revocations—(i) Consent to revoke required. Except as provided in subdivision (ii) of this subparagraph, an election made in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section shall be binding unless consent to revoke the election is obtained from the Commissioner. An application for consent to revoke the election will not be accepted before the promulgation of the permanent regulations relating to the section of the Code or Act under which the election is made. Such regulations will provide a reasonable period of time within which taxpayers will be permitted to apply for consent to revoke the election.

(ii) Revocation without consent. An election made in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section may be revoked without the consent of the Commissioner not later than 90 days after the permanent regulations relating to the section of the Code or Act under which the election is made are filed with the Office of the Federal Register, provided such regulations grant taxpayers blanket permission to revoke that election within such time without the consent of the Commissioner. Such blanket permission to revoke an election will be provided by the permanent regulations in the event of a determination by the Secretary or his delegate that such regulations contain provisions that may not reasonably have been anticipated by taxpayers at the time of making such election.

(iii) Election treated as tentative. Until the expiration of the reasonable period referred to in subdivision (i) of this subparagraph or the 90-day period referred to in subdivision (ii) of this subparagraph, an election under section 433(d)(2) of the Act will be considered a tentative election, subject to revocation under the provisions of such subdivisions.

(iv) Place for filing revocations. A revocation under subdivision (i) or (ii) of this subparagraph shall be made by filing a statement to that effect with the district director, or the director of the regional service center, with whom the election was filed.

(2) Termination without consent. An election which is made in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section under a section referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and is not revoked pursuant to subparagraph (1) of this paragraph may, without the consent of the Commissioner, be terminated at any time after making the election by filing a statement to that effect with the district director, or the director of the regional service center, with whom the election was filed. This statement giving notice of termination must be filed before the beginning of the month specified in the statement for which the termination is to be effective. If pursuant to this subparagraph the taxpayer terminates an election made under any such section, he may not thereafter make a new election under that section with respect to the facility, property, or equipment to which the termination relates.

(d) Furnishing of supplementary information required. If the permanent regulations which are issued under the section of the Code or Act referred to in paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section to which the election relates require the furnishing of information in addition to that which was furnished with the statement of election filed pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the taxpayer must furnish such additional information in a statement addressed to the district director, or the director of the regional service center, with whom the election was filed. This statement must clearly identify the election and the taxable year for which it was made.

(e) Other elections. Elections under the following sections of the Code may not be made pursuant to paragraph (b)(1) of this section but are to be made under regulations, whether temporary or permanent, which will be issued under amendments made by the Act. If necessary, such regulations will provide a reasonable period of time within which taxpayers will be permitted to make elections under these sections for taxable years ending before the date on which such regulations are filed with the Office of the Federal Register:

Section Description
167(k)(1) Expenditures to rehabilitate low-income rental housing.
167(l)(4) Post-1969 property of certain utilities representing growth in capacity.
170(b)(1)(D)(iii) Special limitation with respect to contributions of certain capital gain property.
453(c) Revocation of election to report income on installment basis.
507(b)(1)(B)(ii) Notice of termination of private foundation status.
1564(a)(2) Allowance of certain amounts to component member of controlled group of corporations.
4942(h)(2) Deficient distributions of private foundations for prior taxable years.
4943(c)(4)(E) Determination of holdings of a private foundation in a business enterprise where substantial contributors hold more than 15 percent of voting stock.

(f) Cross reference. For temporary regulations under sections 57(c) and 163(d)(7) of the code, relating to elections with respect to net leases of real property, see § 12.8 of the regulations in this part (Temporary Income Tax Regulations Under the Revenue Act of 1971).

(83 Stat. 487, 85 Stat. 522, 523; 26 U.S.C. 1 nt., 57(c)(4), 163(d)(7))

[T.D. 7032, 35 FR 4330, Mar. 11, 1970]

§ 301.9100-18T Election to include in gross income in year of transfer.

(a) In general. Under section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 any person who performs services in connection with which property is transferred which at the time of transfer is not transferable by the transferee and is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture may elect to include in his gross income for the taxable year in which such property is transferred, the excess of the fair market value of such property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) over the amount (if any) paid for such property. If this election is made section 33(a) does not apply with respect to such property, and any subsequent appreciation in the value of the property is not taxable as compensation. However, if the property is later forfeited, no deduction is allowed to any person with respect to such forfeiture. This election is not necessary in the case of property which is transferred subject only to a restriction which by its terms will never lapse.

(b) Manner of making election. The election referred to in paragraph (a) of this section is made by filing two copies of a written statement with the internal revenue officer with whom the person who performed the services files his return.

(c) Additional copies. The person who performed the services shall also submit a copy of the statement referred to in paragraph (b) of this section to the person for whom the services are performed, and, in addition, if the person who performs the services in connection with which restricted property is transferred and the transferee of such property are not the same person, the person who performs the services shall submit a copy of such statement to the transferee of the property.

(d) Content of statement. The statement shall indicate that it is being made under section 83(b) of the Code, and shall contain the following information:

(1) The name, address, taxpayer identification number and the taxable year (For example, “Calendar year 1969” or “Fiscal year ending May 31, 1970”) of the person who performed the services;

(2) A description of each property with respect to which the election is being made;

(3) The date or dates on which the property is transferred;

(4) The nature of the restriction or restrictions to which the property is subject;

(5) The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse) of each property with respect to which the election is being made; and

(6) The amount (if any) paid for such property.

(e) Time for making election. The statement referred to in paragraph (b) of this section shall be filed not later than 30 days after the date the property was transferred (or, if later, January 29, 1970). Any statement filed before February 15, 1970, may be amended not later than 30 days after the publication of this Treasury decision in the Federal Register in order to make it conform to the requirements of paragraph (d) of this section (January 17, 1970).

(f) Revocability of election. An election under section 83(b) may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner.

[T.D. 7021, 35 FR 626, Jan. 17, 1970; 35 FR 889, Jan. 22, 1970. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43895, Sept. 23, 1992]

§ 301.9100-19T Election relating to passive investment income of electing small business corporations.

(a) In general. Section 3(a) of the Act of April 14, 1966 (Pub. L. 89-389) amends section 1372(e)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (relating to passive investment income of electing small business corporations). This amendment, which applies to taxable years of electing small business corporations ending after April 14, 1966, provides, in general, that an election of a small business corporation under section 1372(a) of the Code shall not terminate for a taxable year of the corporation in which it has gross receipts more than 20 percent of which is passive investment income, if—

(1) Such taxable year is the first taxable year in which the corporation commenced the active conduct of any trade or business or the next succeeding taxable year; and

(2) The amount of passive investment income for such taxable year is less than $3,000.

Section 3(b) of the Act of April 14, 1966, provides that the amendment made by section 3(a) thereof shall also apply to taxable years of a corporation beginning after December 31, 1962, and ending before April 15, 1966, if the corporation elects to have the amendment apply to such years, and all persons (or their personal representatives) who were shareholders of such corporation at any time during any of such years consent to such election and the application of the amendment. This section prescribes the time for, and manner of, making such election and consents, and also extends the time within which certain new shareholders may consent to an election under section 1372(a) of the Code.

(b) Application of amendment to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1962, and ending before April 15, 1966—(1) In general. An election by a corporation under section 1372(a) of the Code shall not be treated as terminated under section 1372(e)(5) of the Code for any taxable year of the corporation beginning after December 31, 1962, and ending before April 15, 1966, if—

(i) Such taxable year is the first taxable year in which the corporation commenced the active conduct of any trade or business, or the next succeeding taxable year;

(ii) The amount of passive investment income for such taxable year is less than $3,000;

(iii) The corporation makes an election, within such time and in such manner as provided in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph; and

(iv) All persons (or their personal representatives) who were shareholders of the corporation at any time during any taxable year of the corporation beginning after December 31, 1962, and ending before April 15, 1966, consent to such election, within such time and in such manner as provided in subparagraph (3) of this paragraph.

If an election by a corporation under section 1372(a) of the Code is not treated as terminated for a taxable year of the corporation as a result of an election and consents under this paragraph, such election under section 1372(a) of the Code shall be treated as being in effect with respect to all subsequent taxable years of the corporation unless it is otherwise terminated or revoked for any such subsequent year pursuant to section 1372(e) of the Code.

(2) Election by corporation. An election by a corporation pursuant to subparagraph (1)(iii) of this paragraph shall be filed with the district director with whom the corporation was required to file its return of income (see section 6037 of the Code and the regulations thereunder) for the earliest of its taxable years beginning after December 31, 1962, and ending before April 15, 1966, for which an election terminated under section 1372(e)(5) of the Code. Such election shall be filed within 3 years after the date prescribed by law (not including any extension thereof) on which such return was required to be filed, or within 90 days from February 28, 1967, whichever is later. (However, credit or refund of any overpayment attributable to the election may not be allowed or made if claim therefor has not been filed within the time prescribed by law; and, see subparagraph (3) of this paragraph providing that the statutory period for assessment of certain deficiencies against shareholders may not have expired on the date the election and consents under this paragraph are filed.) Such election shall be in the form of a statement, signed by a person authorized to sign the corporation's return of income, which shall expressly provide that the corporation elects the application of section 1372(e)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended by Pub. L. 89-389, with respect to its taxable years beginning after December 31, 1962, and ending before April 15, 1966. The statement shall set forth the name, address, and employer identification number of the corporation; the internal revenue officer with whom the corporation's returns of income have been filed for each of its taxable years beginning after December 31, 1962; the names and addresses of all persons who have been shareholders of the corporation at any time during each of its taxable years beginning after December 31, 1962; computations showing the amount of the corporation's overpayment or deficiency of tax for any taxable year which is attributable to the election under this paragraph; and computations showing each shareholder's portion of the undistributed taxable income (determined as provided in section 1373(b) of the Code) or net operating loss (determined as provided in section 1374(c) of the Code) for each taxable year of the corporation beginning after December 31, 1962, unless such computations were made on the corporation's returns of income for each of such years. In order for an election under this paragraph to be effective, it must be accompanied by the consents of certain shareholders as provided in subparagraph (3) of this paragraph.

(3) Consents by shareholders. An election by a corporation pursuant to this paragraph must be accompanied by the consent of each person who was a shareholder of the corporation at any time during any taxable year of the corporation beginning after December 31, 1962, and ending before April 15, 1966. This includes persons who may not be shareholders on the date the election is filed. Where stock of the corporation was owned by a husband and wife as community property (or the income from which was community property), or was owned by tenants in common, joint tenants, or tenants by the entirety, each person who had a community interest in such stock and each tenant in common, joint tenant, and tenant by the entirety must consent to the election. The consent of a minor shall be made by the minor or by his legal guardian, or by his natural guardian if no legal guardian has been appointed. The consent of an estate shall be made by the executor or administrator thereof. If a person who is required to file a consent under this subparagraph is deceased, the executor or administrator of such person's estate, or other person charged with the property of such person, shall file the required consent. The consent of each shareholder shall be in the form of a statement signed by the shareholder in which he states that he consents to the election by the corporation under this paragraph. Each of such statements shall set forth the name and address of the corporation and of the shareholder; the number of shares of stock of the corporation owned by such shareholder at any time during any taxable year of the corporation beginning after December 31, 1962; the date (or dates) on which such stock was acquired, and, if disposed of, the date (or dates) of disposition; and the internal revenue officer with whom the shareholder's income tax returns have been filed for each of such taxable years in which he owned any such stock. In addition, a consent under this paragraph is not effective unless (i) the statutory period for assessment of any deficiency for each taxable year for which there would be a deficiency attributable to the election and consents under this paragraph has not expired on the date the election and consents under this paragraph are filed, and (ii) there is included in, or attached to, the statement of consent a written consent that the statutory period for assessment of any deficiency for any taxable year (to the extent that such deficiency is attributable to the election and consents under this paragraph) shall not expire before the expiration of 1 year after the date the election and consents under this paragraph are filed. Each of the statements of consent under this subparagraph shall be filed with the corporation's election under this paragraph. The consents of all shareholders may be incorporated in one statement.

(4) Election and consents are binding. The election and consents under this paragraph are binding and may not be withdrawn.

(c) New shareholders. Section 1372(e)(1) of the Code provides that an election by a corporation under section 1372(a) of the Code shall terminate if certain new shareholders do not consent to such election within the time prescribed by regulations. New shareholders of a corporation which makes an election under paragraph (b) of this section may not have consented to the corporation's election under section 1372(a) of the Code within such prescribed time as a result of a termination of such election under section 1372(e)(5) of the Code prior to the enactment of Pub. L. 89-389. Therefore, notwithstanding the provisions of section 1372(e)(1) of the Code, and the regulations thereunder, an election by a corporation under section 1372(a) of the Code shall not be treated as terminated for the failure of any new shareholder to file a timely consent under section 1372(e)(1) of the Code, for any of the taxable years of the corporation between and including the earliest taxable year determined under subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, and the taxable year during which the corporation files an election under paragraph (b) of this section, if—

(1) The corporation's election under section 1372(a) of the Code would have terminated for a taxable year under section 1372(e)(5) of the Code in the event it had not made an election under paragraph (b) of this section, and

(2) A proper consent under section 1372(e)(1) of the Code is filed by such new shareholder with the corporation's election under paragraph (b) of this section.

[T.D. 6912, 32 FR 3343, Feb. 28, 1967. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43896, Sept. 23, 1992]

§ 301.9100-20T Election to treat certain distributions as made on the last day of the taxable year.

(a) In general. Section 233(b) of the Revenue Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 112) amends the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 by adding to section 1375 a new subsection (e) (relating to certain distributions after close of taxable year). Section 1375(e) provides that a corporation, with the consent of its shareholders, may elect, for purposes of chapter 1 of the Code, to treat a distribution of money made after the close of the taxable year as made, and as received by its shareholders, on the last day of such taxable year if the following conditions are satisfied:

(1) The corporation makes a distribution of money to its shareholders on or before the 15th day of the third month following the close of a taxable year with respect to which it was an electing small business corporation within the meaning of section 1371(b);

(2) Such distribution is made pursuant to a resolution of the corporation's board of directors, adopted before the close of such taxable year, to distribute to its shareholders all or a part of the proceeds of one or more sales of capital assets, or of property described in section 1231(b), made during such taxable year; and

(3) Each shareholder on the day such distribution is received—

(i) Owns the same proportion of the stock of the corporation on such day as he owned on the last day of such taxable year, and

(ii) Consents to such election. Section 1375(e) applies only with respect to taxable years of corporations beginning after December 31, 1957.

(b) Time and manner for making election—(1) Taxable years ending after February 26, 1964. For taxable years ending after February 26, 1964, an election under section 1375(e) with respect to a taxable year shall be made by attaching to the corporation income tax return for such taxable year, filed not later than the time (including extensions thereof) prescribed by law, the following documents:

(i) A statement that the corporation elects the application of section 1375(e) and the date and amount of each distribution to which the election applies;

(ii) A copy of the resolution of the board of directors referred to in paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and

(iii) A statement of the consent of each shareholder of the corporation containing the information required by, and filed in the manner provided in, paragraph (c) of this section.

(2) Taxable years beginning after December 31, 1957, and ending on or before February 26, 1964. For taxable years beginning after December 31, 1957, and ending on or before February 26, 1964, an election under section 1375(e) with respect to a taxable year shall be made on or before June 25, 1964, by either attaching the documents described in subparagraph (1) of this paragraph to its income tax return for such taxable year, or by filing such documents with the district director with whom the corporation has filed, or intends to file, its income tax return for such taxable year.

(3) Election is binding. An election under subparagraph (1) or (2) of this paragraph is binding and may not be withdrawn.

(c) Shareholders' consent. The consent of a shareholder to an election under section 1375(e) shall be in the form of a statement signed by the shareholder in which such shareholder consents to the election of the corporation. Such shareholder's consent is binding and may not be withdrawn after a valid election is made by the corporation. Each person who is a shareholder of the electing corporation must consent to the election; thus, where stock of the corporation is owned by a husband and wife as community property (or the income from which is community property), or is owned by tenants in common, joint tenants, or tenants by the entirety, each person having a community interest in such stock and each tenant in common, joint tenant, and tenant by the entirety must consent to the election. The consent of a minor shall be made by the minor or by his legal guardian, or his natural guardian if no legal guardian has been appointed. The consent of an estate shall be made by the executor or administrator thereof. The statement shall set forth the name, address, and account number of the corporation and of the shareholder, the date the distribution is received, the number and proportion of the shares of stock of the corporation owned by him on the date the distribution is received, and the number and proportion of such shares owned by him on the last day of the taxable year of the corporation with respect to which the election is made. The consents of all shareholders may be incorporated in one statement.

[T.D. 6719, 29 FR 4771, Apr. 3, 1964. Redesignated by T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43896, Sept. 23, 1992]

§ 301.9100-21 References to other temporary elections under various tax acts.

Regulations regarding elections under various other tax acts are found at the following sections in title 26 of the Code of Federal Regulations:

Section of 26 CFR Description of election
5c.168(f)(8)-2 Election to characterize transaction as a section 168(f)(8) lease, under the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981.
5c.1256-1 Election with respect to property held on June 23, 1981, under section 508(c) of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981.
5c.1256-2 Election with respect to taxable years beginning before June 23, 1981, and ending after June 22, 1981, under section 509 of the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981.
7.48-1 Election to have investment credit for movie and television films determined in accordance with previous litigation, under the Tax Reform Act of 1976.
7.48-2 Election of forty-percent method of determining investment credit for movie and television films placed in service in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 1975, under the Tax Reform Act of 1976.
7.48-3 Election to apply the amendments made by sections 804 (a) and (b) of the Tax Reform Act of 1976 to property described in section 50(a) of the Code.
7.57(d)-1 Election with respect to straight line recovery of intangibles, under the Tax Reform Act of 1976.
11.402(a)(4)(B)-1 Election to treat an amount as a lump sum distribution, under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
11.410-1 Election by church to have participation, vesting, funding, etc., provisions apply, under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
11.412(c)-7 Election to treat certain retroactive plan amendments as made on the first day of the plan year, under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
11.412(c)-11 Election with respect to bonds, under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
11.415(c)(4)-1 Special elections for section 403(b) annuity contracts purchased by educational institutions, hospitals and home health service agencies, under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
12.4 Election of Class Life Asset Depreciation Range System (ADR), under the Revenue Act of 1971.
12.7 Election to be treated as a DISC, under the Revenue Act of 1971.
12.8 Elections with respect to net leases of real property, under the Revenue Act of 1971.
12.9 Election to postpone determination with respect to the presumption described in section 183(d), under the Revenue Act of 1971.
15.1-1 Elections to deduct, relating to exploration expenditures in the case of mining.
15.1-2 Revocation of election to deduct, relating to exploration expenditures in the case of mining.
15.1-3 Elections as to methods of recapture, relating to exploration expenditures in the case of mining.
18.1361-1 Election to treat qualified subchapter S trust as a trust described in section 1361(c)(2)(A)(i), under the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982.
18.1362-1 Election to be an S corporation, under the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982.
18.1362-3 Revocation of election, under the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982.
18.1362-5 Election not to have new passive income rules apply during 1982, under the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982.
18.1371-1 Election to treat distributions as dividends during certain post-termination transition periods, under the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982.
18.1377-1 Election to terminate year, under the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982.
18.1379-2 Special rules for all elections, consents, and refusals, under the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982.
22.0 Certain estate taxes elections under the Economic Recovery Tax Act of 1981.
23.1 Election and eligibility to treat interests in property held jointly on December 31, 1976, as qualified joint interests, under the Revenue Act of 1978.

[T.D. 8435, 57 FR 43894, Sept. 23, 1992]

§ 301.9100-22 Time, form, and manner of making the election under section 1101(g)(4) of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 for returns filed for partnership taxable years beginning after November 2, 2015 and before January 1, 2018.

(a) Election. Pursuant to section 1101(g)(4) of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, Public Law 114-74 (BBA), a partnership may elect at the time and in such form and manner as described in this section for amendments made by section 1101 of the BBA, except section 6221(b) as added by the BBA, to apply to any return of the partnership filed for an eligible taxable year as defined in paragraph (d) of this section. An election is valid only if made in accordance with this section. Once made, an election may only be revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). An election is not valid if it frustrates the purposes of section 1101 of the BBA. A partnership may not request an extension of time under § 301.9100-3 for an election described in this section.

(b) Election on notification by the IRS—(1) Time for making the election. Except as described in paragraph (c) of this section, an election under this section must be made within 30 days of the date of notification to a partnership, in writing, that a return of the partnership for an eligible taxable year has been selected for examination (a notice of selection for examination).

(2) Form and manner of making the election—(i) In general. The partnership makes an election under this section by providing a written statement with the words “Election under Section 1101(g)(4)” written at the top that satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section to the individual identified in the notice of selection for examination as the IRS contact regarding the examination.

(ii) Statement requirements. A statement making an election under this section must be in writing and be dated and signed by the tax matters partner, as defined under section 6231(a)(7) (prior to amendment by the BBA), and the applicable regulations, or an individual who has the authority to sign the partnership return for the taxable year under section 6063, the regulations thereunder, and applicable forms and instructions. The fact that an individual dates and signs the statement making the election described in this paragraph (b) shall be prima facie evidence that the individual is authorized to make the election on behalf of the partnership. A statement making an election must include—

(A) The partnership's name, taxpayer identification number, and the partnership taxable year for which the election described in this paragraph (b) is being made;

(B) The name, taxpayer identification number, address, and daytime telephone number of the individual who signs the statement;

(C) Language indicating that the partnership is electing application of section 1101(c) of the BBA for the partnership return for the eligible taxable year identified in the notice of selection for examination;

(D) The information required to properly designate the partnership representative as defined by section 6223 as amended by the BBA, which must include the name, taxpayer identification number, address, and daytime telephone number of the partnership representative and any additional information required by applicable regulations, forms and instructions, and other guidance issued by the IRS;

(E) The following representations—

(1) The partnership is not insolvent and does not reasonably anticipate becoming insolvent before resolution of any adjustment with respect to the partnership taxable year for which the election described in this paragraph (b) is being made;

(2) The partnership has not filed, and does not reasonably anticipate filing, voluntarily a petition for relief under title 11 of the United States Code;

(3) The partnership is not subject to, and does not reasonably anticipate becoming subject to, an involuntary petition for relief under title 11 of the United States Code; and

(4) The partnership has sufficient assets, and reasonably anticipates having sufficient assets, to pay a potential imputed underpayment with respect to the partnership taxable year that may be determined under subchapter C of chapter 63 of the Internal Revenue Code as amended by the BBA; and

(F) A representation, signed under penalties of perjury, that the individual signing the statement is duly authorized to make the election described in this paragraph (b) and that, to the best of the individual's knowledge and belief, all of the information contained in the statement is true, correct, and complete.

(iii) Notice of Administrative Proceeding. Upon receipt of the election described in this paragraph (b), the IRS will promptly mail a notice of administrative proceeding to the partnership and the partnership representative, as required under section 6231(a)(1) as amended by the BBA. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the IRS will not mail the notice of administrative proceeding before the date that is 30 days after receipt of the election described in paragraph (b) of this section.

(c) Election for the purpose of filing an administrative adjustment request (AAR) under section 6227 as amended by the BBA—(1) In general. A partnership that has not been issued a notice of selection for examination as described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section may make an election with respect to a partnership return for an eligible taxable year for the purpose of filing an AAR under section 6227 as amended by the BBA. Once an election under this paragraph (c) is made, all of the amendments made by section 1101 of the BBA, except section 6221(b) as added by the BBA, apply with respect to the partnership taxable year for which such election is made.

(2) Time for making the election. No election under this paragraph (c) may be made before January 1, 2018.

(3) Form and manner of making an election. An election under this paragraph (c) must be made in the manner prescribed by the IRS for that purpose in accordance with applicable regulations, forms and instructions, and other guidance issued by the IRS.

(4) Effect of filing an AAR before January 1, 2018. Except in the case of an election made in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, an AAR filed on behalf of a partnership before January 1, 2018, is deemed for purposes of paragraph (d)(2) of this section, to be an AAR filed under section 6227(c) (prior to amendment by the BBA) or an amended return of partnership income, as applicable.

(d) Eligible taxable year—(1) In general. For purposes of this section, the term eligible taxable year means any partnership taxable year beginning after November 2, 2015 and before January 1, 2018, except as provided in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.

(2) Exception if AAR or amended return filed or deemed filed. Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(1) of this section, a partnership taxable year is not an eligible taxable year for purposes of this section if for the partnership taxable year—

(i) The tax matters partner has filed an AAR under section 6227(c) (prior to amendment by the BBA),

(ii) The partnership is deemed to have filed an AAR under section 6227(c) (prior to the amendment by the BBA) in accordance with paragraph (c)(4) of this section, or

(iii) An amended return of partnership income has been filed or has been deemed to be filed under paragraph (c)(4) of this section.

(e) Applicability date. These regulations are applicable to returns filed for partnership taxable years beginning after November 2, 2015 and before January 1, 2018.

[T.D. 9839, 83 FR 39350, Aug. 9, 2018]